Draft As - 2419.1

COMMITTEE FP-009
DR AS 2419.1
(Project ID: 8597)
Draft for Public Comment

Australian Standard
LIABLE TO ALTERATIONDO NOT USE AS A STANDARD

BEGINNING DATE
FOR COMMENT:
29 January 2014
CLOSING DATE
FOR COMMENT:
2 April 2014
Important: The procedure for public comment has changed please

read the instructions on the inside cover of this document.
Fire hydrant installations

Part 1: System design, installation and commissioning
(Revision of AS 2419.12005)
COPYRIGHT
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

Australian Standard
The committee responsible for the issue of this draft comprised representatives of organizations
interested in the subject matter of the proposed Standard. These organizations are listed on the
inside back cover.
Comments are invited on the technical content, wording and general arrangement of the draft.
The method for submission of comment on this document is to register and fill in an online form via
Standards Hub Website. Instructions and examples of comment submission are available on the
website. Please use the following link
https://hub.standards.org.au/hub/public/listOpenCommentingPublication.action
Comment must be via Hub, any emails or forms sent to us by fax or mail will not be considered by
the Committee when it reviews the Public Comment received.
Please place relevant clause numbers beside each comment.

Editorial matters (i.e. spelling, punctuation, grammar etc.) will be corrected before final publication.
The coordination of the requirements of this draft with those of any related Standards is of particular
importance and you are invited to point out any areas where this may be necessary.
Please provide supporting reasons and suggested wording for each comment. Where you consider
that specific content is too simplistic, too complex or too detailed please provide an alternative.
If the draft is acceptable without change, an acknowledgment to this effect would be appreciated.
Once you have registered and submitted your comments via the online form, your comments are
automatically submitted to the committee for review.
Normally no acknowledgment of comment is sent. All comments received via the Standards Hub
Website by the due date will be reviewed and considered by the relevant drafting committee. We
cannot guarantee that comments submitted in other forms will be considered along with those
submitted via the Standards Hub online form. Where appropriate, changes will be incorporated
before the Standard is formally approved.
If you know of other persons or organizations that may wish to comment on this draft Standard, could
you please advise them of its availability. Further copies of the draft are available from the Publisher
SAI Global at http://www.saiglobal.com/
SAI GLOBAL Customer Service Centre

Telephone: 13 12 42
Facsimile: 1300 65 49 49
mailto:sales@saiglobal.com
Internet: http://www.saiglobal.com/shop
e-mail:
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

STANDARDS AUSTRALIA
Committee FP-009Fire Hydrant Installations
DRAFT
Australian Standard
(Revision of AS 2419.12005)
(To be AS 2419.1201X)
Comment on the draft is invited from people and organizations concerned with this subject.
It would be appreciated if those submitting comment would follow the guidelines given on
the inside front cover.
Important: The procedure for public comment has changed please

read the instructions on the inside cover of this document
This document is a draft Australian Standard only and is liable to alteration in the light of
comment received. It is not to be regarded as an Australian Standard until finally issued as
such by Standards Australia.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
PREFACE
This Standard was prepared by the Standards Australia Committee FP-009, Fire Hydrant
Installations, to supersede AS 2419.12005.
The objective of this Standard is to specify minimum requirements for the design,
installation and commissioning of fire hydrant systems which
(a)
will augment the efficient extinguishment of fire within the boundaries of the site;
(b)
can be utilized to minimize fire spread within or between one property or building
and another;
(c)
can be used by trained firefighting personnel; and
(d)
have inlet and outlet connections suitable for use with the local fire brigades
firefighting equipment.
The objective of this edition is to incorporate changes that reflect current best practice, and
to restructure, refine and expand the content of the Standard to clarify the intent of the
normative provisions.
The changes in this revision include the following:
(i)
A restructure of the document and content to make it easier to use and to improve its
readability.
(ii)
Inclusion of informative appendices to clarify the intent of section(s) and clause(s).
(iii) New technologies and industry best practices to enable competitive and cost-effective
design and water conservation.
(iv)
Previous Section 8, Pipework and valves split into two sections.
(v)
Acknowledgment of the life safety benefits of installed sprinkler systems.
This Standard is part of a series on fire hydrant installation, which is comprised of the
following parts:
AS
2419
2419.1
2419.2
2419.3
Fire
Part
Part
Part
hydrant installations
1: System design, installation and commissioning
2: Fire hydrant valves
3: Fire brigade booster connections
Notes to the text contain information and guidance. They are not an integral part of the
Standard.
Illustrations in this Standard are purely diagrammatic and are intended to show functional
requirements only, not methods of construction.
The terms normative and informative have been used in this Standard to define the
application of the appendix to which they apply. A normative appendix is an integral part
of a Standard, whereas an informative appendix is only for information and guidance.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
CONTENTS
Page
FOREWORD .............................................................................................................................. 6
SECTION 1 SCOPE AND GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................... 7
1.2 APPLICATION ........................................................................................................... 7
1.3 NORMATIVE REFERENCES .................................................................................... 7
1.4 DEFINITIONS............................................................................................................. 7
1.5 SYMBOLS ................................................................................................................ 12
SECTION 2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN
2.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 13
2.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE ...................................................................................... 13
2.3 HYDRAULIC DESIGN PARAMETERS .................................................................. 15
SECTION 3 HYDRANT LOCATION AND OTHER RELATED PROVISIONS
3.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 20
3.2 FIRE HYDRANTS .................................................................................................... 20
3.3 HARDSTAND AREAS ............................................................................................. 22
3.4 LOCATION OF FIRE HYDRANTS ......................................................................... 23
3.5 EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS ............................................................................... 23
3.6 INTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS ................................................................................ 26
3.7 FIRE COMPARTMENTS ......................................................................................... 27
3.8 ROOF TOP PLANT ROOMS .................................................................................... 27
3.9 OPEN YARD PROTECTION.................................................................................... 27
3.10 MARINAS ................................................................................................................. 27
3.11 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND HOSE LAY LIMITATIONS ...................... 27
SECTION 4 WATER SOURCES AND SUPPLIES
4.1 WATER SOURCES................................................................................................... 30
4.2 WATER SUPPLIES .................................................................................................. 31
4.3 CONNECTIONS TO WATER SOURCES OR SUPPLIES ....................................... 33
4.4 FIXED SUCTION ..................................................................................................... 35
SECTION 5 WATER STORAGE TANKS
5.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 36
5.2 TANK CONSTRUCTION ......................................................................................... 36
5.3 WATER STORAGE TANK ACCESSORIES............................................................ 36
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
Page
SECTION 6 PUMPSETS
6.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 40
6.2 WHEN A PUMPSET IS REQUIRED ........................................................................ 40
6.3 PUMPSET DESIGN CRITERIA ............................................................................... 40
6.4 FIRE HYDRANT PUMPSET(S)CONFIGURATION ........................................... 41
6.5 RELAY PUMPSET(S)............................................................................................... 41
6.6 INFLOW WATER SUPPLY PUMPSET(S) .............................................................. 42
6.7 FIXED ON-SITE PUMPSET(S) IN PARALLEL WITH THE FIRE BRIGADE
BOOSTER ASSEMBLY ........................................................................................... 42
6.8 FIXED ON-SITE PUMPSET(S) IN SERIES WITH THE FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER
ASSEMBLY .............................................................................................................. 43
6.9 PUMP CONTROL ..................................................................................................... 43
6.10 ELECTRIC DRIVER ISOLATING SWITCHES ....................................................... 44
6.11 PUMP ROOM OR ENCLOSURE ............................................................................. 44
SECTION 7 FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
7.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 47
7.2 WHEN A FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY IS REQUIRED ...................... 47
7.3 LOCATION ............................................................................................................... 47
7.4 TYPES OF FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLIES .......................................... 48
7.5 FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY DESIGN AND ARRANGMENT ........... 49
7.6 PROTECTION OF FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLIES .............................. 52
SECTION 8 PIPEWORK DESIGN AND INSTALLATION
8.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 54
8.2 UNSTABLE GROUND CONDITIONS .................................................................... 54
8.3 FIRE MAINS ............................................................................................................. 54
8.4 EXTERNAL PIPEWORK ......................................................................................... 54
8.5 INTERNAL PIPEWORK........................................................................................... 55
8.6 RING MAIN .............................................................................................................. 55
8.7 ISOLATING VALVES .............................................................................................. 56
8.8 INTERCONNECTIONS ............................................................................................ 56
8.9 SYSTEM MONITORING ......................................................................................... 57
8.10 TEST FACILITY ....................................................................................................... 57
8.11 FIRE HOSE REEL SERVICE ISOLATION VALVES ............................................. 57
8.12 HIGH RISE DESIGN CRITERIA ............................................................................. 58
8.13 PRESSURE MANAGEMENT................................................................................... 58
8.14 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................... 59
8.15 PHYSICAL PROTECTION ....................................................................................... 59
SECTION 9 PIPES,VALVES AND FITTINGS
9.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 60
9.2 PIPES, VALVES AND FITTINGS ............................................................................ 60
9.3 PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS SPECIFICATIONS .............................................. 60
9.4 VALVE SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................... 62
9.5 METAL PIPE JOINTS .............................................................................................. 63
9.6 PLASTICS PIPE JOINTS .......................................................................................... 64
9.7 PIPE MARKING ....................................................................................................... 64
9.8 CORROSION PROTECTION ................................................................................... 65
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
Page
SECTION 10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT
10.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 66
10.2 CABINETS, ENCLOSURES OR RECESSES ........................................................... 66
10.3 SIGNAGE .................................................................................................................. 68
10.4 PRESSURE GAUGES ............................................................................................... 70
10.5 BLOCK PLAN .......................................................................................................... 71
SECTION 11 COMMISSIONING
11.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 76
11.2 HYDROSTATIC TESTINGNON-BOOSTED FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEMS ....... 76
11.3 HYDROSTATIC TESTINGBOOSTED FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEMS ................. 76
11.4 DYNAMIC FLOW TESTING ................................................................................... 77
11.5 ACCEPTANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS ......................................................... 78
11.6 INSPECTION ............................................................................................................ 79
11.7 CERTIFICATION ..................................................................................................... 79
APPENDICES
A
NORMATIVE REFERENCES .................................................................................. 80
B
SPECIAL HAZARDS ................................................................................................ 82
C
FIRE BRIGADE PUMPING APPLIANCES AND STRATEGIES............................ 84
D
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN ............................................................. 98
E
FIRE HYDRANT LOCATION AND OTHER RELATED PROVISIONS .............. 108
F
PRIVATELY OWNED STREET FIRE HYDRANTS ............................................. 134
G
MARINAS ............................................................................................................... 135
H
WATER SOURCES AND WATER SUPPLIES ...................................................... 138
I
DETERMINATION OF WATER SYSTEM SUPPLY PRESSURE ........................ 149
J
WATER STORAGE TANKS .................................................................................. 157
K
PUMPSETS ............................................................................................................. 162
L
FACILITIES FOR TESTING ON-SITE FIRE HYDRANT PUMPS ....................... 178
M
FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY .............................................................. 179
N
PIPE SUPPORTS..................................................................................................... 191
O
FIRE HOSE COUPLINGS USED IN AUSTRALIA ............................................... 202
P
CORROSION PROTECTION ................................................................................. 203
Q
COMMISSIONINGHYDROSTATIC TEST PROCEDURES ............................. 206
R
COMMISSIONINGHYDROSTATIC TESTALTERNATIVE PROCEDURE . 210
S
COMMISSIONINGPERFORMANCE TEST PROCEDURES ............................ 213
T
VERIFICATION OF SYSTEM PERFORMANCE .................................................. 221
BIBLIOGRAPHY ................................................................................................................... 224
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
FOREWORD
The availability of fire hydrants is essential to fire protection. Fire hydrants may be used to
control the spread of fire, protect neighbouring properties and extinguish an outbreak of
fire, or extinguish a fire controlled by an automatic fire protection system, such as
sprinkler, gaseous and foam systems.
Although fire hydrants are installed within properties for use by the fire brigade, they may
also be used by trained personnel, however, fire hydrant systems should only be used for
firefighting purposes.
A water source is a fundamental consideration in the design of a fire hydrant installation
and may comprise water from more than one source. A water source based on a 4 h duration
at the flow rates given in this Standard is regarded as the minimum safe quantity to enable
fire brigades to commence an initial attack to limit fire spread, protect neighbouring
properties and extinguish the fire.
Fire hydrant systems need to be regularly inspected, tested and maintained to ensure
continued readiness for use. Where pump sets are installed, regular maintenance is
essential.
Fire brigade equipment and firefighting procedures may vary between and within states, and
need to be considered in the fire hydrant system design.
Fire hydrant systems need to be designed, installed and commissioned by a persons who
have acquired through training, qualification, experience, or a combination of these, the
knowledge and skill enabling them to correctly perform the required tasks.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
STANDARDS AUSTRALIA
Australian Standard
S E C T I O N
S C O P E
A N D
G E N E R A L
1.1 SCOPE
This Standard sets minimum criteria for fire hydrant installations, including design,
installation and commissioning of fire hydrant systems.
The Standard also sets out the minimum pressure and flow a street fire hydrant needs to
provide if they are to be incorporated into a fire hydrant system designed to this Standard.
NOTE: It is not the intent of this Standard to provide a fire hydrant system capable of dealing
with multiple ignitions on a single site. It is intended that the system flow requirements in a
building or building complex will only satisfy the firefighting requirements in a specific location
or part of the building or building complex.
For a product to be marked, advertised or advised in written or other form of

communication that it complies with this Standard, it shall comply with the requirements of
all relevant clauses.
1.2 APPLICATION
This Standard applies to the design installation and commissioning of a fire hydrant system
used to protect building, structures, storage yards, marinas and associated moored vessels,
wharves and plant.
This Standard does not apply to special hazards.
NOTES:
1 For information on special hazards see Appendix B.
2 In circumstances where this Standard does not apply, the principles detailed in this Standard
may be used as guidance for the design of a fire hydrant system in consultation with the
relevant stakeholders.
1.3 NORMATIVE REFERENCES

The normative documents referenced in this Standard are listed in Appendix A.
NOTE: Documents referenced for informative purposes are listed in the Bibliography.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this Standard, the definitions given in AS 2484.2, AS/NZS 3500.0 and
those below apply.
Where a building term is not defined in this Standard, the definitions of SA HB 50,
Glossary of building terms shall be applied.
1.4.1 Awning
Roof-like structure, usually of limited extent, projecting from a wall of a building.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
1.4.2 Balcony
Open or covered platform attached to an upper floor of a building, projecting from or
recessed into the face of the wall and protected by a railing or balustrade, accessible from
an adjacent room.
1.4.3 Break tank
An on-site tank, usually of limited capacity, which
(a)
serves to limit the effects of a fixed on-site pump(s) drawing from a reticulated water
supply; or
(b)
serves to limit pressure within the fire hydrant system.
NOTE: Where fixed on-site pumps are installed, a water agency having control of a reticulated
water supply may require a break tank to be installed as a requirement of connection to their
water supply.
1.4.4 Block plan

A plan that may include a schematic drawing that details the fire hydrant system serving the
building and allotment.
1.4.5 Boost (boosted)
The increase in pressure in a fire hydrant system when a fire brigade pumping appliance
connects to and pumps into the inlet connections of the fire brigade booster assembly.
1.4.6 Cabinet (fire brigade booster assembly)
A recess or enclosure, within or affixed to the facade of the building or freestanding, with
walls, roof and doors having a construction not less than that required by Section 7 and
Section 10.
1.4.7 Classification
The classification of a building, or part of a building, as defined in the National
Construction Code series.
1.4.8 Effective height
The effective height of a building as defined in the National Construction Code series.
1.4.9 Facade
The face, elevation or principal front of a building.
1.4.10 Fire brigade
Fire brigade as defined in the National Construction Code series.
NOTE: In this Standard, a reference to a fire brigade is a reference to a fire service or fire
brigade.
1.4.11 Fire brigade booster

A connecting device enabling the fire brigade to pressurize or pump water into a fire
hydrant system.
NOTE: For information on fire brigade booster, see AS 2419.3.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
1.4.12 Fire brigade booster assembly

A configuration of pipes, valves and fittings (fire hydrant outlets and fire brigade booster
inlets), for use by the fire brigade.
NOTE: A fire brigade booster assembly allows the attending fire brigade pumping appliance to
draw water from the available water source and subsequently pressurize or pump water through
the installed fire hydrant system whilst utilizing the on-board pump of the fire brigade pumping
appliance. For information on fire brigade booster assembly, see Section 7 of this Standard,
AS 2419.2 and AS 2419.3.
1.4.13 Fire brigade pumping appliance

A fire brigade emergency vehicle that has an on-board pump to which a firefighting hose
may be connected.
1.4.14 Fire compartment
A fire compartment as defined in the National Construction Code series.
1.4.15 Fire hydrant
A valved outlet on a fire hydrant system.
NOTE: For information on fire hydrant valves, see AS 2419.2.
1.4.16 Fire hydrant attack

A fire hydrant located downstream of the booster inlet connections of a fire brigade booster
assembly, used to directly attack a fire.
1.4.17 Fire hydrant, attack/feed
A fire hydrant located downstream of the booster inlet connections of a fire brigade booster
assembly, used as a feed fire hydrant and, when the fire hydrant system is boosted, as an
attack fire hydrant.
1.4.18 Fire hydrant, feed
A fire hydrant used to feed a fire brigade pumping appliance.
1.4.19 Fire load
The fire load as defined in the National Construction Code series.
1.4.20 Fire main
A water main dedicated to firefighting purposes.
1.4.21 Fire-resistance level (FRL)
A fire-resistance level (FRL) as defined in the National Construction Code series.
1.4.22 Floor area
The floor area as defined in the National Construction Code series.
1.4.23 Flow, downstream
Travel in a direction away from the water supply or with the direction of flow.
1.4.24 Flow, upstream
Travel in a direction towards the water supply or against the direction of flow.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
10
DRAFT ONLY
1.4.25 Hardstand
An all-weather pavement providing access for, and capable of supporting, a fire brigade
pumping appliance during firefighting operations.
NOTES:
1 Examples of pavements are bituminous concrete, aggregate, concrete or similar surfaces.
2 For aesthetic reasons, a hardstand location may be a grassed lawn underpinned by a vehiclesupporting lattice pavement.
1.4.26 Large isolated building

A large isolated building as determined in the National Construction Code series.
1.4.27 Open yard
An area greater than 500 m2 that is located external to the building, which is used for the
storage or processing of combustible materials.
NOTE: For areas used for bulk storage of flammable and combustible liquids, see AS 1940.
1.4.28 Pressure, boost

The pressure required to be supplied by the fire brigade pumping appliance at the booster
inlet connection(s) of the fire brigade booster assembly to achieve 700 kPa and the required
firefighting flow rate at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant(s).
NOTE: In some areas and in some industries the boost pressure defined above may also be
known as the working pressure (see also pressure working, Clause 1.4.32).
1.4.29 Pressure, design

The pressure, at a defined reference point used in the system design, necessary to maintain
the required flow and pressure at the most hydraulically disadvantaged number of fire
hydrants that are required to operate simultaneously.
1.4.30 Pressure, residual
The water pressure measured (available) at a fire hydrant at a particular flow rate.
1.4.31 Pressure test (hydrostatic)
The maximum pressure applied internally during commissioning to pipe and fittings when
being tested for strength and water tightness.
1.4.32 Pressure, working
The pressure exerted within the system by the fire brigade, the system pumping equipment,
or both, when the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant or fire hydrants are
operated at the design flow.
NOTE: Boost pressure for fire brigades is synonymous with working pressure (see also
pressure boost, Clause 1.4.28).
1.4.33 Private water mains

Water supplies on a single site, under the control and responsibility of the property owner,
that provide the combined requirements of domestic, process and firefighting water
demands.
1.4.34 Pumpset
An assembly comprising a pump, a driver, a coupling and ancillary components on a
common mounting base together with an integral or separate fire pump controller.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
11
DRAFT ONLY
1.4.35 Pumpset, fire hydrant

A fixed on-site pumpset that is capable of providing initial firefighting pressures and flows.
NOTE: The provision of initial firefighting pressures and flows allows the attending fire brigade
to commence firefighting operations immediately while at the same time connecting to and
pumping into fire brigade booster assembly.
1.4.36 Pumpset, jockey

A fixed on-site pumpset that is capable of automatically maintaining static standing
pressure in the fire hydrant system.
1.4.37 Pumpset, relay
A fixed on-site pumpset(s) installed in buildings with an effective height greater than 50 m,
to facilitate the boosting of pressure zones above this height.
1.4.38 Reticulated water supply
A reticulated water supply is a town main (potable or recycled) or privately operated
reticulated water supply serving, for example, a small community or a
commercial/industrial park that has characteristics similar to a town main in capacity and
redundancy.
1.4.39 Room
A space within a building, notionally or actually bounded, located and designed to
accommodate and support activities other than circulation.
1.4.40 Roof
A construction that encloses a building or part of a building from above.
1.4.41 Suction connection
A connection used to draw water from a supply.
1.4.42 Water agency
The owner or legally appointed agent of a water supply and associated infrastructure.
1.4.43 Water source
A reticulated town main, river, lake, dam, sea, reservoir or bore, from which water can be
taken to supply a fire hydrant system.
1.4.44 Water supply
The water storage or delivery components of a fire hydrant system, meeting the whole or
partial performance necessary at the suction or inlet end of the system.
1.4.45 Water supply, infill
A connected reticulation system or other primary water source with pumps, incorporating
pipes and fittings, that automatically provide infill to overcome supplement any shortfall in
capacity of the primary water supply reduced capacity tanks.
1.4.46 Water supply, primary
A connected reticulation system, or other primary water source or tanks with AS 2941
pumps, incorporating pipes and fittings, that provide a point of connection for the attending
fire brigade to access water and is capable of providing the minimum required firefighting
flow rate and pressure for the required duration.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
12
DRAFT ONLY
1.4.47 Water supply, supplementary

An additional water supply (normally a tank) required for buildings over 25 m in effective
height, to provide a level of redundancy and to facilitate fire brigade intervention for a
limited duration without use of the primary water supply.
1.5 SYMBOLS
The graphical symbols in this Standard comply with HB 20.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
S E C T I O N
13
S Y S T E M P E R F O R M A N C E
D E S I G N
DRAFT ONLY
A N D
2.1 GENERAL
A fire hydrant system designed in accordance with this Standard shall be
(a)
a wet pipe system, except where a limited length of dry pipe is permitted in
accordance with the requirements of Clause 4.4;
(b)
capable of providing the pressures and flows as specified in this Section; and
(c)
compliant with the hydraulic design parameters for friction loss, velocity flow and
pressure as specified in this Section.
NOTES:
1 For information on fire brigade equipment and procedures, see Appendix C.
2 For information on system design, see Appendix D.
2.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

2.2.1 General
For the purpose of determining the flow and pressure requirements of a fire hydrant system,
all fire hydrants within the system shall be classified as either external or internal, and as
feed, attack/feed or attack fire hydrants.
2.2.2 Number of fire hydrants required to flow simultaneously
The basis for determining the number of fire hydrant(s) required to flow simultaneously
according to building classification and fire compartment(s) shall be as detailed in
Table 2.1.
The number of fire hydrants required to flow simultaneously shall be as detailed in
Tables 2.2 and 2.3 for buildings, Table 2.4 for open deck car parks and Table 2.5 for open
yards.
In circumstances where the provisions of Tables 2.2 and 2.3 apply to a Class 7 or 8
building, the number of fire hydrants required to flow shall be the greater of that detailed in
Table 2.2 or Table 2.3.
When determining the minimum required flow rate, where applicable, Tables 2.6 to 2.10
shall be applied.
2.2.3 Pressure and flow
The number of fire hydrant(s) required to flow simultaneously in accordance with
Clause 2.2.2 shall provide the minimum residual unassisted pressure and flow rates as
detailed in Tables 2.6 and 2.7, where applicable, or Clause 2.2.6 for the classification and
fire compartment the fire hydrant system protects for the duration specified in Section 4.
Where the unassisted flows detailed in Tables 2.6 and 2.7 or Clause 2.2.6 cannot be met a
fixed on-site tank is required to be installed to serve as the primary water source for the
building or site.
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is installed, each fire hydrant(s) downstream of the
boost inlet connections of the fire brigade booster assembly when pressurized by a fire
brigade pumping appliance shall be capable of providing the at boost pressures and flows
as detailed in Table 2.8.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
14
DRAFT ONLY
Where an on-site fire hydrant pump is installed, each fire hydrant(s) downstream of the
boost inlet connections of the fire brigade booster assembly when pressurized by the pump
shall be capable of providing the pressures and flows as detailed in Table 2.9.
Where a building has an effective height greater than 50 m, a relay pumpset(s) shall be
installed. The installed relay pumpset(s) shall provide pressures and flows in at each fire
hydrant downstream of the relay pumpset(s) as detailed in Table 2.10.
2.2.4 Non-boosted fire hydrant system
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is not installed, each external fire hydrant shall
achieve the pressure and flow requirements for feed fire hydrants as detailed in Table 2.6.
Where street hydrants are used to provide total or partial hydrant coverage, each street
hydrant shall achieve the pressure and flow requirements for feed fire hydrants.
2.2.5 Boosted fire hydrant system
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is installed and the fire hydrant system
incorporates
(a)
an external attack fire hydrant(s), except where permitted by Clause 2.2.6, each
external attack fire hydrant in the fire hydrant system shall achieve the pressure and
flow requirements of Table 2.7 and, when boosted by a fire brigade appliance, shall
be capable of providing the pressure and flow requirements of Table 2.8; and
(b)
an internal attack fire hydrant(s), pumping appliance, shall be capable of providing

the pressure and flow requirements of Table 2.8.
2.2.6 External attack/feed fire hydrants

An external attack fire hydrant need not comply with the unassisted pressure requirement of
Table 2.7 if
(a)
a hardstand area is provided within 20 m of the attack fire hydrant; and
(b)
the unassisted primary water supply serving the building

(i)
in NSW, provides a residual pressure of not less than 150 kPa to the external
fire hydrant in accordance with Table 2.6; or
(ii)
in all other states and territories, provides a residual pressure of not less than
200 kPa to the external fire hydrant in accordance with Table 2.6.
In these situations the attack fire hydrant shall be classified as an attack/feed fire hydrant.
2.2.7 Fire brigade booster assembly
2.2.7.1 Feed fire hydrants (suction outlets) at the fire brigade booster assembly
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is installed, the feed fire hydrants of the fire brigade
booster assembly shall achieve the pressure and flow requirements for feed fire hydrants in
accordance with the requirements of Table 2.6.
2.2.7.2 Suction connections at static water supplies serving fire brigade booster
assemblies
Where the primary water supply serving the fire hydrant system is a static water supply
(e.g. fixed on-site tank, river, lake or dam) fixed large bore suction connection or a fixed
large bore and small bore suction connections, where applicable, piping and associated
hardstand areas shall be provided to allow the attending fire brigade to effectively draught
from this supply.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
15
2.2.7.3 Boost inlets connections at the fire brigade booster assembly

Where a fire brigade booster assembly is installed, the number of boost inlet connection(s)
provided shall allow a fire brigade pumping appliance or appliances when connected to
these inlet connections to provide the pressures and flows, as detailed Table 2.8 for the
number of fire hydrants required to flow in accordance with Tables 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5, as
applicable.
NOTE: The minimum number of boost inlet connections required is specified in Section 7.
2.2.8 Multiple firefighting systems

Where an additional firefighting system, other than hose reels (e.g. wall-wetting sprinklers,
automatic fire sprinklers) draw from the same water source or uses common pipework, the
water source shall provide for the simultaneous operation of the systems.
2.3 HYDRAULIC DESIGN PARAMETERS
Hydraulic calculations of a fire hydrant system shall allow for the specified number of fire
hydrants required to flow simultaneously in accordance with Tables 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5.
The residual pressure at each fire hydrant shall not be less than that specified in Tables 2.6,
2.7, 2.8, 2.9 or 2.10, where applicable.
The water velocity in pipework shall not exceed 4 m/s.
The total hydraulic loss due to friction in pipes, valves and fittings between the booster
inlet connection of the fire brigade booster assembly and the outlet of the most
hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant shall not exceed 150 kPa when the required
number of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant/s are each discharging 10 L/s.
Where a fire ring main is installed, the total flow shall be taken in one direction through the
ring main for velocity calculations in the system.
NOTE: For hydraulic loss calculations in the system, flow may be taken through both paths of the
ring main.
The maximum discharge pressure at any hydrant outlet under design flow conditions shall
not exceed 1200 kPa.
The maximum static pressure at any fire hydrant outlet at no flow, with the pump running,
shall not exceed 1300 kPa.
TABLE 2.1
BASIS FOR DETERMINING THE NUMBER OF FIRE HYDRANTS REQUIRED
TO FLOW ACCORDING TO BUILDING CLASSIFICATION
AND FIRE COMPARTMENTS
Building description
Classification
Basis for determining the number of fire

hydrants required to flow simultaneously
Single fire compartment
Single building classification The building classification and the total floor
area of the building
Single fire compartment
Multiple classifications
The building classification requiring the largest

number of fire hydrants to flow simultaneously
and the total floor area of the building
Multiple fire compartments Single classification
The building classification and the floor area of

the fire compartment
Multiple fire compartments Multiple classification
The building classification and the floor area of

the fire compartment
NOTE: Where a building comprises multiple fire compartments, the number of fire hydrants required to
flow simultaneously and the size of the pipework may vary within its design to reflect the size of fire
compartment that the fire hydrant system is serving.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
16
TABLE 2.2
CLASS 2 TO CLASS 9 BUILDINGS
(EXCLUDING CLASS 7A OPEN DECK CAR PARKS)
NUMBER OF FIRE HYDRANTS REQUIRED TO DISCHARGE
SIMULTANEOUSLY ACCORDING TO BUILDING CLASSIFICATION
AND FIRE COMPARTMENT FLOOR AREA
Fire compartment
floor area
Building classification
(see National Construction Code
series)
Number of fire hydrant outlets

required to flow simultaneously
NON-SPRINKLER-PROTECTED BUILDINGS
2, 3, 5 and 9
(1 or 2 above-ground storeys)
1000
2, 3, 5 and 9
(1 or 2 above-ground storeys)
>1000
5000
2, 3, 5 and 9
(3 or more above-ground storeys)
500
2, 3, 5 and 9
(3 or more above-ground storeys)
>500
<5000
6, 7 and 8
(see Table 2.4 for the requirements for
open deck car parks)
500
6, 7 and 8
open deck car parks and Clause 2.2.4
for Class 7 or 8 buildings exceeding
30 000 m 3 )
>500
5000
All classes
>5000
10 000
All classes
>10 000
3, plus 1 additional fire

hydrant for each additional
5000 m 2 or part thereof
SPRINKLER-PROTECTED BUILDINGS: Less than 25 m in effective height

1000
All classes
(see Clause 2.2.4 for Class 7 or 8
buildings exceeding 30 000 m 3 )
>1000
10 000
All classes
>10 000
All classes
SPRINKLER-PROTECTED BUILDINGS: Greater than 25 m in effective height

All classes
5000
All classes
>5000
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
17
TABLE 2.3
CLASS 7B OR CLASS 8 BUILDINGSNUMBER OF FIRE HYDRANTS
REQUIRED TO FLOW SIMULTANEOUSLY ACCORDING
TO BUILDING CLASSIFICATION AND VOLUME
Fire compartment
volume
Building classification
(see National Construction
Code series)
m3
Number of fire hydrant outlets required

to flow simultaneously
30 000
Class 7B or 8
TABLE 2.4
CLASS 7A OPEN DECK CAR PARKSNUMBER OF FIRE HYDRANTS
REQUIRED TO FLOW SIMULTANEOUSLY ACCORDING
TO BUILDING CLASSIFICATION AND FLOOR AREA
Building
classification
Floor area of largest

storey
(see National
Construction Code series,
Volume One and Volume
Two, Building Code of
Australia)
Number of fire hydrant outlets required

to flow simultaneously
m2
7a (open deck car park)
5000
>5000
10 000
>10 000
3 plus 1 additional fire hydrant for

each additional 5000 m 2 or part thereof
TABLE 2.5
OPEN YARDSNUMBER OF FIRE HYDRANTS
REQUIRED TO FLOW SIMULTANEOUSLY
Area of yard
m
Number of fire hydrant outlets

required to flow simultaneously
3000
>3000
9000
>9000
27 000
>27 000
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
18
TABLE 2.6
FEED FIRE HYDRANT PERFORMANCEMINIMUM FEED
FIRE HYDRANT/S OUTLET PRESSURES AND FLOW RATES
Fire hydrant type

unassisted
External fire hydrant, located

not more than twenty metres
from a hardstand area
Minimum
required flow rate
Minimum required
residual pressure
kPa
L/s
NSW
Other states
and territories
10
150
200
NOTES:
1
Minimum required flow = 10 L/s number of hydrants required to flow.
Unassisted specifies the system performance characteristics achieved by a

water agencys system, or other elevated water source or supply, without the
assistance of on-site pumps. If pumps are required, then fire hydrants will need
to have attack fire hydrant performance.
TABLE 2.7
ATTACK FIRE HYDRANT PERFORMANCEMINIMUM
FIRE HYDRANT/S OUTLET PRESSURES AND FLOW RATES
Attack fire hydrant

unassisted
Minimum required
flow rate
Minimum required
residual pressure
kPa
L/s
NSW
Other states
and territories

not more than fifty metres from
a hardstand area
10
250
350

more than fifty metres from a
hardstand area (see Note 2)
10
700
700
Internal fire hydrant
10
250
350
NOTES:
1
Minimum required flow = 10 L/s number of hydrants required to flow

simultaneously.
For more information on external attack fire hydrants located more than 50 m
from a hardstand area see Clause 3.5.3.3(a).
Unassisted specifies the system performance characteristics achieved by a

water agencys system or other elevated water source or supply, without the
assistance of on-site pumps. If pumps are required, then fire hydrants will need
to have attack fire hydrant performance.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
19
TABLE 2.8
FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTED PERFORMANCE
MINIMUM FIRE HYDRANT(S) OUTLET PRESSURE AND FLOW
WHEN BOOSTED BY A FIRE BRIGADE PUMPING APPLIANCE
Fire hydrant type
Minimum required
flow rate
L/s
Minimum required
residual pressure
kPa
10
700
Internal and external fire hydrants

when boosted by a fire brigade
pumping appliance
NOTE: Minimum required flow = 10 L/s number of hydrants required to flow

simultaneously.
TABLE 2.9
FIXED ON-SITE FIRE HYDRANT PUMP(S)
MINIMUM FIRE HYDRANT(S) OUTLET PRESSURES AND FLOW
WHEN FED FROM A FIXED ON-SITE FIRE HYDRANT PUMP(S)
Minimum required
Minimum required
flow rate
residual pressure
L/s
kPa
(see Note 1)
Fire hydrant type
Attack fire hydrant performance achieved without

the use of a fire brigade pumping appliance
700
NOTE: Minimum required flow = 5 L/s number of hydrants required to flow simultaneously.
TABLE 2.10
RELAY PUMP(S)MINIMUM FIRE HYDRANT(S) OUTLET
PRESSURES AND FLOWS WHEN FED FROM A FIXED ON-SITE
RELAY PUMP(S)
Fire hydrant type
Minimum required Minimum required

flow rate
residual pressure
L/s
kPa
Attack fire hydrant performance achieved with the

use of a fire brigade pumping appliance
NOTE: Minimum
simultaneously.
required
flow = 10 L/s number
10
of
hydrants
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
700
required
to
flow
DRAFT ONLY
20
S E C T I O N 3
O T H E R
DRAFT ONLY
H Y D R A N T L O C AT I O N A N D
R E L AT E D P R O V I S I O N S
3.1 GENERAL
Fire hydrants located in accordance with this Standard shall provide fire hydrant coverage
to all portions of the building that are considered to be part of the floor area of the building
as defined by the National Construction Code series and, where required, all parts of an
open yard(s).
NOTES:
1 Fire hydrant coverage above refers to the total length of fire hose and the associated hose
spray distance.
2 Fire hydrants may be above ground, with outlets suitable for connection of a fire hose, or
in ground, with connection suitable for attachment of a fire brigade standpipe to which the
fire hose may be connected.
3 For information on fire brigade equipment, procedures and pumping appliances, see
Appendix C.
4 For information on location of fire hydrants, see Appendix E.
5 For information on fire hydrants in streets and accessways within private properties, see
Appendix F.
3.2 FIRE HYDRANTS

3.2.1 Classification of fire hydrants
All fire hydrants within the fire hydrant system shall be classified as either external or
internal, and as feed, attack/feed or attack fire hydrants.
3.2.2 Classification of external fire hydrants
A fire hydrant shall be classified as an external fire hydrant if it is positioned in the
following locations:
(a)
In relation to a building with enclosing walls, in an area external to the enclosing

walls of the building.
(b)
In relation to a building with enclosing walls and situated on a podium, in an area that
is external to the enclosing walls of the building and pedestrian access is provided to
the fire hydrant(s) from the hardstand area.
For the purpose of this Clause, a podium is considered to be a part of the building
that
(i)
serves as a roof to part of the building;
(ii)
has an FRL of not less than 120/120/120 or that required by the National
Construction Code series, Volume One and Volume Two, Building Code of
Australia for a floor, whichever is the greater;
(iii) meets the definition for open space as detailed in the National Construction
Code series, Volume One and Volume Two, Building Code of Australia;
(c)
(iv)
has direct pedestrian access to a public road without entering the building; and
(v)
is connected to the main pedestrian access point(s) to the building.
In relation to a building with no enclosing walls, in an area not covered by the roof.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(d)
21
DRAFT ONLY
In relation to an awning, roof overhang, or similar projection, under the awning or

roof overhang where the awning or roof overhang has an effective depth of not more
than 3 m and the area under the awning or roof overhang does not contribute to the
fire load of the building.
3.2.3 Classification of internal fire hydrants

A fire hydrant shall be classified as an internal fire hydrant if it is located
(a)
in relation to a building with enclosing walls, in an area within the enclosing walls of
the building or on the roof of the building that is not considered a podium;
(b)
in relation to a building with no enclosing walls, in an area covered by the roof or on

the roof of the building that is not considered a podium;
(c)
in relation to an awning, roof overhang or similar projection of any depth, under the
awning, roof overhang or projection, where the area under the awning, roof overhang
or the projection contributes to the fire load of the building; and
(d)
in relation to a balcony, horizontal floor projection or similar projection under the

balcony or horizontal floor projection.
3.2.4 Classification of feed, attack and attack/feed fire hydrants

The classification of fire hydrants shall be in accordance with the following:
(a)
An external fire hydrant shall be classified as a feed fire hydrant where

(i)
in relation to a fire hydrant system that does not incorporate a fire brigade
booster assembly, the fire hydrant is located not more than 20 m from a
hardstand area;
(ii)
in relation to a fire hydrant system that incorporates a fire brigade booster

assembly, the fire hydrant forms part of the booster assembly and is located not
more than 10 from a hardstand; and
(iii) the pressures and flows at the fire hydrant comply with the requirements of
Table 2.6.
(b)
An external fire hydrant shall be classified as an attack fire hydrant where

(i)
the fire hydrant system incorporates a fire brigade booster assembly;
(ii)
the fire hydrant is located downstream of the fire brigade booster assembly; and
(iii) the pressures and flows at the fire hydrant comply with Table 2.7 or Table 2.9,
and Table 2.8 in each case.
(c)
An external fire hydrant shall be classified as an attack/feed fire hydrant where

(i)
the fire hydrant system incorporates a fire brigade booster assembly;
(ii)
the fire hydrant is located downstream of the fire brigade booster assembly;
(iii) the fire hydrant is located not more than 20 m from a hardstand area; and
(iv)
(d)
the pressures and flows at the fire hydrant comply with Tables 2.6 and 2.8.
An internal fire hydrant shall be classified as an attack fire hydrant.
3.2.5 Fire hydrant features, accessibility and clearances

3.2.5.1 General
All fire hydrants shall
(a)
incorporate fire hydrant valves that comply with AS 2419.2;
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
22
DRAFT ONLY
(b)
have the centre-line of the fire hydrant valve outlet not less than 750 mm and not
more than 1200 mm above the ground, floor or platform;
(c)
have the fire hydrant valve outlet horizontal or sloping not more than 35 below the
horizontal; have a 65 mm nominal diameter hose connection;
(d)
be numbered and tagged with a circular tag of not less than 20 mm; and
(e)
be equipped with protective caps and retaining chains.
3.2.5.2 Clearances
All fire hydrants shall
(a)
have a clearance of not less than 1 m directly in front of the fire hydrant outlet for the
connection and laying of fire hose;
(b)
have a clearance of not less than 100 mm around the handwheel of the fire hydrant
valve, in both the fully closed and fully open positions, to allow for the turning on
and off of the fire hydrant valve;
(c)
have a clearance around the fire hydrant valve outlet of not less than 300 mm through
an arc of 225 to facilitate the use of a hose spanner for the connection and
disconnection of fire hose; and
(d)
have the outlets facing away from the wall immediately behind, if any.
3.2.5.3 External on-site fire hydrants

External on-site fire hydrants shall be above-ground and have two outlets each individually
valve-controlled.
3.2.5.4 Internal fire hydrants
Internal fire hydrants
(a)
if located within the area enclosed by the walls of a building, shall have a single
valve-controlled outlet;
(b)
if located under an awning, roof overhang or similar projection, shall be above

ground and have two outlets each individually valve-controlled; and
(c)
if located under a balcony or horizontal projection, shall be above ground and have
two outlets each individually valve-controlled.
3.3 HARDSTAND AREAS

Any required hardstand area and its vehicular approaches shall
(a)
be capable of withstanding the static and dynamic loads applied by the attending fire
brigade pumping appliance(s);
(b)
be an all weather surface that remains suitable for use by the fire brigade pumping
appliance during firefighting operations and during rain periods;
(c)
be sized to allow the attending fire brigade to effectively position and locate the fire
brigade pumping appliance(s); and
(d)
in relation to sloping sites, incorporate gradients that allow the attending fire brigade
to effectively negotiate the site and position their pumping appliance(s).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
23
DRAFT ONLY
3.4 LOCATION OF FIRE HYDRANTS

A fire hydrant system shall be designed so that fire hydrants are located
(a)
externally in accordance with the requirements and limitations of Clauses 3.2.2, 3.2.4,
3.2.5, 3.5 and 3.7 to 3.11;
(b)
where building or site constraints do not allow fire hydrants to be located externally,
internally in accordance with the requirements and limitations of Clauses 3.2.3, 3.2.4,
3.2.5, 3.6 and 3.7 to 3.11.
3.5 EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS

3.5.1 General
External fire hydrant coverage shall comply with the following:
(a)
Fire hose attached to an external fire hydrant shall be used to achieve fire hydrant
coverage to one level below-ground and up to four storeys above ground, provided all
portions of the building are covered.
or
(b)
Fire hose attached to a fire brigade pumping appliance shall be used to achieve fire
hydrant coverage to one level below ground and up to four storeys above ground,
provided all portions of the building are covered.
and
(c)
Where all portions of the building are not covered by external fire hydrants in
accordance with Items (a) or (b), a fire hose attached to either an external fire hydrant
or a fire brigade pumping appliance shall be used to achieve fire hydrant coverage to
one level below ground and the ground floor, and one extra storey or mezzanine
located within the same fire compartment.
Internal fire hydrants shall be installed to provide coverage to those parts of the building
not covered by external hydrants.
3.5.2 Street hydrants
The following requirements apply to a fire hydrant system design that incorporates street
fire hydrants:
(a)
The street hydrant(s) shall comply with the requirements for external (feed) fire
hydrants, except for the requirements of Clause 3.2.5.
(b)
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is installed, the street hydrant(s) shall not be
used to provide total or partial fire hydrant coverage to a building.
(c)
Not more than two street fire hydrants shall be used to provide fire hydrant coverage
to a building.
(d)
A sign indicating the location of the street hydrant(s) shall be provided. The sign shall
be of minimum scale of A4/1:200, shall be permanently fixed adjacent to the fire
indicator panel, where provided, or adjacent to the main entry point(s) of the
building(s).
3.5.3 Location of external fire hydrants

3.5.3.1 General
External fire hydrants shall comply with the following:
(a)
Each external fire hydrant shall be located in a position that provides pedestrian
access to the building.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(b)
24
DRAFT ONLY
Each external fire hydrant shall be located in a position

(i)
not less than 10 m from the building it is protecting, unless the fire hydrant is
protected in accordance with the requirements of Clause 3.5.5;
(ii)
not less than 10 m from any high voltage main electrical distribution equipment
such as transformers and distribution boards;
(iii) not less than 10 m from a stored quantity of dangerous goods (e.g. LPG,
petroleum, propane);
(iv)
not less than 10 m from external combustible storage (e.g. palletized

combustible storage items);
(v)
so that the fire hydrant will not be obstructed or obscured by obstacles, stored
goods, vehicles, vegetation, or the like; and
(vi)
so that the fire hydrant is protected from possible mechanical damage from
vehicles by kerbs or bollards.
3.5.3.2 External feed fire hydrants

External feed fire hydrants shall comply with the following:
(a)
Each external feed fire hydrant shall be located not more than 20 m from a hardstand
area.
(b)
Where a firefighting hose is to be connected directly to a fire brigade pumping

appliance, fed from an external feed fire hydrant
(i)
all portions of the building or open yard protected by this hydrant shall be
within reach of a 10 m hose stream issuing from a nozzle at the end of a 60 m
length of hose laid on the ground; and
(ii)
a minimum of 1 m of hose shall extend into any room covered.
3.5.3.3 External attack fire hydrants

External attack fire hydrants shall comply with the following:
(a)
An external attack fire hydrant shall be located not more than 50 m from a hardstand
area, except in the following circumstances:
(i)
When providing fire hydrant protection from a podium complying with the
requirements of Clause 3.2.2(b).
(ii)
When providing fire hydrant protection to a Class 2 to Class 9 building, that is

provided with a sprinkler system, throughout the building, that complies with
AS 2118.1 or AS 2118.6.
(iii) When providing fire hydrant protection to a Class 9c building.

(b)
(c)
Where a firefighting hose is to be connected directly to an external attack fire

hydrant, located not more than 50 m from a hardstand area
(i)
(ii)
Where a firefighting hose is to be connected directly to an external attack fire

hydrant, located more than 50 m from a hardstand area, in accordance with Item (a)
(i)
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(ii)
25
DRAFT ONLY
3.5.3.4 External attack/feed fire hydrants

External attack/feed fire hydrants shall comply with the following:
(a)
An external attack/feed fire hydrant shall be located not more than 20 m from a
hardstand area.
(b)
An external attack/feed fire hydrant shall be located so that it may be used, when
required, as either an attack or feed hydrant. When determining firefighting hose
coverage from an attack/feed fire hydrant(s), coverage shall be determined for the
more onerous of where the hose is to be connected directly to the hydrant and where
the hose is to be connected to a fire brigade pumping appliance fed from the hydrant.
(c)
Where a firefighting hose is connected to the more onerous location in Item (b)
(i)
(ii)
3.5.4 Fire brigade booster assemblyFeed fire hydrants

Where a fire brigade booster is installed to protect a multilevel building, the feed fire
hydrants located at the booster assembly may be used to supply a fire brigade pumping
appliance for the purpose of providing external fire hydrant coverage to one level below
ground, the ground floor and one extra storey or mezzanine located within the ground floor
or ground floor fire compartment, provided all parts of the floor area of the ground floor or
ground floor fire compartment are protected.
3.5.5 Protection of fire hydrants
3.5.5.1 Non-sprinkler-protected buildings
The following apply:
(a)
Where a fire hydrant is located within, or affixed to, the external wall of a building,
the fire hydrant shall be separated from the building by a construction having a FRL
of not less than 90/90/90 for a distance of not less than 2 m each side of the fire
hydrant and from the ground to not less than 3 m in height
(b)
Where a fire hydrant is remote from but within 3.5 m of the external wall of the
building, the fire hydrant shall be separated from the building by a construction
having an FRL not less than 90/90/90 for a distance of not less than 2 m each side of
the fire hydrant and from the ground to not less than 3 m in height. The construction
provided shall be either
(c)
(i)
the external wall of the building; or
(ii)
freestanding and independent of the building, and be

(A)
located between the building and the fire hydrant; and
(B)
located immediately behind the fire hydrant.
Where a fire hydrant is remote from but more than 3.5 m and less than 10 m from the
external wall of the building, the fire hydrant shall be separated from the building by
a construction having a FRL of not less than 90/90/90 for a distance of not less than
1 m each side of the fire hydrant, provided a minimum width of 3 m is achieved, and
from the ground to not less than 2 m in height. The construction provided shall be
freestanding and independent of the building, and be
(i)
located between the building and the fire hydrant; and

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(ii)
26
DRAFT ONLY
located immediately behind the fire hydrant.
3.5.5.2 Sprinkler-protected buildings

Where a sprinkler system, complying with the requirements of AS 2118.1, AS 2118.4 or
AS 2118.6, is installed throughout a building, the external feed, attack/feed and attack fire
hydrant(s) located within 10 m of the building need not be protected in accordance with the
requirements of Clause 3.5.5.1.
3.6 INTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS
3.6.1 General
Internal fire hydrant(s) coverage shall comply with the following:
(a)
They shall provide coverage in accordance with the requirements of the National
Construction Code series.
(b)
They shall provide coverage to those parts of the building not covered by external
hydrants.
(c)
They shall provide coverage to those parts of the building not able to be protected
from the feed fire hydrants of a fire brigade booster assembly, subject to the
limitations detailed in Clause 3.5.4.
(d)
Where internal fire hydrants are installed at the finished floor level, they shall provide
coverage only to the storey on which they are located, except where allowed by the
National Construction Code series.
(e)
Where internal fire hydrants are installed in accordance with the requirements of
Clause 3.6.2(c), they shall provide coverage only to the storey they are dedicated to
protect, except where allowed by the National Construction Code series.
(f)
All points on the floor shall be

(i)

length of hose, laid on the floor and connected to the fire hydrant outlet; and
(ii)
a minimum 1 m length of fire hose shall extend into any area or room covered.
3.6.2 Location
The following apply to the location of internal fire hydrant(s):
(a)
For fire-isolated exits, internal fire hydrants shall be located

(i)
in every required fire-isolated exit at every storey/level except where installed

in accordance with the requirements of Clause 3.6.2(c);
(ii)
in every required fire-isolated exit at each storey, other than where coverage is
provided in accordance with Clause 3.5.1, regardless of the number of fire
hydrants needed to provide coverage; or
(iii) in every required fire-isolated exit at each storey, other than where coverage is
provided in accordance with Clause 3.5.4, regardless of the number of fire
hydrants needed to provide coverage.
(b)
For required non-fire-isolated exits, internal fire hydrants shall be located within 4 m
of a required exit. However fire hydrant outlets need not be located adjacent to each
required non-fire-isolated exit, provided coverage can be achieved by fire hydrants
located elsewhere.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(c)
(d)
27
DRAFT ONLY
An internal fire hydrant may be installed at a level that is different from the finished
floor level (FFL) of the storey it is dedicated to protect, provided
(i)
the level does not depart in height from the relevant storeys FFL by more than
half a flight of stairs below the FFL and more than two risers above the FFL for
storeys above ground (i.e. ascending stairs); and
(ii)
the level does not depart in height from the relevant storeys FFL by more than
half a flight of stairs above the FFL and more than two risers below the FFL for
storeys below ground (i.e. descending stairs).
Where an internal fire hydrant is installed at a level that is different from the FFL of
the storey it is dedicated to protect, not less than one fire hydrant shall serve every
level, except where allowed by the NCC.
3.7 FIRE COMPARTMENTS

Each fire compartment within a building shall contain a fire hydrant, unless covered by
external fire hydrants or a fire hydrant within a fire-isolated exit.
3.8 ROOF TOP PLANT ROOMS
Enclosed roof top plant rooms (excluding lift machine rooms) that are greater than 100 m 2
floor area shall be served by a fire hydrant(s) in accordance with Clause 3.6.
3.9 OPEN YARD PROTECTION
Fire hydrants shall be provided and located so that every part of all storage, production
equipment and plant in the protected area is within reach of a 10 m hose stream issuing
from a nozzle at the end of a 60 m length of hose connected to a fire hydrant outlet.
Where any part of the fire hydrant pipework is situated above ground and within 150 m of
any structure in the protected area, fire hydrants shall be placed not more than 60 m apart
along the pipework.
3.10 MARINAS
Fire hydrant coverage to a marina shall comply with the following:
(a)
Where feed or street fire hydrants provide fire hose coverage to a marina, all parts of
the walkways, fingers and gangways shall be in reach of a 60 m length of hose.
(b)
Where attack fire hydrants provide coverage to a marina all parts of the walkways,
fingers and gangways shall be in reach of a 30 m length of hose.
(c)
Where attack and feed fire hydrants are provided to protect a marina, they shall be
dual outlet fire hydrants.
NOTE: For information on fire protection of marinas, see Appendix G.
3.11 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND HOSE LAY LIMITATIONS

3.11.1 General
Fire hydrant coverage shall be determined in accordance with the following:
(a)
Firefighting hose lay distances shall be measured along the most direct laid on ground
or floor route to, and within the protected building or open yard.
(b)
Firefighting hose lay distances shall be measured along a path of travel providing
pedestrian access to and between the following:
(i)
A fire brigade pumping appliance located on a hardstand area to an external

feed fire hydrant or external attack/feed fire hydrant.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(ii)
28
DRAFT ONLY
A fire brigade pumping appliance located on a hardstand area, connected to an

external feed fire hydrant or external attack/feed fire hydrant, to the protected
building.
(iii) A fire brigade pumping appliance located on a hardstand area to a fire brigade
booster assembly.
(iv)
An external attack fire hydrant to the protected building.
(c)
Firefighting hose lay distances within the protected building shall be measured along
a path of travel as defined by the National Construction Code series.
(d)
The distances a firefighter has to travel shall be measured along a path of travel
providing pedestrian access to and between a hardstand area and an external fire
hydrant.
(e)
Where fire hose coverage requires ascending or descending a ramp or stair, the
distance shall be measured along the path of travel followed by the stairway or ramp.
For a stairway, the path shall be taken as a line along the nosings of the treads at the
outer perimeter of the stair enclosure. For a ramp, the path shall be taken along the
outer perimeter of the ramp.
(f)
The distance of an external fire hydrant, a fire brigade booster assembly or a fire
brigade pumping appliance from the external wall or facade of the building shall be
measured as follows:
(i)
From the external wall or facade of the building for a building with an awning,
roof overhang or similar projection that is not more than 3 m in depth, and
where the area under the awning, roof overhang or projection does not
contribute to the fire load of the building.
(ii)
From the edge of the awning, roof overhang or projection for a building with an
awning, roof overhang or similar projection that is more than 3 m in depth, and
where the area under the awning, roof overhang or projection does not
contribute to the fire load of the building.
(iii) From the edge of the awning, roof overhang or projection for a building with an
awning, roof overhang or similar projection of any depth, and where the area
under the awning, roof overhang or projection does contribute to the fire load of
the building
(iv)
From the edge of the roof for a building without external walls.
(v)
For a building with a balcony, horizontal projection or similar projection
(vi)
(A)
where the protected building is of Type A construction, as described in

the National Construction Code series, and the balcony, horizontal
projection or similar projection that is not more than 3 m in depth,
measured from the external wall or facade of the building;
(B)
where the protected building is of Type A construction, as described in

the National Construction Code series, and the balcony, horizontal
projection or similar projection that is more than 3 m in depth, measured
from the edge of the balcony, horizontal projection or projection; and
(C)
where the protected building is of Type B or C construction, as described

in the National Construction Code series, measured from the edge of the
balcony, horizontal projection or similar projection; and
in relation to a building without external walls, measured from the edge of the
roof.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
29
DRAFT ONLY
(g)
Where an external attack fire hydrant(s) is located adjacent to the external wall or
facade of the building, the fire hose lay measurements shall be taken through a point
that is 1 m from the face of the door that the fire hose is to be taken through, on the
centre-line of that door.
(h)
Fire hydrant locations serving a car park shall be determined with all car parking
spaces empty.
3.11.2 Doorways
The firefighting hose lay measurements shall be taken through the protected buildings
pedestrian entry and exit doors, except that
(a)
roller shutter doors and sliding doors may be used, where permitted by the National
Construction Code series, for the purpose of egress; and
(b)
revolving doors shall not be used as an access point to or within the building.
3.11.3 Obstructions
Storage racking, shelving, internal walls, partitions, doors, fixed seating or any other fixed
obstruction that restrict normal fire hose coverage throughout the building shall be
measured around the obstructions.
3.11.4 Measurements from a fire brigade pumping appliance
Where a fire brigade pumping appliance is to be connected to a street fire hydrant, external
feed fire hydrant, external attack/feed fire hydrant or a fire brigade booster assembly, for
measurement purposes in determining fire hydrant coverage, the fire brigade pumping
appliance shall
(a)
be located on a designated hardstand area;
(b)
be located not less than 10 m from the protected building;
(c)
not be located under an awning, roof overhang or similar projection;
(d)
not be located under a balcony, horizontal projection or similar projection;
(e)
not located within the building; and
(f)
be positioned in a single location.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
30
S E C T I O N
W A T E R S O U R C E S
SUPPL IES
A N D
4.1 WATER SOURCES

4.1.1 General
Water for use in a fire hydrant system shall be drawn from one or more of the following
water sources:
(a)
Reticulated water supply system (e.g. town mainpotable or recycled).
(b)
River, reservoir, lake, dam or sea.
(c)
Stored rainwater.
(d)
Bore.
NOTE: For information on water sources and supplies, see Appendix H.
4.1.2 Adequacy of water sources

Where a river, reservoir, lake, dam, seawater or bore is used as a water source, evidence of
the reliability and suitability of the water source shall be provided.
NOTES:
1 This evidence may be in the form of a hydrogeology report or similar technical assessment by
a suitably qualified professional.
2 Where a bore is used as a water source, the evidence should also consider the impact of
neighbouring bores on the reliability of the bore.
3 Where a natural water sources capacity is subject to seasonal variation it is not to be used as
a primary water source, it may be used as an infill water source to a water storage tank(s)
(i.e. stored rainwater).
4.1.3 Water quality

4.1.3.1 General
The materials in the fire hydrant system shall be compatible with the water in the hydrant
system (i.e. chemical composition of the water, pH, etc.).
NOTES:
1 The quality of the water to be used in a fire hydrant system needs to be suitable for the longterm operation of the system.
2 Water in fire hydrant system should be suitable for human contact.
4.1.3.2 Water for use

The following types of water shall be used in a fire hydrant system:
(a)
Drinking water from a public water supply.
(b)
Treated rain water (i.e. drinking, filtered rain water).
(c)
Bore water (treated and untreated, provided it meets the water quality requirements of
Clause 4.1.3.1).
(d)
Recycled water (drinking and non-drinking, provided it meets the water quality
requirements of Clause 4.1.3.1).
(e)
Sea, river, lake or dam water.
NOTE: Only fresh water should be used to flush and charge a fire hydrant system when corrosive
or saline (e.g. sea) water has been used during firefighting.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
31
DRAFT ONLY
4.2 WATER SUPPLIES

4.2.1 General
The water supply shall be designed so that the water used for commissioning, acceptance
testing and maintenance of the fire hydrant system is not wasted, but is reused for some
useful purpose. In the case where on-site water storage tank(s) are part of the system, water
shall be returned to the water storage tank(s).
NOTE: Water that has been in a fire hydrant supply system is not considered suitable for
domestic uses such as drinking water. Where acceptance testing and maintenance testing water is
to be recycled, it should not be recycled to a domestic water service. Alternatively, the water may
be used to augment rainwater supplies or other site uses.
4.2.2 The primary water supply

The primary water supply for a fire hydrant system shall be
(a)
reticulated town main;
(b)
private on-site water mains with dedicated pump(s);
(c)
reduced capacity tank(s) with pump(s) and an automatic inflow from a reticulated
town main or other inflow water supply with two pumpsets;
(d)
elevated private reservoir or gravity tank (divided into two minimum 50% capacity
compartments) capable of providing the unassisted pressures and flows for the fire
hydrant system;
(e)
elevated private reservoir or gravity tank (divided into two minimum 50% capacity
compartments) with two pumpsets;
(f)
river, reservoir, lake or sea, on or within the site boundary, with two vertical turbine
pumpsets; or
(g)
two half capacity tanks and a minimum of two pumpsets.
NOTE: A bore shall not be used as a primary water supply but may be used to provide infill to the
designated primary water supply.
4.2.3 Primary water supply requirements

The primary water supply shall be capable of providing the following:
(a)
The minimum required firefighting flow rate for the fire hydrant system for not less
than 4 h.
(b)
The required pressures for the fire hydrant system either assisted (with pumps) or
unassisted (without pumps).
or
(c)
Where multiple firefighting systems draw from the same water supply, the
simultaneous demands for the required durations for each system (as prescribed in
Clause 2.2.9).
4.2.4 Automatic inflow water supply

Where reduced capacity tanks serve as the primary water supply, another water supply fully
capable of providing the required make-up for any shortfall in the capacity of the primary
water supply shall be provided to meet the requirements of Clause 4.2.3. Where the inflow
water supply incorporates pumps, they shall meet the requirements of Clause 6.4.1.
A means of measuring the inflow shall be provided.
NOTE: Pumpsets installed on an inflow water supply should have the same reliability
requirements as any other primary water supply pumpset(s).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
32
DRAFT ONLY
4.2.5 On-site water storage tanks

4.2.5.1 General
A full capacity or reduced capacity on-site water storage tank is to be provided where
(a)
the reticulated water supply is unable to provide the required firefighting flow rate for
the fire hydrant system;
(b)
the on-site reservoir or dam is unable to provide the required firefighting flow rate for
the fire hydrant system or the fixed suction connection required to be installed is
unable to comply with the draughting requirements of Clause 4.4; and
(c)
the available river, lake or seawater is unable to provide the required firefighting flow
rate for the fire hydrant system or the fixed suction connection required to be
installed is unable to comply with the draughting requirements of Clause 4.4.
Where an on-site tank is provided it shall

(i)
comply with the requirements for a full capacity, reduced capacity, break tank or a
supplementary water storage tank, as applicable; and
(ii)
be arranged so that 50% of the required capacity of a water storage tank is always
available for use, or two separate 50% capacity tanks provided.
4.2.5.2 Full capacity water storage tanks

A full capacity tank(s) shall be capable of providing the minimum required firefighting flow
rate for not less than 4 h, without infill.
4.2.5.3 Reduced capacity water storage tanks
Where an automatic inflow water supply is capable of providing inflow to an on-site water
storage tank, the size of the on-site water storage tank(s) may be reduced. The reduced
capacity water storage tank(s) shall
(a)
be capable of providing the minimum required firefighting flow rate for not less than
4 h with the automatic inflow; and
(b)
be of not less than 24 000 L or of a capacity to provide the minimum required

firefighting flow rate for not less than 20 min duration, whichever is greater.
4.2.5.4 Break tanks

Where a break tank is installed within a fire hydrant system as either a condition of
connection to a reticulated water supply by a water agency or to control and manage suction
pressure for pumps within a fire hydrant system, the break tank shall
(a)
have a capacity of not less than 20 min at the required firefighting flow rate;
(b)
be provided with two fire hydrant pumpsets except where the provisions of
Clause 6.4.2 apply; and
(c)
4 h with the automatic inflow; and
(d)
comply with all applicable aspects of AS 2304.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
33
4.2.6 Water supply pressure

4.2.6.1 Reticulated water supply system (town main)
The residual pressure used in the design of the fire hydrant system shall be that resulting
from the minimum required firefighting flow rate, being drawn from the reticulated water
supply system while it is simultaneously subject to 95th percentile demand conditions. The
design pressure then shall be that available at the point of connection of the fire hydrant
system to the reticulated water supply system.
NOTE: For methods of determining residual pressure in a reticulated water supply system, see
Appendix I.
4.2.6.2 Tanks
The residual pressure used in the design of the fire hydrant system shall be that resulting
from the minimum required firefighting flow rate, being drawn from the tank with the water
level at the level of the bottom of a 4 h supply. The design pressure shall be that available
at the point of connection to the tank.
4.2.6.3 River, lake, dam, sea or bore
Where a river, lake, dam, sea or bore is used as a water source, the residual pressure used in
design of the fire hydrant system shall be determined considering the variation of the source
during the design life of the fire hydrant system. The water level used to determine the
residual pressure shall be assessed as that reliably available, such as average low tide or
river level, at the point of connection to the source.
4.2.7 Supplementary water supply
Where a building has an effective height greater than 50 m and the primary water supply is
a reticulated water supply system, a supplementary water tank shall be provided.
The supplementary water supply shall not be taken into consideration when determining the
capacity of the primary water supply.
The supplementary water supply for a fire hydrant system shall
(a)
20 min;
(b)
be capable of providing the required pressures

unassisted without pumps; and
(c)
be not less than 24 000 L.
either assisted (with pumps) or
4.3 CONNECTIONS TO WATER SOURCES OR SUPPLIES

4.3.1 Connection to town mains
4.3.1.1 General
Where a fire hydrant system is connected to a town main, the connection arrangements to
this water source or supply shall comply with all mandatory requirements, including
valving for isolation purposes, backflow prevention, pipework and metering.
4.3.1.2 Backflow prevention devices
Where a backflow prevention device is installed
(a)
all pipework between the town main and the backflow prevention device shall comply
with AS/NZS 3500.1; and
(b)
the backflow prevention device shall

(i)
be installed in accordance with AS/NZS 3500.1;
(ii)
be located within the property;

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
34
DRAFT ONLY
(iii) be located
(A)
immediately upstream from the first fire hydrant in a fire hydrant system
that incorporates feed fire hydrants only;
(B)
immediately upstream from any fire brigade booster assembly; or
(C)
adjacent to the property boundary.
Where butterfly valves are provided to the backflow prevention device, the valves shall be
lugged type and hand wheel gear operated.
4.3.1.3 Metering
Where a water meter is installed the meter shall
(a)
be installed on a bypass such as around a backflow prevention device; or
(b)
be installed in-line, provided the meter

(i)
does not limit flow, including in the event of meter failure;
(ii)
does not include a strainer; and
(iii) has the same nominal bore as the fire service.

The hydraulic effect of the meter and associated pipework and fittings shall be included in
flow and pressure calculations of the fire hydrant system design.
NOTE: A water agency may specify requirements differing from the above as a condition of
connection to its reticulated water supply system.
4.3.2 Connection to on site private water mains (systems)

Private water mains that provide the combined requirements of domestic and industrial
process water systems, in addition to the firefighting (hydrant or sprinkler) flow and
pressure requirements, shall comply with one of the following:
(a)
They shall be sourced from a reticulated water supply that has the capacity to supply
the full firefighting demand and pressure, together with the simultaneous domestic
and process water demands concurrently.
(b)
They shall be sourced from a reticulated water supply that has the capacity to supply
the full firefighting demand, together with the simultaneous domestic and process
water demands, with appropriately sized AS 2941 fire pumps supplying the full
firefighting demand as well as the peak domestic and process water demands
concurrently. The system may or may not have additional domestic and process water
pumps.
(c)
They shall have water storage tanks with full firefighting demand capacity reserved
for firefighting use, with a minimum of two appropriately sized AS 2941 fire pumps
with the capacity to supply both the firefighting demand as well as the simultaneous
domestic and process water requirements concurrently. The domestic and process
water demands shall be provided from either separate storage tanks or the upper
non-reserved sections of the firefighting tank(s), connected to domestic/process water
pumps.
All the private water main supplies shall feed into a ring main and comply with the
following:
(i)
The ring main shall be capable of providing the combined peak flow requirements of
all connected systems in addition to meeting the hydrant flow and pressure
requirements for the specified time.
(ii)
The ring main valving shall comply with the requirements of this Standard
(Clause 8.6).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
35
DRAFT ONLY
4.3.3 Connection to water storage tank(s)

Where a fire brigade pumping appliance(s) is required to connect to a water storage tank
that serves as a primary water supply, the water storage tank shall
(a)
where located on or above ground, have pipework to the large or small bore suction
connections that has a total friction head loss not exceeding 20 kPa at the minimum
required firefighting flow rate; and
(b)
where located partially or wholly below ground, have a fixed suction connection for
the water storage tank that complies with the requirement of Clause 4.4.
NOTE: For information on large and small bore suction connections, see Section 5.
4.3.4 Connection to sea, river, lake or dam water

Where a sea, river, lake or a dam is the water source, connection to this source to provide
the for the primary water supply for the hydrant system shall be, by vertical turbine
AS 2941 pumps, installed as prescribed by Clause 1.4.1, and be on-site or directly under the
control of the site. This source shall also provide a fixed suction connection that complies
with the requirements of Clause 4.4 or provision shall be made for direct draughting by a
fire brigade pumping appliance.
NOTE: For information on direct draughting and the capabilities of fire brigade pumping
appliances, see Appendix C and Appendix H.
4.4 FIXED SUCTION

Where fixed suction is provided for a fire brigade pumping appliance to draught from the
primary water source, the following design parameters shall be met:
(a)
The maximum friction loss shall be 20 kPa.
(b)
The maximum vertical lift shall be 3 m.
(c)
The maximum volume of permanently fixed on-site dry pipe (above the lowest
suction level) shall be 0.05 m3.
(d)
The required firefighting design flow rate shall not exceed the reduced flow capacity
of the fire brigade pumping appliance resulting from the suction conditions arising
from Items (a) and (b) above.
NOTE: For information on the draught capabilities of fire brigade pumping appliances, see
Appendix C and Appendix H.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
S E C T I O N
DRAFT ONLY
36
W A T E R
S T O R A G E
T A N K S
5.1 GENERAL
Water storage tanks shall
(a)
comply with the requirements of this Standard, the specific requirements of the water
agency and AS/NZS 3500.1;
(b)
be configured so that not less than 50% of the storage is available at all times;
(c)
be provided with fire brigade connections, where the water storage tank serves as the
primary water supply;
(d)
be constructed to withstand all expected internal and external design loads likely to
be imposed on the structure;
(e)
be constructed solely of new materials;
(f)
be sized to ensure that the required flow for the required duration is provided; and
(g)
be configured so that the required quantity of water for use by the fire hydrant system
remains available for usage at all times, where the on-site storage tank(s) have been
increased in capacity to supply the combined demand of fire hydrants and other
installed services.
NOTE: For information on water storage tanks, see Appendix J.
5.2 TANK CONSTRUCTION

5.2.1 General
On-site tanks shall be constructed from concrete or steel.
5.2.2 Concrete tanks
Concrete tanks shall be designed to withstand structural design actions as given in all parts
of AS/NZS 1170, including permanent actions, liquid pressure actions imposed by the fluid
contents filled to just overflowing, imposed actions and wind actions. In addition, tanks that
are located in areas in which a seismic event is likely to occur or tanks that are located in
alpine regions shall be designed to withstand the anticipated earthquake and snow actions
respectively.
An importance level of 2, as specified in AS/NZS 1170.0, shall be used to determine the
probability of design events. Applicable combinations of design actions and loads as given
in all parts of AS/NZS 1170 shall also be evaluated to assess the stability and strength of
the structure proposed.
Concrete tanks shall comply with the requirements of AS 3735.
5.2.3 Steel tanks
Bolted steel tanks shall comply with the requirements of AS 2304.
5.3 WATER STORAGE TANK ACCESSORIES
5.3.1 General
The following accessories shall be provided to water storage tanks in accordance with the
requirements of AS 2304:
(a)
Tank access.
(b)
Hydraulic components.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(c)
37
DRAFT ONLY
Miscellaneous components.
5.3.2 Fire brigade suction connections

5.3.2.1 General
Large and small bore suction connection(s) shall
(a)
be provided to a water tank serving as the primary water supply, where the tank and
the outlet pipework cannot provide the pressure and flow in accordance with the
requirements of Table 2.6 to the feed fire hydrants of the booster assembly;
(b)
be located not less than 10 m from the protected building and orientated so that the
fire brigade pumping appliance, when connected to the large or small bore suction
connection(s) and the fire brigade booster connection(s), is not less than 10 m from
the protected building;
(c)
be located in a position to ensure the hydraulic losses associated with the pipe, valves
and fittings serving suction connection(s) do not exceed those detailed in Clause 4.3.3
or Clause 4.4, as applicable;
(d)
be located not more than 5 m from the fire brigade booster connections;
(e)
be located not more than 4.5 m from a hardstand area;
(f)
have an isolation valve installed upstream of the suction connection that is secured in
the closed position; and
(g)
be provided with a metal cap and captive chain.
5.3.2.2 Large bore suction connection

Large bore suction connections shall comply with the following:
(a)
Where the firefighting flow rate is less than or equal to 4 L/s, one large bore suction
connection is to be provided.
(b)
Where the firefighting flow rate is more than 40 L/s but less than or equal to 80 L/s,
two large bore suction connection are to be provided.
(c)
A large bore suction connections shall

(i)
have an isolation valve complying with the requirements of Clause 9.4.2; and
(ii)
have a centre line that is between 450 mm and 600 mm above the finished
surface of the hardstand area.
NOTE: Metropolitan fire brigades use large bore suction connections.
5.3.2.3 Small bore suction connection

The following requirements apply to small bore suction connections:
(a)
The nominal diameter shall be 65 mm (DN 65); they shall comply with the
requirements of AS 2419.2; and a minimum of two shall be provided.
(b)
The location shall be 400 mm above the large bore suction connection, and shall
comprise of a lever-operated ball, butterfly valve or a gate valve. The use of valves
with loose jumpers shall not be permitted for this purpose.
NOTE: Rural fire brigades may use both large and small bore suction connections. The
requirement to provide either large or small bore suction connections should be made in
consultation with the appropriate rural fire brigade.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
38
DRAFT ONLY
5.3.3 Suction lines

5.3.3.1 Fire hydrant pump suction line
Suction lines serving a fire hydrant pump shall be
(a)
arranged so that air will not accumulate in the pipework between the tank and the fire
hydrant pump; and
(b)
where the suction line penetrates the wall of the water storage tank, terminated with a
90 bend and vortex inhibitor in accordance with the requirements of AS 2304.
5.3.3.2 Large and small bore suction line

Suction lines serving a large or small bore suction connection shall be
(a)
not less than DN 150, terminated with a flat plate vortex inhibitor of not less than
400 mm having a clearance beneath it of not less than 100 mm;
(b)
sized in accordance with the requirements of Clause 4.6.2 or Clause 4.7, or both,
where applicable;
(c)
arranged so that air will not accumulate in the pipework between the tank and the
suction connection; and
(d)
graded so that any air in the pipes will travel to either end of the pipework.
5.3.4 Tank fill time

The supply to a water storage tank shall be capable of refilling 50% of the effective
capacity of the tank within the following times:
(a)
In relation to a supplementary water supply tank within 3 h.
(b)
In relation to a water storage tank serving as a primary water supply with a capacity
less than 144 000 L within 8 h.
(c)
more than 144 000 L and less than 288 000 L within 16 h.
(d)
greater than 288 000 L within 24 h.
(e)
In relation to a water storage tank where water is not supplied to the tank, provision
shall be made for the tank to be refilled within 24 h.
(f)
In relation to a water storage tank that also supplies an automatic sprinkler system,
the water supply to the tank shall be capable of completely refilling the tank in
accordance with AS 2118.1.
5.3.5 Signage
5.3.5.1 General
All signage used to identify the storage facility, pipes, valve and fittings or associated
miscellaneous items shall be
(a)
permanently fixed to the exterior of the tank;
(b)
engraved or inscribed using another permanently fixed method;
(c)
written in capital letters in a colour contrasting with that of the background; and
(d)
fade or weather resistant
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
39
DRAFT ONLY
5.3.5.2 On-site storage

Water storage tanks shall be identified by a sign(s), the lettering of which shall be in
capitals of not less than 100 mm in height, in a colour contrasting with the background, and
indicating
(a)
the type of water supply (e.g. PRIMARY WATER SUPPLY);
(b)
the use of the supply (e.g. FIRE HYDRANT TANK); and
(c)
the effective storage capacity of the tank in litres (e.g. EFFECTIVE CAPACITY
144 000 L).
5.3.5.3 Fire hydrant tank quick-fill valve

Quick fill valves for a fire hydrant tank shall be identified by a sign, the lettering of which
shall be in capitals of not less than 50 mm in height, and in a colour contrasting with the
background.
5.3.5.4 Access
All tank access points (roof access covers and shell access covers) shall be clearly marked
with a confined space warning in accordance with the relevant state or territory legislation.
5.3.5.5 Warning signs
Fire tanks shall be clearly marked with a warning or prohibition sign, as shown in
Figure 5.3.5.5.
FIGURE 5.3.5.5 WARNING SIGN AND PROHIBITION SIGN
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
40
S E C T I O N
P U M P S E T S
6.1 GENERAL
All pumpsets that are incorporated into a fire hydrant system shall comply with, and be
installed in accordance with AS 2941. A fire hydrant system shall not incorporate a positive
displacement pump(s).
NOTES:
1 For information on high-rise pump configurations, see Appendix K.
2 For information on facilities for testing on-site fire hydrant pumps, see Appendix L.
6.2 WHEN A PUMPSET IS REQUIRED

6.2.1 Fire hydrant pumpset(s)
Where the primary water supply serving a building or site is unable to provide the
unassisted pressures required by either Table 2.6 or Table 2.7, a fire hydrant pumpset(s)
shall be installed.
6.2.2 Relay pumpset(s)
Where a building has an effective height greater than 50 m, a relay pumpset(s) shall be
installed.
6.2.3 Pressure maintenance pumps
Where a fire hydrant system is required to maintain a uniform pressure to ensure that any
installed pressure-responsive device used for initiating the automatic starting of an on-site
fire hydrant pumpset(s) operates accordingly, a jockey pump shall be installed.
6.3 PUMPSET DESIGN CRITERIA
6.3.1 Fire hydrant pumpset(s)
Where a fire hydrant pumpset(s) is provided the number of fire hydrants required to flow
simultaneously shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of Tables 2.2, 2.3,
2.4 and 2.5, where applicable.
The required duty flow and pressure shall be determined in accordance with the
requirements of Table 2.9.
6.3.2 Relay pumpset(s)
Where a relay pumpset(s) is provided the number of fire hydrants required to flow
simultaneously shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of Tables 2.2, 2.3,
2.4 and 2.5, where applicable.
The required duty flow and pressure shall be determined in accordance with the
requirements of Table 2.10.
6.3.3 Pressure maintenance pumps
Where a pressure maintenance pump (jockey pump) is provided, the required duty flow and
pressure shall comply with the specific requirements for jockey pumps detailed in AS 2941.
6.3.4 InflowWater supply pumpset(s)
Where fixed pumpset(s) draw from a water source (e.g. a river, lake or dam) to provide
inflow to a reduced capacity tank serving as the primary water supply, the required duty
flow for the pumpset(s) shall enable the primary water supply to provide the required
firefighting flow in accordance with the requirements of Tables 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5, where
applicable, for the required duration, as detailed in Section 4.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
41
DRAFT ONLY
The required duty pressure for a pumpset(s) drawing from a water source shall overcome
(a)
any difference in elevation between the water source and the designated primary
water supply; and
(b)
the frictional head loss associated with providing the required duty flow.
6.4 FIRE HYDRANT PUMPSET(S)CONFIGURATION

6.4.1 Fire hydrant pumpsetsTwo/more pumps
Where fire hydrant pumpsets are provided in accordance with the requirements of
Clause 6.2.1, they shall be configured as follows:
(a)
Two pumps comprising

(i)
one driven by an electric motor, the other by a compression ignition engine;
(ii)
both driven by compression ignition engines;
(iii) both driven by an electric motor at least one of which is supplied by an

automatic start emergency power generator; or
(iv)
both driven by electric motors connected to completely independent power

sources.
or
(b)
Three pumps driven by compression ignition engines, any two of which shall meet the
duty requirements.
6.4.2 Fire hydrant pumpsetsOne pump

Where a building has an effective height not greater than 25 m, one fire hydrant pumpset
shall be provided if
(a)
the inlet of the pumpset is connected to a reticulated water supply; or
(b)
the inlet of the pumpset is connected to a break tank with a full capacity bypass
incorporating a booster assembly.
The pumpset shall comprise of

(i)
a compression ignition engine;
(ii)
an electric motor supplied from an emergency power generator; or
(iii) an electric motor connected to two completely independent power sources through an
automatic changeover facility.
6.5 RELAY PUMPSET(S)
6.5.1 General
Where a relay pumpset(s) is provided in accordance with the requirements of Clause 6.2.2,
the following requirements are to be applied:
(a)
The relay pumpset shall be configured in accordance with the requirements of

Clause 6.5.2 or Clause 6.5.3.
(b)
The relay pumpset shall comprise one pumpset driven by
(c)
(i)
a compression ignition engine; or
(ii)
an electric motor supplied from an emergency power generator.
The relay pumpset, associated pipework, and the fire brigade booster assembly shall
be configured to allow the attending fire brigade to boost each pressure zone of the
building.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
42
DRAFT ONLY
(d)
Each relay pump shall be permanently connected to a water supply.
(e)
The location of each relay pump shall be identified by a permanently affixed fade
resistant sign marked in capital letters notes than 75 mm high, in a colour contrasting
to the background station, with the words FIRE BRIGADE RELAY PUMP.
6.5.2 Relay pumpset(s) configurations

Where a relay pumpset(s) is required, it shall be installed in accordance with one of the
following:
(a)
Where the fire hydrant pumpsets are fed from a supplementary water supply tank (e.g.
a 24 000 L rooftop tank with infill from a domestic water service) a single-outlet
(single stage) relay pumpset shall be provided to serve each pressure zone located
above an effective height greater than 50 m.
The initial relay pumpset shall be connected in series with the fire brigade booster
assembly and located not more than 50 m in height above the hardstand area. Where
additional relay pumpsets are required to be installed, they shall be connected in
series.
or
(b)
Where the fire hydrant pumpsets are fed from a supplementary water supply tank
(e.g. a 24 000 L rooftop tank with infill from a domestic water service) not less than
two relay pumpsets shall be provided.
The relay pumpsets shall be connected in parallel with each other, in series with the
fire brigade booster assembly and located not more than 50 m in height above the
hardstand area.
or
(c)
Where two or more of the fire hydrant pumpsets are fed from the primary water
supply not less than one relay pump shall be provided.
The relay pumpset shall be connected in series with the fire brigade booster assembly
and located not more than 50 m in height above the hardstand area.
or
(d)
Where two or more of the fire hydrant pumpsets are fed from the primary water
supply and the fire hydrant pumpsets provide a duty flow and pressure as detailed in
Table 2.10, the on-site fire hydrant pumpsets may also serve as the relay pumps for
the building.
The fire hydrant pumpsets shall be connected in parallel with each other, in series
with the fire brigade booster assembly and located not more than 50 m in height
above the hardstand area.
6.6 INFLOW WATER SUPPLY PUMPSET(S)

Where inflow water supply pumpsets are provided in accordance with the requirements of
Clause 6.3.4, they shall be configured in accordance with the requirements of Clause 6.4.1.
6.7 FIXED ON-SITE PUMPSET(S) IN PARALLEL WITH THE FIRE BRIGADE
BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
Where a fixed on-site fire hydrant pumpset is connected in parallel with a fire brigade
booster assembly, the pipework serving the pumpset shall be configured so that the
following applies:
(a)
The suction side of the pumpset is connected directly to
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(b)
43
DRAFT ONLY
(i)
the fire hydrant pipework supplying the feed fire hydrants of the fire brigade
booster assembly; or
(ii)
a fixed on-site tank or other acceptable water source serving as a primary water
supply.
The discharge side of the pumpset shall be connected directly to the fire hydrant
system pipework at a point downstream of the boost inlet connections.
6.8 FIXED ON-SITE PUMPSET(S) IN SERIES WITH THE FIRE BRIGADE

BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
Where a pumpset is connected in series with a fire brigade booster assembly, the suction
side of the pumpset shall be connected to the fire hydrant pipework at a point downstream
of the boost inlet connections, and the discharge side of the pumpset shall be connected to
the fire hydrant system pipework at a point downstream of the connection serving the
suction side of the pumpset.
Where a fixed on-site fire hydrant pumpset or relay pumpset is connected in series with a
fire brigade booster assembly, the following provisions shall be made:
(a)
A full flow rate bypass with non-return valve, of equal diameter to that of the
incoming fire main, shall be connected between the pump suction and pump discharge
pipe/manifold.
(b)
Either a 150 mm diameter liquid-filled pressure gauge or digital readout display of

not less than 10 mm, which will indicate the pressure at the pump discharge
pipe/manifold, shall be located at the fire brigade booster assembly.
(c)
A permanently affixed engraved sign shall be located in a prominent location adjacent

to the pressure gauge, marked in capital letters, not less than 25 mm high, in a colour
contrasting to the background stating the warning detailed in Figure 6.5.
WARNING:
THIS BOOSTER IS CONNECTED IN SERIES

( R E L AY ) W I T H T H E F I X E D O N - S I T E F I R E
HYDR ANT PUMPSET(S) WHICH MAY BE RUNNING
THIS
G AU G E
S H OWS
THE
TRUE
BOOST
PRESSURE AT THE FIXED ON-SITE PUMP DISCHARGE
FIGURE 6.5 WARNING LABEL
6.9 PUMP CONTROL

6.9.1 Fire hydrant pumpsets
6.9.1.1 Primary start arrangements
Where a fire hydrant pumpset is installed, the following requirements apply:
(a)
Each pump controller shall be actuated by a separate pressure sensor set to operate
when the pressure in the installation has fallen to a value of not less than the pressure
requirement for the system or pressure zone. Where more than one pump is provided,
the pumps shall be arranged to start sequentially.
(b)
A fall in water pressure in a fire hydrant system, which is intended to initiate the
automatic starting of the pumpset, shall provide a visible and audible indication at the
fire indicator panel (FIP), where installed within the protected building.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
44
DRAFT ONLY
6.9.1.2 Secondary start arrangements

Secondary starting arrangement of a fire hydrant pump may be either at the pump or via the
FIP, provided any failure in the system does not prevent the correct operation and function
of the primary starting arrangement specified in Clause 6.9.1.1.
6.9.2 Relay pumpsets
6.9.2.1 Primary start arrangements
Where relay pumpsets are installed, control of the pumpset shall be via a manual switch
located within the fire hydrant booster cabinet or at the FIP located within the fire control
room.
6.9.2.2 Secondary start arrangements
Where a secondary start arrangement is required, it shall comply with the requirements of
Clause 6.9.1.2.
6.10 ELECTRIC DRIVER ISOLATING SWITCHES
Switches in circuits supplying the driver shall be locked ON and clearly labelled FIRE
HYDRANT PUMPDO NOT SWITCH OFF.
NOTE: This requirement does not apply to the separate main switches provided in accordance
with AS/NZS 3000.
6.11 PUMP ROOM OR ENCLOSURE

6.11.1 General
Pumpsets and associated equipment shall be contained within a weatherproof room or
enclosure that is
(a)
secure to prevent the entry of unauthorized persons;
(b)
ventilated to ensure the aspiration and cooling of pump drivers;
(c)
heated, where necessary, to prevent freezing and facilitate the cold start of
compression ignition drivers;
(d)
identified by
(e)
(i)
a fade and weather resistant sign permanently affixed to the pumproom door
having capital letters of not less than 50 mm high in a colour contrasting with
the background and state FIRE PUMP ROOM; and
(ii)
a red strobe light, activated by the operation of the fixed on site pump(s), is to
be provided outside the building adjacent to the door providing access to the
pumproom.
constructed with a minimum 2.1 m high internal clearance with adequate space for
pump maintenance and replacement.
6.11.2 Internal pump rooms

Where pumprooms are located within the protected building, the following requirements
apply:
(a)
The pumproom shall have the following:

(i)
Enclosing walls and, where applicable, floor and roof with an FRL not less than
that prescribed by the National Construction Code series for a firewall.
(ii)
Doorways that are protected with self-closing doors that have an FRL of not
less than that required for a fire wall, except that the door shall have an
insulation level of at least 30.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
45
DRAFT ONLY
(iii) Other openings
(b)
(A)
in relation to service penetrations, protected in accordance with the

requirements of the National Construction Code series; and
(B)
in relation to construction joints, protected in accordance with the

requirements of the National Construction Code series.
The pumproom shall have a door leading to

(i)
road or open space;
(ii)
an airlock or smoke lobby that leads to a fire-isolated passageway or stair, in

accordance with the requirements of the National Construction Code series, as
applicable; or
(iii) a fire-isolated passageway or stair, pressurized in accordance with the

requirements of AS/NZS 1668.1, which leads to road or open space.
(c)
(d)
Where a compression ignition engine pumpset is installed

(i)
the exhaust system from the pumpset shall discharge outside the building or to a
mechanical exhaust system that is capable of safely discharging the pump
exhaust gases; and
(ii)
the discharge from the exhaust shall not impact upon any person passing the
exhaust discharge point.
Where the building is protected throughout by a sprinkler system complying with

AS 2118.1, AS 2118.4 and AS 2118.6, the requirements of Item (a) do not apply.
6.11.3 External pump rooms or enclosures

Where pumprooms are located external to the protected building the following requirements
apply:
(a)
The pumproom shall have the following:

(i)
Enclosing walls, roof and, where applicable, floors with an FRL not less than
that prescribed by the National Construction Code series for a firewall.
(ii)
Doorways that are protected with self-closing doors that have an FRL of not
less than that required for a fire wall, except that the door shall have an
insulation level of at least 30 min.
(iii) Other openings

(A)
in relation to service penetrations, other than service penetrations

provided for ventilation of the pumproom, protected in accordance with
the requirements of the National Construction Code series;
(B)
in relation to service penetrations for ventilation of the pumproom,

protected in accordance with the National Construction Code series where
the ventilation opening faces the protected building;
(C)
in relation to construction joints, protected in accordance with the

National Construction Code series.
(b)
The pumproom shall be located within 20 m of a hardstand area.
(c)
Where a compression ignition engine pumpset is installed

(i)
the exhaust system from the pumpset shall discharge outside the building or to a
mechanical exhaust system that is capable of safely discharging the pump
exhaust gases; and
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(ii)
(d)
46
DRAFT ONLY
the discharge from the exhaust shall not impact upon any person passing the
exhaust discharge point.
Where the building is protected throughout by a sprinkler system complying with

AS 2118.1, AS 2118.4 and AS 2118.6 or the pumproom is located more than 6 m
from the protected building, the requirements of Item (a) do not apply.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
47
S E C T I O N
F I R E B R I G A D E
A S S E M B L Y
B O O S T E R
7.1 GENERAL
A fire brigade booster assembly shall
(a)
be located, designed and arranged in accordance with the requirements of this

Section.
(b)
be located in a cabinet in accordance with the requirements of Section 10;
(c)
be identified and have signage in accordance with the requirements of Section 10; and
(d)
incorporate fire hydrant valves and fire brigade booster connections that comply with
the requirements of AS 2419.2 and AS 2419.3 respectively.
NOTE: For information on location of booster assembly, see Appendix M.
7.2 WHEN A FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY IS REQUIRED

A fire brigade booster assembly shall be installed to serve a fire hydrant system where
(a)
internal fire hydrants are installed;
(b)
external on-site fire hydrant(s) are installed more than 20 m from a fire brigade
pumping appliance hardstand;
(c)
more than six external on-site fire hydrants are installed;
(d)
an on-site pumpset(s) is installed;
(e)
an on-site storage tank(s) is installed;
(f)
more than one external on-site fire hydrant is required to serve a building where the
floor area of any fire compartment is greater than 2000 m 2; or
(g)
a ring main is required in accordance with Clause 8.1.6.
7.3 LOCATION
7.3.1 Position
A fire brigade booster assembly shall be located as follows:
(a)
In a position that is able to be viewed upon approach to the building.
(b)
In a position that complies with one of the following:

(i)
It is within or affixed to the faade of the building containing the main

pedestrian entrance.
or
(ii)
It is remote from the building and within sight of the main pedestrian entrance
to the building
(A)
adjacent to the property boundary and the principal vehicle access for the
fire brigade pumping appliance to the building or site; or
(B)
not more than 20 m from the facade of the building containing the main
pedestrian entrance.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
48
DRAFT ONLY
7.3.2 External alarm indication

The location of the fire brigade booster shall be indicated by a red strobe light, which is
activated by an alarm signal from a fire panel that serves
(a)
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system, where installed throughout the
building;
(b)
a sprinkler system, where installed throughout the building; or
(c)
a combination (a) and (b), where installed throughout the building.
The red strobe light shall be installed external to the building adjacent to fire brigade
booster assembly
NOTE: For guidance for red strobe light see Appendix M.
7.3.3 Accessibility, clearance and protection

The fire brigade booster assembly shall comply with the following:
(a)
It shall be located in a position that provides pedestrian access to the building.
(b)
It is not more than 10 m from a hardstand area.
(c)
It is not less than 10 m from

(i)
any high voltage electrical distribution equipment, such as transformers and

distribution boards;
(ii)
any stored quantity of dangerous goods (e.g. LPG, petroleum, propane); and
(iii) any external combustible storage (e.g. palleted combustible storage items).
(d)
It is not less than 3 m from the vent terminal construction of the gas assembly or gas
measurement system serving a gas assembly or gas measurement system.
NOTE: Gas assembly and gas measurement systems are defined in AS/NZS 5601.1.
(e)
It is free from obstruction by stored goods, vehicles, vegetation or similar obstacles.
(f)
It is protected from possible mechanical damage by vehicles.
(g)
A clear area free from all obstructions shall be provided immediately in front of the
cabinet containing the fire brigade booster assembly that extends
(h)
(i)
for not less than 1500 mm from the cabinet; and
(ii)
for the width of the cabinet plus 250 mm either side of the cabinet.
It is protected from radiant heat in accordance with the requirements of Clause 7.6.
7.3.4 Multiple buildings on-site

Where multiple buildings are located on a site, the following requirements apply:
(a)
A separate fire brigade booster assembly shall be provided for each building on the
site where the provisions of Clause 7.2 apply, and be located in accordance with the
requirements of Clause 7.3.1 and provided with an external alarm where the
provisions of Clause 7.3.2 apply.
(b)
A fire brigade booster assembly shall be provided to serve all buildings on the site
and shall be located in accordance with the requirements of Clause 7.3.1, Item (a) and
Item (b)(ii)(A), and provided with an external alarm where the provisions of
Clause 7.3.2 apply.
7.4 TYPES OF FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLIES

The following fire brigade booster assembly configurations are acceptable for use in a
hydrant system:
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
49
(a)
H pattern.
(b)
In-line.
(c)
I pattern.
(d)
Tank model.
(e)
Tank suction.
DRAFT ONLY
7.5 FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY DESIGN AND ARRANGMENT

7.5.1 General
A fire brigade booster assembly shall comply with the following:
(a)
Where a reticulated water supply serves as the primary water supply for a fire hydrant
system, an H pattern, I pattern, in-line or tank model fire brigade booster assembly
shall be provided.
(b)
Where an H pattern, I pattern or in-line fire brigade booster assembly is

installed
(i)
an isolating valve and a full flow non-return valve shall be installed above
ground, and between the fire hydrant valves and booster inlet connections of the
fire brigade booster assembly (the full flow non-return valve shall be installed
downstream of the isolating valve); and
(ii)
the direction of water flow through the fire brigade booster assembly shall be
indicated in accordance with AS 1345.
(c)
Where a water storage tank is the primary water supply that is unable to provide feed
hydrant pressure at the fire brigade booster assembly, a tank suction fire brigade
booster assembly shall be provided.
(d)
Where a fire brigade booster assembly has a manifold incorporating inlet insert
subassemblies, it shall comply with AS 2419.3.
(e)
Fire brigade booster assemblies shall be designed and arranged to permit a fire main
to be pressurized without recourse to the manual operation of the isolating valves
associated with the fire brigade booster assembly and the fire hydrant system.
(f)
The feed fire hydrant valves and fire brigade booster connections of a fire brigade
booster assembly shall be positioned horizontally or sloping not more than 35 below
the horizontal.
(g)
A minimum clearance of 100 mm shall be provided around the handwheel of a fire

hydrant valve when in the fully opened position.
(h)
An isolating valve shall be installed immediately downstream of the boost inlet

connections.
(i)
Where
(j)
(i)
two fire brigade booster connections are required in the fire brigade booster
assembly, not less than DN 100 pipe shall be used in the assembly; and
(ii)
more than two and not more than six fire brigade booster connections are
required in the fire brigade booster assembly, not less than DN 150 pipe shall
be used in the assembly.
For every four fire brigade booster connections provided or part thereof, a hardstand
area shall be provided to allow for the movement and positioning of the required
number of fire brigade pumping appliance(s).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
50
7.5.2 Number of boost inlet connections required

Not less than two fire brigade booster inlet connections shall be provided for each fire
brigade booster assembly.
The number of fire brigade booster inlet connections required to be provided at a fire
brigade booster assembly that only serves a fire hydrant system shall be determined as
follows:
Number of fire brigade booster inlets required =
Hydrant system demand (L/s)

10 (L/s)
NOTES:
1 Refer to Tables 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 to determine the hydrant system demand.
2 The 10 L/s requirement represents the maximum flow that may be allotted to a single booster
inlet connection.
The number of fire brigade booster inlet connections required to be provided at a fire
brigade booster assembly that serves a fire hydrant system and a sprinkler system shall be
determined as follows:
Number of booster inlet connections required =
Hydrant demand (L/s) Sprinkle demand (L/s)

+
10 (L/s)
10 (L/s)
The maximum number of booster inlets provided for the sprinkler demand shall not exceed
four inlets.
7.5.3 H pattern fire brigade booster assembly
An H pattern fire brigade booster assembly shall comply with the following:
(a)
The number of fire hydrant valves and fire brigade booster connections shall be
configured as follows:
(i)
An equal number of feed fire hydrant valves and fire brigade booster
connections shall be provided.
(ii)
A maximum of eight feed fire hydrant valves and eight fire brigade booster
connections shall be provided on a single H pattern booster assembly.
(iii) Not more than six feed fire hydrant valves or six fire brigade booster
connections shall be provided on a single vertical branch.
(iv)
Where more than six feed fire hydrant valves or six fire brigade booster
connections are to be provided on a single H pattern booster assembly, not
more than four fire hydrant valves or four fire brigade booster connections shall
be provided on a single vertical branch.
NOTE: For typical H pattern fire brigade booster assemblies, see Appendix M.
(b)
The fire hydrant outlets valves and fire brigade booster connections shall be arranged
as follows:
(i)
The height of the feed fire hydrant valves and the fire brigade booster
connections shall be not less than 750 mm or not more than 1200 50 mm,
above the floor or standing surface in front of the fire brigade booster assembly.
(ii)
The distance between the nearest feed fire hydrant valve and fire brigade
booster connection, measured between centres, shall be not less than 450 mm.
(iii) The distance between the furthest feed fire hydrant valve and fire brigade
booster connection, measured between centres, shall be not more than 5 m.
(iv)
The minimum distance between feed fire hydrant valves, measured between
centres, shall be not less than 225 mm.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
51
DRAFT ONLY
(v)
The minimum distance between fire brigade booster connections, measured

between centres, shall be not less than 225 mm.
(vi)
Where multiple branches are provided to serve groups of feed fire hydrant
valves
(A)
the distance between feed fire hydrant outlet valves on separate branches,
measured between centres, shall be not less than 450 mm, where the feed
fire hydrant valves face directly forward; and
(B)
the distance between feed fire hydrant outlet valves on separate branches,
measured between centres, shall be not less than 900 mm, where the feed
fire hydrant valves do not face directly forward.
(vii) Where multiple branches are provided to serve groups of fire brigade booster
connections
(A)
the distance between fire brigade booster connections on separate

branches, measured between centres, shall be not less than 450 mm,
where the fire brigade booster connections face directly forward; and
(B)
the distance between fire brigade booster connections on separate

branches, measured between centres, shall be not less than 900 mm,
where the fire brigade booster connections do not face directly forward.
7.5.4 In-line fire brigade booster assembly

An in-line fire brigade booster assembly shall comply with the requirements of
Clause 7.5.3, except for Item (a)(iii), Item (a)(iv) and Item (b)(vii).
7.5.5 I pattern fire brigade booster assembly
An I pattern fire brigade booster assembly shall comply with the following:
(a)
I pattern fire brigade booster assembly shall be installed within, or affixed to, the
facade of the building.
(b)
I pattern fire brigade booster assemblies shall be provided with two fire hydrant
outlet valves and two fire brigade booster inlet connections.
(c)
The fire hydrant outlets valves and fire brigade booster connections provided to I
pattern booster assemblies shall be arranged as follows:
(i)
The maximum height of the fire brigade booster inlet connections shall be not
more than 1200 50 mm.
(ii)
The minimum height of the feed fire hydrant outlets shall be not less than
650 50 mm above the floor or standing surface in front of the fire brigade
booster assembly.
(iii) The distance between centres of the feed fire hydrant outlet valves and any fire
brigade booster connections, measured vertically between centres, shall be not
less 500 mm.
(iv)
The minimum distance between feed fire hydrant outlets valves, measured
(v)
The minimum distance between fire brigade booster connections, measured

(vi)
The centres of feed fire hydrant outlets shall be aligned horizontally.
(vii) The centres of the fire brigade booster connections shall be aligned
horizontally.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
52
DRAFT ONLY
7.5.6 Tank model fire brigade booster assembly

A tank model fire brigade booster assembly shall comply with the requirements of
Clause 7.5.3, except for Item (a)(ii), Item (a)(iii) and Item (a)(iv).
7.5.7 Tank suction fire brigade booster assembly
A tank suction fire brigade booster assembly shall comply with the following:
(a)
Tank suction fire brigade booster assemblies shall be installed remote from the
building.
(b)
The fire brigade booster connections provided to a tank suction fire brigade booster
assembly shall comply with fire brigade booster connection requirements of
Clause 7.5.3.
(c)
The fire brigade suction connection provided to the tank or static water supply shall
comply with the requirements of Section 4 and 5.
(d)
The fire brigade suction connection provided to the tank or static water supply shall
be orientated, in relation to hardstand area, to permit a fire brigade pumping
appliance to connect to the fire brigade suction connection.
(e)
The fire brigade booster connection shall be located not more than 5 m from the fire
brigade suction connection provided to the tank or static water supply.
7.6 PROTECTION OF FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLIES

7.6.1 General
A fire brigade booster assembly shall be protected as follows:
(a)
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is located within, or affixed to the building
facade, it shall be separated from the building by a construction having a FRL of not
less than 90/90/90 for a distance of not less than 2 m each side of the booster
assembly and from the ground to not less than 3 m in height.
(b)
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is located remote from but within 3.5 m of the
building facade, it shall be separated from the building by a construction having a
FRL not less than 90/90/90 for a distance not less than 2 m each side of the fire
brigade booster assembly and from the ground to not less than 3 m in height. The
construction provided shall be
(i)
freestanding and independent of the building;
(ii)
located between the building and the fire brigade booster assembly; and
(iii) located immediately adjacent to the fire brigade booster assembly.

(c)
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is located remote from but more than 3.5 m
and less than 10 m from the building facade, the fire brigade booster assembly shall
be separated from the building by construction having a FRL of not less than
90/90/90 for a distance not less than 1 m each side of the fire brigade booster
assembly and from the ground to not less than 2 m in height. The construction
provided shall be
(i)
freestanding and independent of the building;
(ii)
located between the building and the fire brigade booster assembly; and
(iii) located immediately adjacent to the fire brigade booster assembly.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
53
DRAFT ONLY
7.6.2 Non-sprinkler-protected buildings

A fire brigade booster assembly within, or affixed to, the facade of a non-sprinklerprotected building, need not comply with the general provisions of Clause 7.6.1(a), if it
complies with the following:
(a)
The fire brigade booster assembly adjoins a fire compartment that has a floor area of
not more than 500 m2.
(b)
The external wall of the fire compartment that adjoins the fire brigade booster
assembly has an FRL of not less than /60/60.
(c)
Any opening in the external wall of the room or sole occupancy unit that adjoins the
fire brigade booster assembly is protected in accordance with the following:
(i)
In relation to a doorway, the door(s) is (are) self-closing or automatic closing,

protected by internal wall wetting sprinklers, for the whole of the doorway, or a
/60/30 fire door.
(ii)
In relation to a window, the window(s) are permanently fixed in the closed

position or automatic closing and protected by internal wall-wetting sprinklers
for the whole of the window.
(iii) In relation to other opening(s) (e.g. ventilation intake, service penetration, void
or similar opening), the other opening(s) is (are) protected internally by
construction having an FRL of not less than /60/ for the whole of the
opening.
(iv)
(d)
(e)
In relation to any glazed part of an opening(s), door(s) or wall(s), the glazed

part of the opening or wall is not less than 10 mm toughened glass.
The wall-wetting sprinklers, as detailed in Item (c)(ii), and installed in accordance

with National Construction Code series, Volume One, Building Code of Australia
Clause C3.4 are directly connected to the fire hydrant system, capable of being
boosted and separately isolated, so that
(i)
the isolation valve to the wall wetting sprinklers is provided within the fire
brigade booster assembly cabinet; and
(ii)
the connection of the wall wetting sprinklers to the fire hydrant system is
provided downstream of the fire brigade booster connections.
It is located more than 2 m from another fire compartment.
7.6.3 Sprinkler-protected buildings

Where a building is protected throughout by a sprinkler system complying with the
requirements of AS 2118.1, AS 2118.1.4 or AS 2118.6, the protection requirements of
Clause 7.6.1 need not be applied.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
S E C T I O N
54
P I P E W O R K D E S I G N
I N S T A L L A T I O N
DRAFT ONLY
A N D
8.1 GENERAL
Pipework used in a fire hydrant system shall be
(a)
capable of withstanding the range of pressures the system would be subjected to

during commissioning and testing; and
(b)
sized to provide the design flows.
NOTE: Pipes, valves and fittings selected to suit the expected soil conditions (e.g. corrosive
soils), the temperature range (e.g. freezing), the conditions of the area and the water to be used
within the system.
Pipework used in a fire hydrant system shall be

(i)
installed in accordance with the requirements of AS/NZS 3500.1;
(ii)
supported and anchored in accordance with the requirements of Appendix N; and
(iii) protected from mechanical damage.

8.2 UNSTABLE GROUND CONDITIONS
8.2.1 Mine subsidence provisions
Where the fire hydrant system is to be installed in a mine subsidence area, the design shall
have provision for mine subsidence movement.
8.2.2 Unstable ground provisions
Where in-ground services are to be installed in unstable ground conditions, provision shall
be made to support the pipework and cater for the effects of ground movement.
8.3 FIRE MAINS
The fire main shall comply with the requirements of pressure, flow and velocity as specified
in Section 2 and shall have nominal diameters of not less than
(a)
DN 100;
(b)
DN 80 for any pipe or fitting, not exceeding 10 m hydraulic equivalent length,

connecting a single fire hydrant outlet to a fire main; and
(c)
DN 65 for the hydrant valve connection where it connects to a reducer and shall not
exceed 100 mm in length between the reducer and the fire hydrant valve.
8.4 EXTERNAL PIPEWORK

Where the characteristics of the site or building allow, external pipework shall be located
below ground. Where external above ground pipework is located in an area subject to
freezing, the pipework shall be protected from effect of freezing.
Where external above-ground pipework is supported by the external wall or roof of the
subject building, the pipework shall be protected from damage by fire by one of the
following methods:
(a)
The building shall be protected by an automatic fire sprinkler system in accordance

with AS 2118.1.
(b)
Supported by walls, columns, floors, beams, or roofs having an FRL of not less than
60//.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
55
DRAFT ONLY
8.5 INTERNAL PIPEWORK

Where internal above-ground pipework is installed, it shall be protected from damage by
fire by one of the following methods:
(a)
An automatic fire sprinkler system that complies with AS 2118.1.
(b)
Supported by walls, columns, floors, beams, or roofs having an FRL of not less than
60// and pipe supports and hangers that have
(i)
an FRL of not less than 60//; or
(ii)
other measures to prevent its early collapse of the pipework when exposed to
fire.
(c)
Installed in a fire-isolated stair or fire-resisting shaft.
(d)
Protected by construction capable of resisting the effects of fire for a period not less
than 60 min.
Where copper pipe is used internally within a building that is not protected throughout by a
fire sprinkler system, the pipework shall be
(i)
protected using materials that provide a FRL of not less than /60/60/;
(ii)
installed in a fire-isolated-stair or fire-resisting shaft; or
(iii) located above a ceiling system that achieves a resistance to the incipient spread of fire
for a period of not less than 60 min.
8.6 RING MAIN
8.6.1 General
Fire hydrants shall be connected to a ring main where
(a)
the building(s) has an effective height in excess of 25 m; or
(b)
the building is a large isolated building.
NOTE: The inclusion of a ring main in a design will increase the reliability of a fire hydrant
system and result in a fire hydrant system that provides attending fire brigade crews with more
options from which to initiate a fire attack through the locating of fire hydrants around and
throughout the building.
8.6.2 Ring main design criteria

8.6.2.1 Building(s) with an effective height greater than 25 m
For a building with an effective height greater than 25 m, a ring main shall comply with the
following:
(a)
Where more than one fire hydrant is installed, each ring main shall be able to be
isolated in 25% increments and maintain not less than 50% of the fire hydrants for
each fire compartment.
(b)
Risers shall be installed in fire-isolated stairs or fire-isolated shafts.
(c)
Interconnection of the ring main risers shall be located at not more than 50 m
intervals and be within the physical limits of the pressure zone they serve.
(d)
Risers feeding the same zone of protection shall not be located in the same shaft. This
provision does not apply to fire stairs that cross over each other (i.e. scissor stairs).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
56
DRAFT ONLY
8.6.2.2 Large isolated building(s) with an effective height not greater than 25 m
For a large isolated building with an effective height not greater than 25 m, a ring main
shall comply with the following:
(a)
Where more than one fire hydrant is installed, each ring main shall be able to be
isolated in 25% increments and maintain not less than 50% of the fire hydrants for
each fire compartment.
(b)
Risers shall be installed in fire-isolated stairs or fire-isolated shafts, where provided.
(c)
Where possible, each ring main shall be external to the building.
8.7 ISOLATING VALVES

8.7.1 General
Isolating valves shall be secured or locked in the open position, unless fitted to a large or
small bore suction as required in Clause 5.3.2.1.
8.7.2 Location
Isolating valves shall be located as follows:
(a)
Where installed within a building, located not more than 2.1 m above the finished
floor level of the building and comply with the requirements for above ground
isolating valves in accordance with Clause 9.4.2.1.
(b)
Where installed within a building
(c)
(i)
in a fire isolated stair, except where located within plant, tank or pump room; or
(ii)
where fire isolated stairs are not provided, within 4 m of an exit that leads to a
road or open space.
Where installed in a fire hydrant system incorporating a ring main

(i)
on each arm of the ring main, adjacent to the connection with the supply pipe;
(ii)
on branches into buildings, adjacent to the tapping in the ring main, in a

position considered to be accessible under fire conditions;
(iii) on branches supplying more than one fire hydrant, adjacent to the tapping in the
ring main;
(iv)
on branches supplying a sub-ring main, adjacent to the tapping in the ring main;
(v)
on any supply pipe feeding a ring main, adjacent to the tapping in the ring
main; and
(vi)
on any interconnection within the ring main, on the cross-connecting pipe

adjacent to the ring main, and on the ring main on each side of the cross
connecting pipe.
(d)
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is installed in accordance with the

requirements of Clause 7.5.1.
(e)
Where a pressure reducing valve station is installed, in accordance with the

requirements of Clause 8.13.2.
8.8 INTERCONNECTIONS
Interconnections between different water sources shall be in accordance with AS 3500.1.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
57
DRAFT ONLY
8.9 SYSTEM MONITORING

8.9.1 General
Continuous system monitoring shall be provided in buildings with an effective height
greater than 25 m.
8.9.2 Components to be monitored
The following components shall be monitored by a Class B monitoring device:
(a)
Water supply isolating valves excluding underground key-operated valves.
(b)
Each isolating valve on the fire main, including those at the backflow prevention
device.
(c)
Isolating valves at pressure-reducing valve stations.
(d)
Power supply for each electric motor-driven pump.
(e)
Controller ready to start condition battery voltage.
(f)
At the 4 h fuel level for each compression ignition engine-driven pump.
8.9.3 Monitoring devices

Class B monitoring devices shall transmit a signal upon a change of status of each
monitored component.
8.9.4 Installation
Control and indicating equipment shall comply with the requirements of AS 4428.1.
Signals from monitored components shall be indicated at a monitoring panel.
Any severing of the monitoring connection, shall initiate either an audible or visual alarm at
the monitoring panel.
8.10 TEST FACILITY
Provision shall be made for the purpose of flow testing as required in Section 11.
Where flow testing cannot be readily accomplished from the installed fire hydrant outlets, a
permanent test connection shall be provided, together with a test drain for recycling or
disposing of test water.
A permanent pressure gauge shall be located at the test point.
NOTES:
1 Requirements for pressure gauges are given in Clause 10.4.
2 Where practicable, a closed loop flow testing arrangement, incorporating a permanent or
temporary/portable on-site tank, should be provided.
3 Examples of a test drain would be a connection into a downpipe or dedicated pipe draining to
a re-use tank.
4 Discharging water onto a roof deck is not considered an appropriate means of discharging
water due to the risks associated with building flooding and water overflowing onto people
outside of the building.
8.11 FIRE HOSE REEL SERVICE ISOLATION VALVES

Where a fire hose reel service exceeds DN 25 or serves two or more fire hose reels and is
connected to a fire hydrant system, it shall have an isolating valve fitted at the point of
connection in accordance with the requirements of the National Construction Code.
Each fire hose reel service isolating valve shall be secured in the open position by a
padlocked metal strap or device and have attached an engraved non-ferrous metal tag with
in capital letters of not less than 8 mm high stating FIRE HOSE REEL SERVICE VALVE.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
58
DRAFT ONLY
8.12 HIGH RISE DESIGN CRITERIA

8.12.1 General
Where a building has an effective height greater than 50 m, each pressure zone shall
(a)
not exceed 50 m in height, measured from the most hydraulically advantaged to the
most hydraulically disadvantaged points in the pressure zone; and
(b)
be fed from not less than two independent pipe risers, remotely located from each
other.
8.12.2 Down feedSystem design cascade systems

Where a cascade design approach is adopted
(a)
a maximum of three pressure zones shall be linked through the use of pressurereducing valve stations complying with the requirements of Clause 8.13; and
(b)
the uppermost pressure zone, in each group of three pressure zones, shall be fed from
not less than two independent pipe risers.
NOTE: For information on cascade systems design, see Section 6.
8.12.3 Up feedSystem design bottom up

Where a bottom up design approach is adopted, each pressure zone shall be fed from not
less than two independent pipe risers.
NOTE: For information on bottom up system design, see Section 6.
8.13 PRESSURE MANAGEMENT

8.13.1 General
Where the pressure zones of a fire hydrant system are interconnected, the pressure between
zones shall be controlled by one or a combination of the following:
(a)
Pressure-reducing valve.
(b)
Ratio-reduction valve.
(c)
Break tanks.
NOTE: For information on the pressure limitations applied to a fire hydrant system, see
Section 2.
Where pressure within a fire hydrant system is controlled by either a pressure-reducing

valve or a ratio-reduction valve, the valve shall comply with the requirements of
Clause 8.13.2.
Where required, pressure within a pressure zone may be controlled through the installation
of pressure-reducing fire hydrant valves.
8.13.2 Pressure-reducing valve station
Where pressure-reducing valves are used to achieve the required pressure limits, the valves
shall be duplicated at each location to facilitate removal of either valve for servicing.
Pressure-reducing valves shall be of the type in which the controlling mechanism is
operated in conjunction with water flow through the valve from
(a)
the low pressure side; or
(b)
the differential pressure across the valve.
A full-flow non-return valve shall be installed on a bypass at pressure-reducing stations, to

allow reverse flow under boosting conditions.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
59
Isolating valves shall be installed on either side of each pressuring-reducing valve and
non-return valve.
NOTE: A typical pressure reduction station is shown in Figure 8.1.
Where a pressure-reducing valve station is installed, test facilities complying with

Clause 8.10 shall be provided for
(i)
monitoring the pressure on the pressure-reduced side of the valve; and
(ii)
testing the pressure-reducing valve.
10 0
Pr e s s u r e g a u g e
10 0
10 0
10 0
Te s t va lve
Up p e r p r e s s u r e zo n e
I N LE T
2 :1
O U T LE T
O pti o n a l r e l ay
pump
R ati o r e d u c ti o n va lve
Ful l f l ow n o n - r e tu r n va l ve
Brigade boost
Lowe r p r e s s u r e zo n e
FIGURE 8.1 TYPICAL PRESSURE-REDUCTION VALVE
8.14 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION

Fire hydrant pipework shall be painted or labelled in accordance with AS 1345.
8.15 PHYSICAL PROTECTION
Fire hydrant pipework shall be protected from mechanical and physical damage, for
example from vehicular traffic, soil movements and similar situations.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
S E C T I O N
DRAFT ONLY
60
P I P E S , V A L V E S
A N D
F I T T I N G S
9.1 GENERAL
Pipes, valves and fittings used in a fire hydrant system shall be supplied new.
9.2 PIPES, VALVES AND FITTINGS
Pipes, valves and fittings shall be verified as conforming to designated Standards or
evaluated by a recognized conformity assessment body.
NOTES:
1 Manufacturers, fabricators and suppliers making declarations of conformity with these
requirements or designated Australian Standards, in relation to the suitability and
conformance of a product, are advised to ensure such conformance is capable of being
verified.
2 Examples of recognized conformity assessment bodies are JAS/ANZ Registered Certification
Bodies (WaterMark), CSIROs ActivFire Scheme, Factory Mutual (FM), Loss Prevention
Certification Board (LPCB), Underwriters Laboratories (UL) and Verband der
Schandernverhutung (VdS).
9.3 PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS SPECIFICATIONS

9.3.1 Above-ground pipework
Pipes and fittings used in above ground fire hydrant installations shall comply with one of
the following Standards:
(a)
Steel
tube
and
pipesAS 1074,
AS 1579,
ASTM A135/A135M, ASTM A53, ASTM A106.
AS 1769,
AS 4728
and
(b)
Ductile iron pipes and fittingsAS/NZS 2280.
(c)
Copper tubesAS 1432, AS 1572 and AS 4809. The wall thickness of copper tubes
shall not be less than stated in AS 1432 for Type B material.
(d)
Metallic fittingsAS 3688.
(e)
Wrought steel fittingsAS 3672.
(f)
Stainless steel pipes, tubes and fittingsGrades 316 and 304 complying with
ASTM A312, ASME B36.19M, ASTM A403.
9.3.2 Below ground pipework

Pipes and fittings used in below ground pipework shall comply with one of the following
Standards:
(a)
Steel tube and pipesAS 1074, AS 1579, AS 1769, AS 4728 and ASTM A135/
A135M, ASTM A53, ASTM A106.
(b)
Ductile iron pipes and fittingsAS/NZS 2280. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated
and lined in accordance with AS/NZS 4158.
(c)
Copper tubesAS 1432, AS 1572 and AS 4809. The wall thickness of copper tubes
shall be not less than the sizes stated in AS 1432 for Type B material.
(d)
Metallic fittingsAS 3688.
(e)
Plastics pipe and pipe fittingsAS/NZS 1477, AS/NZS 4129 and AS/NZS 4130,
AS/NZS 4441 and AS/NZS 4765.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(f)
DRAFT ONLY
61
Stainless steel pipes, tubes and fittingsGrades 316 and 304 complying with
ASTM A312, ASME B36.19M, ASTM A403.
Where rubber ring-jointed pipes and fittings or any plastic pipe and fittings are used in
buried applications, they shall have a detectable marking tape laid in the trench and
attached to the hydrants at either end of systems and branches.
NOTE: In some circumstances, water agencies may not approve the use of certain types of pipes
below ground.
9.3.3 Additional steel pipe and fittings requirements

9.3.3.1 General
Steel pipes and fittings shall comply with the following requirements:
(a)
Where steel pipes and fittings are not cement and polymeric coated, or both
polymeric lined and coated, they shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with
AS/NZS 4792 or AS/NZS 4680 with a minimum zinc coating of 300 g/m 2. Any
disturbance of the galvanized coating by cutting, roll-grooving or handling shall be
repaired with a zinc-rich coating or equivalent in accordance with AS/NZS 4792.
(b)
Where steel pipes and fittings are used below ground, they shall be protected from
corrosion in accordance with the requirements of Clause 9.8.
(c)
Where steel pipes and fittings are used either above or below ground fire hydrant
systems, they shall meet the wall thickness requirements specified in Table 9.1.
TABLE 9.1
MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS
Minimum wall thickness
mm
Diameter
Welded, threaded
or cut grooved
Roll grooved
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
3.6
4.0
4.5
3.04
3.04
3.04
DN 125, DN 150
DN 200, DN 250
>DN 250
5.0
6.4
9.5
3.4
4.8
4.8
Where shouldered fittings and couplings are used, shoulder rings shall be welded to the
pipes and fittings prior to hot-dip galvanizing.
9.3.3.2 Galvanized steel pipe and fittings
Galvanized steel pipes, fittings and couplings shall only be used in the following
circumstances:
(a)
Downstream of a non-return valve or backflow prevention device in the service from

the water agency main.
(b)
Below ground for individual hydrant risers or short connection pieces not exceeding
1.5 m in length.
Where galvanized steel pipe, fittings and couplings are used below ground they shall be
double wrapped with a petrolatum tape in accordance with Clause 9.8.3 for the entire length
containing the fitting or coupling. The pipe shall be heavy duty for sizes up to and including
DN 80 and not less than medium thickness for sizes greater than DN 80.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
62
DRAFT ONLY
9.4 VALVE SPECIFICATIONS

9.4.1 Fire hydrant valves
Above ground fire hydrant valves shall
(a)
be DN 65;
(b)
have outlet connections suitable for use with the local fire brigades firefighting
equipment; and
NOTE: For information on fire hose couplings used in Australia, see Appendix O.
(c)
comply with AS 2419.2.
9.4.2 Isolating valves

9.4.2.1 Above ground isolating valves
Above ground isolating valves shall comply with the following:
(a)
Above ground isolating valves shall be

(i)
full-flow OS&Y wheel-operated gate valves of the indicating type complying

with AS/NZS 2638.1 or AS/NZS 2638.2;
(ii)
low torque wheel-operated multi-turn post-indicator ball; or
(iii) gear operated butterfly valves with all metal actuating mechanisms, closed by
rotating the wheel clockwise, suitable for outside use.
(b)
Where used as pump isolating valves, they shall be installed in accordance with the
requirements of AS 2941.
(c)
Where required to be secured in the open position, they shall have affixed to the valve
body or strap a plate inscribed with the words FIRE MAIN VALVESECURE OPEN
in uppercase letters not less than 8 mm high.
(d)
They shall be clearly identified with a tag indicating the valve number on the block
plan. The tag is to be fade and weather resistant, in capital letters of not less than 8
mm high in a colour contrasting with the background and state, as follows:
VALVE nn*
FIRE MAIN VALVESECURE OPEN
FIGURE 9.4.2.1 (ISOLATING VALVE IDENTIFYING SIGNAGE)
9.4.2.2 Below ground isolating valves

Below ground isolating vales shall comply with the following:
(a)
(b)
Below ground isolating vales shall be

(i)
compliant with Items (a), (c) and (d) of Clause 9.4.2.1 and be located in a fully
drained pit; or
(ii)
key-operated sluice valves complying with the relevant parts of AS/NZS 2638.1
and AS/NZS 2638.2.
They shall be suitably tagged or identified by a post, reflective marker, reflective

paint (to access covers) or permanent ground marking indicating the valve number on
the block plan. The marking provided is to fade and weather resistant, in capital
letters of not less than 50 mm high in a colour contrasting with the background and
detail the isolating valve identifying signage depicted in Figure 9.4.2.2.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
63
Fi ni s h e d s u r fa c e l eve l
C ove r a n d f r a m e
10 0 m i n.
3 5 0 m a x.
Pr ovi d e ex te n s i o n s p i n dl e fo r
d e pth s g r e a te r th a n 3 50
S h r o u d to p r eve nt
i n g r e s s of s o il ( PVC
pipe or similar)
Pr ovi d e s e a l b e t we e n s h r o u d
a n d va lve (a s p h a l t o r s i m il a r)
Va lve f i t te d wi th f l a n g e d,
s p i g ot o r s o c ke t e n d s to
s u i t p i p e a p p l i c a ti o n
S l u i c e va l ve
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES
FIGURE 9.4.2.2 TYPICAL KEY-OPERATED SLUICE VALVE (IN-GROUND)
9.4.3 Non-return valves

Non-return valves shall be
(a)
single-disc full-flow wafer check valves; or
(b)
swing check or tilting disc check valves to AS 4794.

NOTE: Swing check or tilting disc check valves installed vertically should have upwards flow
direction.
9.4.4 Backflow prevention devices

Backflow prevention devices shall conform to AS/NZS 2845.1.
9.5 METAL PIPE JOINTS
9.5.1 General
Pipes, valves and fittings used in fire hydrant systems shall be joined by screwed, grooved,
shouldered or flanged ends, welding, brazing or by use of compression couplings. The
choice of joints shall take into account the need for disassembly and reassembly. Joints
shall comply with the requirements of AS/NZS 3500.1 and this Section.
9.5.2 Roll-grooved fittings and couplings
9.5.2.1 Galvanized steel pipe
Where galvanized steel pipe is used, fittings and couplings shall be hot-dip galvanized.
9.5.2.2 Stainless steel
Where stainless steel pipe is used, fittings shall be stainless steel and couplings shall be
either stainless steel, hot-dip galvanized steel or fusion-bonded epoxy-coated cast iron.
NOTE: Hot-dip galvanized steel may need to be isolated from the stainless steel when buried
below ground.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
64
DRAFT ONLY
9.5.2.3 Copper tube

Where copper tube is used, fittings shall be copper alloy and couplings shall be either
copper paint treated ductile iron or fusion-bonded epoxy-coated ductile iron.
9.5.3 Shouldered fittings and couplings
Shouldered couplings shall be made from either galvanized steel or either galvanized or
fusion-bonded epoxy-coated cast iron.
9.5.4 Compression type couplings
Where compression type couplings are used, they shall be either stainless steel, hot-dip
galvanized or fusion-bonded epoxy-coated complying with Clause 9.7.
9.5.5 Gasket seals
All rubber gasket seals used in roll-grooved or compression-type couplings shall be
ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) or nitrile moulded synthetic rubber.
9.5.6 Brazed joints in copper pipework
Brazed joints in copper piping, or between copper pipe and fittings, shall be made using a
silver brazing filler material conforming to Types B2, B3, or B4 of AS/NZS 1167.1 and
AS 4809.
On-site brazing shall be carried out in accordance with AS 1674.1.
Soft solder shall not be used in joining copper pipe or fittings.
9.5.7 Flange joints
Flanges shall be compatible with the materials they are attached to and with one another.
9.6 PLASTICS PIPE JOINTS
Jointing of polyvinyl chloride (PVC-U, O and M) pipe and associated fittings shall be in
accordance with the jointing methods specified in AS/NZS 2032.
Jointing of polyethylene (PE) pipe and associated fittings shall be in accordance with the
jointing methods specified in AS/NZS 2033.
9.7 PIPE MARKING
9.7.1 Steel pipe
Each straight length of pipe shall be marked permanently, throughout its length, with
information given below at intervals not exceeding 2 m, and with a minimum height of
lettering of 10 mm, as follows:
(a)
Mandatory information:
(i)
Manufacturers name (e.g. XYZ Steel company).
(ii)
Diameter (e.g. DN 100 or 114.1, etc.).
(iii) Thickness (e.g. medium or 3.04 mm or SCH 10, etc.).
(b)
(iv)
Standard number and pipe grade (e.g. AS 1074 or ASTM A53-B, etc.).
(v)
Maximum working pressure (in kPa WP).
Optional information:
(i)
Brand.
(ii)
Listing reference (e.g. CSIRO, UL or FM number) and associated complying

specification (e.g. AS 2419.1, AS/NZS 4792, etc.).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
65
DRAFT ONLY
(iii) Galvanizing specification (e.g. AS/NZS 4680, etc.).

(iv)
Traceability number (e.g. heat number, manufacture date, etc.).
(v)
Other information.
9.7.2 Copper, stainless steel and plastic pipe

Copper pipe shall be marked in accordance with the requirements of AS 1432.
Stainless steel pipe shall be marked in accordance with the requirements of ATS 5200.053.
Plastic pipe shall be marked in accordance with the requirements of AS/NZS 1477,
AS/NZS 4130, AS/NZS 4441 or AS/NZS 4765 as appropriate for the type of pipe used.
9.8 CORROSION PROTECTION
9.8.1 General
Fire hydrant pipework and supports shall be protected against corrosion.
NOTES:
1 For guidance for iron and steel pipe, see AS/NZS 2312 and AS 2832.2.
2 For information on corrosion protection, see Appendix P.
9.8.2 Polyethylene extruded plastic coating and tape

For in-ground hydrant lines that are polyethylene coated, the extruded sleeve or tape shall
be of high-density polyethylene plastic, applied over the hot-dip galvanized pipe. Minimum
coating thickness for all hydrant pipe diameters shall be 1.0 mm thickness polyethylene,
applied in accordance with AS/NZS 1518.
Loose polyethylene sleeving shall not be used as in-ground corrosion protection of stainless
steel or galvanized pipe and fittings.
9.8.3 Petrolatum tape coating
In-ground hydrant lines (galvanized steel risers in all soil conditions and all copper pipe in
aggressive soils) that are to be petrolatum tape coated shall be double-wrapped. The second
wrapping shall be wrapped in the opposite direction and be overlapped by 50%. The coating
shall then be overwrapped with a self-adhesive polyethylene tape.
9.8.4 Polymeric coating
Where a polymeric coating is applied to steel pipe, couplings or fittings, it shall be applied
in accordance with AS/NZS 3862 or AS/NZS 4158 or AS 4321.
9.8.5 Cement mortar lining
Where cement mortar lining is applied for internal corrosion protection, it shall be applied
in accordance with AS 1281.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
S E C T I O N
DRAFT ONLY
66
1 0
A N C I L L A R Y
E Q U I P M E N T
10.1 GENERAL
Equipment and signage installed in a fire hydrant system shall comply with the
requirements of this Section.
10.2 CABINETS, ENCLOSURES OR RECESSES
10.2.1 General
Where an H pattern, I pattern, in-line or tank model fire brigade booster assembly is
installed the booster assembly shall be located in a cabinet that complies with the
following:
(a)
It shall contain only firefighting pipework and equipment associated with the fire
brigade booster assembly and fire hydrant system or an on-site fire sprinkler system.
(b)
It shall be capable of housing all the equipment.
(c)
It shall be provided with doors complying with Clause 10.2.1.3.
(d)
It shall be installed so that water is not retained within the cabinet.
10.2.2 Construction
A fire brigade booster assembly cabinet or enclosure shall
(a)
be constructed of corrosion resistant material;
(b)
be protected in accordance with Clause 7.6;
(c)
have clearances between fire equipment and the inside of the cabinet shall be in
accordance with Figure 10.2(a) and Figure 10.2(b); and
(d)
have a minimum height of not less than 1500 mm and provide a clearance of not less
than 150 mm from the highest component part of the fire brigade booster assembly
and straight line drawn at 90 from the top of the cabinet door in accordance with the
requirements of Figure 10.2(b).
NOTE: Figure 10.1 shows a typical example of a metal fire hydrant booster cabinet.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
67
FIR E H Y D R A N T
BO OST ER
L o c k c o m p a ti b l e w i t h
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s of
at te n di n g f i r e b r i g a d e
C o n c r e te p l i n t h
Fe e t
N ot l e s s th a n 50 m m c l e a r a n c e b e t we e n
b a s e of m e t a l c a b i n e t a n d c o n c r e te p li nth
FIGURE 10.1 EXAMPLE OF A METAL FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER CABINET

AS 2419. 2
H yd r a nt
Va lve
AS 2419. 2
H yd r a nt
Va lve
I s o l a ti n g
va lve
N o n r e tu r n
va lve
AS 2419. 3
B o o s te r
10 0 m i n.
Fi r e hyd r a nt
b o o s te r
cabinet
225
m i n.
150 m i n.
225
m i n.
Fr o nt fa c e of c a b i n e t
Fi r e h o s e
Fi r e h o s e
Ca b i n e t d o o r
(a)
FIGURE 10.2 (in part) CLEARANCES BETWEEN FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT

AND THE INSIDE OF THE CABINET
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
68
Highest point
150 m m
10 0 m i n.
System installed by..............................................................
System maintained by..........................................................
100
Hazard Road
100
Of fice
4 50 m i n.
Street
hydrant
150
100
Factor y
Booster
100
D N 150
150
200
Fire safety street
Entr y
200
D N 150
NOTES
LEGEND
1. Height of highest hydrant
36m fire hose reel
above booster
4.5m
Above ground hydrant - 2 outlets
2. Flow test at
Isolating valve(located in pits except at
booster)
120 0 m a x.
D N 150
Non-return valve
Underground street hydrant
750
m i n.
Block plan of site
(b)
FIGURE 10.2 (in part) CLEARANCES BETWEEN FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT

AND THE INSIDE OF THE CABINET
10.2.3 Doors of fire brigade booster assembly cabinets and enclosures

A fire brigade booster assembly cabinet or enclosure shall be fitted with the following:
(a)
Doors that when open do not encroach on exits or inhibit access to other firefighting
equipment.
(b)
Doors that are
(c)
(i)
side-hung swing door(s) with each door fitted with hinges of stainless steel or
copper alloy and a device capable of securing the door in not less than a 90
open position; or
(ii)
lift-off panel(s) no larger than 1500 mm high by 1200 mm wide, weighing not
more than 20 kg and fitted with not less than two D-handles near the top of the
panel.
Doors having
(i)
a lever-type handle;
(ii)
a lock compatible with fire brigade operational procedures; and
(iii) signage affixed to or painted on the door (or doors) complying with the
requirements of Clause 10.3.
10.3 SIGNAGE
10.3.1 Signs on cabinets and enclosures
Where a fire brigade booster assembly cabinet or enclosure is provided, it shall be clearly
identified by fade and weather-resistant signage that is
(a)
permanently affixed to the external face of the door, gate or lift-off panel of the
cabinet or enclosure; and
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(b)
69
DRAFT ONLY
in uppercase lettering of not less than 75 mm in a colour contrasting to the

background and stating, as applicable
(i)
FIRE HYDRANT BOOSTER;
(ii)
FIRE HYDRANT BOOSTER and SPRINKLER BOOSTER; or
(iii) COMBINED FIRE HYDRANT AND SPRINKLER BOOSTER.

10.3.2 Signs on fire equipment
10.3.2.1 Large bore and small bore suction connections
Where a fire brigade booster assembly incorporates a fixed large (or small bore) suction
connection and fire brigade booster inlet connections complying with AS 2419.3, the
suction connection(s) and the booster inlet connection shall be clearly identified by fade
and weather-resistant signage that complies with the following:
(a)
It shall be permanently affixed or adjacent to large (or small bore) suction connection
and fire brigade booster inlet connections.
(b)
It shall have, in capital letters of not less than 75 mm in a colour contrasting to the
background, and state
(i)
TANK SUCTION CONNECTION POINT FOR FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM;

SUCTION CONNECTION POINT FOR FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM as
applicable; and
(ii)
BOOST INLET CONNECTION POINT FOR FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM.
10.3.3 Notice of pressure

Where a fire brigade booster assembly is installed, a fade-resistant notice of pressure sign
shall be provided as follows:
(a)
Permanently affixed within the fire brigade booster assembly cabinet or enclosure in a
prominent location.
(b)
Have the boost and test pressures for the fire hydrant system marked in capital
letters of not less than 25 mm in a colour contrasting to the background as follows:
(i)
BOOST PRESSURE
kPa.
(ii)
TEST PRESSURE
kPa.
10.3.4 Fire hydrants cabinet

10.3.4.1 General
Where an external or internal fire hydrant is installed in a cabinet, the cabinet shall include
the following:
(a)
It shall contain only firefighting pipework and equipment.
(b)
It shall be sized to
(i)
house all equipment; and
(ii)
provide clearances not less than those detailed in Section 3 between the fire
hydrant and the inside of the cabinet so that attending fire brigade personnel
can access the valves to facilitate the connection of fire hoses and operation of
the fire hydrant.
(c)
have any doors fitted so that when open they do not encroach on exits or inhibit
access to firefighting equipment.
(d)
If external, it shall be of a weatherproof design and corrosion-resistant materials.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
70
DRAFT ONLY
NOTE: Where fire hose reels complying with AS/NZS 1221 (see Appendix G) are installed in
conjunction with a fire hydrant, they may be enclosed in the same cabinet, where practicable.
10.3.4.2 Location identification

The words FIRE HYDRANT in letters of a contrasting colour to that of the background,
shall be marked on each cabinet, enclosure and recess. Where a fire hose reel is enclosed in
the same cabinet, the words FIRE HYDRANTHOSE REEL shall be used. The lettering
height shall be
(a)
for external fire hydrants .......................................................................... 75 mm; and
(b)
for internal fire hydrants .................................................................................. 50 mm.
10.4 PRESSURE GAUGES

10.4.1 General
Fire hydrant system pressure gauges shall
(a)
comply with AS 1349;
(b)
have a full scale reading of not less than 125% of the system hydrostatic test pressure
at the point where the gauge is located;
(c)
be fitted with a gauge cock to permit removal, servicing or testing of the gauge; and
(d)
have a dial face of not less than 100 mm diameter unless otherwise specified in this
Standard.
10.4.2 Location of pressure gauges

Pressure gauges shall be installed on a fire hydrant system as follows:
(a)
For all installations

(i)
on the suction and delivery side of any pump;
(ii)
adjacent to any fire brigade booster assembly inlet connection;

NOTE: For examples, see Figures M2 and M3 of Appendix M.
(iii) on the delivery side of any jockey pump;
(b)
(iv)
at each pressure switch; and
(v)
wherever a test facility is installed as required by Clause 8.12.
For buildings with an effective height greater than 25 m

(i)
at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant in any pressure zone; and
(ii)
immediately upstream and downstream of any pressure-reducing valve.
10.4.3 Pressure gauge schedule

A pressure gauge schedule, expressed in kilopascals shall be located within any booster
cabinet and adjacent to any installed pumpset(s). It shall be in the form of a permanent chart
that is water and fade resistant, and shall include the following:
(a)
Minimum and maximum pressure maintained at the most hydraulically disadvantaged

hydrant outlet.
(b)
Minimum and maximum standing primary water supply pressure.
(c)
If applicable, minimum and maximum infill water supply pressure.
(d)
Duty, standby and jacking (jockey) pump cut-in pressure(s).
(e)
Duty, standby and jacking (jockey) pump shut-off pressure(s).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(f)
DRAFT ONLY
71
If applicable, for pressure-reducing valve station(s)

(i)
upstream pressure;
(ii)
downstream (reduced) pressure; and
(iii) relief valve operating pressure.

NOTE: A typical pressure gauge schedule is shown in Table 10.1.
TABLE 10.1
TYPICAL PRESSURE GAUGE SCHEDULE
Pressure
kPa
Item
Minimum
Maximum
Cut-in pressure
kPa
Cut-out pressure
kPa
Opening
kPa
Closing
kPa
Pressure maintained at most hydraulically

disadvantaged hydrant outlet
Pressure provided by the primary water supply
(i.e. typically a town main)
Electric pump delivery pressure at shut-off
(churn without water flow)
Diesel pump delivery pressure at shut-off
(churn without water flow)
Electric pump delivery pressure at design flow
Diesel pump delivery pressure at design flow
Pumps
Pressure maintenance jacking (jockey) pump
Electric pump
Diesel pump
Pressure-relief valves
Pump pressure-relief valve
10.5 BLOCK PLAN

Where a fire brigade booster assembly is installed a water, fade and weather resistant block
plan complying with the following shall be provided:
(a)
It shall be permanently affixed within the fire brigade booster assembly cabinet or
enclosure in a prominent location.
(b)
It shall be permanently affixed within the fire control room and pump room, where
provided.
(c)
It shall be not less than A3 in size and not more than A1 in size and have a maximum
scale of 1 to 250. Where the scale of 1 to 250 results in a block plan greater than A1
in size, the scale maybe decreased so that the plan will fit on an A1 block plan.
NOTES:
1 Where a single block plan cannot appropriately represent the size and or complexity of
the building or site consideration should be given to the provision of multiple block plans.
2 Where a comprehensive set of tactical fire plans is permanently maintained within a fire
control room it may not necessary to provide multiple block plans.
(d)
It shall display a diagrammatic layout of the protected buildings or open yards and
adjacent streets.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(e)
72
DRAFT ONLY
It shall include a diagram showing

(i)
the size and location of water supply authorities mains and street fire hydrants
(dimensioned);
(ii)
any valves and connections for non-industrial purposes;
(iii) the location and size of on-site fire mains;

(iv)
the location and capacities of water storage tanks;
(v)
the location of pumps;
(vi)
pressure and flow rating of pumps (kPa and L/s);
(vii) the location and number of each fire hydrant;

(viii) the location of all fire brigade booster assemblies;
(ix)
the location and number of any isolating valve;
(x)
the location of any non-return valves;
(xi)
any connections to other installed fire protection systems;
(xii) the location of the main electrical switchroom and substation;

(xiii) the location of LPG tanks and gas supply shutdown valve; and
(xiv) the location of all flammable storage areas.
(f)
It shall include the year of installation of the system, any major extensions thereto,
any unusual features of the installation, and
(i)
the name of the contractor who installed or modified the system;
(ii)
the name of the designer of the system;
(iii) the system design and commissioning pressure and flow rate;
(iv)
the water agency flow and pressure details, including the minimum, maximum
and if available the 95 percentile value from the water agency; and
(v)
the height of the highest fire hydrant outlet above the lowest booster inlet
connection.
Additional block plan(s) or schematic diagram(s), shall be provided as appropriate to the

size and complexity of the site.
NOTES:
1 In preparing a block plan, consideration should be given to using a range of standard drawing
sizes (e.g. A3 to A0) so the information contained on the block plan is legible.
2 The block plan provided at each booster location is to ensure that firefighters using the
booster assembly are aware of the system in terms of its designed capacity, extent and
configuration. This information together with other notices of test and working pressures
should enable firefighters to safely boost the system.
3 Typical block plans are shown in Figure 10.5.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
73
Fi r e s t a i r 2
System installed by..............
37
High rise
p r e s s u r e zo n e 3 8
Fi r e s t a i r 1
FH 5 6
L eve l 28
FH 5 5
FH 5 4
L eve l 27
FH 5 3
System installation date.......
FH 52
L eve l 26
FH 51
System designed by.............
FH 5 0
L eve l 25
FH 4 9
FH 4 8
L eve l 24
FH 47
FH 4 6
L eve l 23
FH 4 5
System tested by.................
FH 4 4
Leve l 22
35
FH 42
L eve l 20
FH 3 9
FH 3 8
L eve l 19
FH 37
FH 3 6
L eve l 18
FH 3 5
FH 3 4
L eve l 17
FH 3 3
L eve l 16
34
31
24
23
M u l t i - o u t l e t (m u l t i - s t a g e)
R e l ay p u m p
Pu m p by p a s s
16
15
14
27
25
22
L eve l 14
FH 27
L eve l 13
FH 25
FH 24
L eve l 12
FH 23
FH 22
L eve l 11
FH 21
FH 20
L eve l 10
FH 19
FH 18
L eve l 9
FH 17
FH 16
L eve l 8
FH 15
18
120 0 k Pa
28
FH 26
19
L eve l 7
21 20
Te s t wa te r to o n - s i te
t a n k o r ot h e r
r e c yc l i n g o pt i o n
FH 13
FH 12
L eve l 6
FH 10
L eve l 5
FH 9
FH 8
L eve l 4
FH 7
FH 6
L eve l 3
FH 5
FH 4
L eve l 2
FH 3
FH 2
L eve l 1
FH 1
FH 11
13
10 0 m m
Ta n k m o d e l b o o s te r
29
L ow r i s e
p r e s s u r e zo n e
FH 29
32
FH 28
FH 14
17
FH 31
3 3 L eve l 15
30
26
Pr e s s u r e r e d u c ti o n s t a t i o n
N 0. 1 a n d by p a s s
10 0 m m
FH 41
FH 4 0
FH 3 0
12
4
10
11
Ta n k 1 Ta n k 2
70 0 k Pa
FH 4 3
36
L eve l 21
FH 32
39 40
B a c k f l ow p r eve n t i o n d ev i c e
Tow n m a i n - 20 0 m m
(a) High rise installations

FIGURE 10.5 (in part) TYPICAL BLOCK PLAN
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
Fi r e hyd r a n t
p u m p s e t(s)
Reduced
capacity
o n - s i te t a n k
4 hour supply
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
74
NOT E:
1. Tow n mai n: 20 0 m m d ia meter
2. System desig n............L/s............k Pa
3. System com m ission i ng test............L/s.............k Pa
4. Heig ht of h ig hest hyd ra nt above f i re br igade booster.........M
A ll measu rements for Note 2 a nd 3 a re t a ken at t he
hyd raulically most d isadva nt aged hyd ra nt outlet
Pump dut y:
1. Hydrant pump 1............L /s............kPa
2. Hydrant pump 2............L /s............kPa
3. Relay pump..................L /s............kPa
L EG EN D:
Multi-stage fire
hyd r a nt p u m p
Fi r e hyd r a nt
I s o l a ti n g va l ve (n o r m a l y o p e n)
wi th a nti -t a m p e r swi tc h
Mu l ti - s t a g e f i r e b r i g a d e
r e l ay p u m p
I s o l a ti n g va l ve (n o r m a l y c l o s e d )
wi th a nti -t a m p e r swi tc h
Fi r e b r i g a d e b o o s te r o u tl e t s
N o n - r e tu r n va l ve
Fi r e b r i g a d e b o o s te r i ntl e t s
B a c k f l ow p r eve nt i o n
F l ow te s t f a c i l i t y
Pr e s s u r e r e d u c ti o n /r at i o
r e d u c ti o n va l ve
S t r e e t hyd r a nt
S t a i r 01
S t a i r 01
FH
FH
Gas
room
Pu m p
room
Fi r e
c o ntr o l
room
G a s s h u t- of f
va lve
1
Main
swi tc h
room
G r o u n d f l o o r p l a n vi ew
Tow n m a i n
H
9 0 B e r n o u l l i R o a d, C l e a r Wate r
(b) High rise installations

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
75
FH 3
FH 4
Dangerous
g o o d s s to r e
H i g h b ay r a c k i n g
FH 2
10 0 m m
FH 5
FH 1
3
El e c tr i c a l s u b s t ati o n
Fi r e hyd r a n t p u m p
and pump room
Tow n m a i n - 20 0
H
10 Fr o u d e S tr e e t, Wate r s i d e
L EG EN D:
Fi r e hyd r a nt
(e a c h o n s i te f i r e hyd r a nt s h a ll
be numbered)
S ys te m i n s t a ll ati o n d ate....................
I s o l a ti n g va l ve (n o r m a l y o p e n) wi th
a nti -t a m p e r swi tc h (e a c h i s o l ati n g
va lve s h a ll b e n u m b e r e d )
S ys te m d e s i g n e d by..........................
N o n - r e tu r n va l ve
NOT E:
1. Tow n m a i n: 20 0 m m d ia met e r
2. Syst e m de sig n............L /s............k Pa
3. Syst e m c om m ission i ng............L /s.............k Pa
4. Heig ht of h ig he st hyd r a nt ab ove f i re br iga de
b o ost e r...........M
B a c k f l ow p r eve nt i o n
Fi r e hyd r a nt p u m p
Fi r e b r i g a d e b o o s te r s u c ti o n o u tl e t s
Fi r e b r i g a d e b o o s te r i n t l e t s
H
S ys te m i n s t a ll e d by...........................
S t r e e t hyd r a nt
S ys te m te s te d by.............................
A l l me a s u re me nt s for Not e 2 a nd 3 a re t a ke n at t he
hyd r au l ica l ly most d isa dva nt age d hyd r a nt outlet
Pu m p d u t y:
1. Fi r e hyd r a nt p u m p............L /s ............k Pa
(c) Low rise installations

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
76
S E C T I O N
1 1
DRAFT ONLY
C O M M I SSI O N I N G
11.1 GENERAL
Fire hydrant systems designed and installed to this Standard shall be commissioned by
acceptance testing in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
Acceptance testing shall demonstrate the capability of the system, compared to the design
criteria, under
(a)
hydrostatic pressure, in accordance with the testing procedures for all metal and
plastic pipe in Appendix Q; and
(b)
dynamic flow conditions, in accordance with the testing procedures for all metal and
plastic pipe in accordance with Appendix S.
NOTE: The test procedures described in Appendix Q are suitable for all metal and plastics pipe
and fittings. Appendix R provides an alternative testing method that may be used for installations
containing polyethylene pipe.
The acceptance tests and inspections verify

(i)
the integrity of the installed fire hydrant system;
(ii)
the operational performance of the fire hydrant system against the design criteria;
(iii) the operational performance of any installed pumpset against the design criteria; and
(iv)
the fire hydrant system is appropriately supported and anchored.
Where an on-site pumpset(s) is (are) installed, the commissioning requirements of AS 2941

shall be complied with.
A certificate or report verifying compliance of the installed fire hydrant system with the
design criteria shall be issued upon successful completion of the acceptance testing.
11.2 HYDROSTATIC TESTINGNON-BOOSTED FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEMS
11.2.1 All joints accessible
Where a fire hydrant system incorporates feed fire hydrants only, no evidence of leakage
shall be observed when the fire hydrant system is subjected, for a period of not less than
30 minutes, to a hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 1500 kPa.
NOTE: For more information, see Test 1 of Appendix Q.
11.2.2 All joints not accessible

Where a fire hydrant system incorporates feed fire hydrants only, no evidence of leakage
shall be observed when the fire hydrant system is subjected, for a period of not less than
2 h, to a hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 1500 kPa.
The maximum allowable make-up water used during this test shall be determined in
accordance with the requirements of Appendix Q.
NOTE: For more information see Test 2 of Appendix Q.
11.3 HYDROSTATIC TESTINGBOOSTED FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEMS

11.3.1 Building with an effective height of not more than 50 m
No evidence of leakage shall be observed when the fire hydrant system is subjected, for a
period of not less than 2 h, to a hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 1700 kPa at the fire
brigade booster assembly or 1300 kPa at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant
in the system, whichever is the greater.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
77
DRAFT ONLY
NOTE: The applied hydrostatic test pressure should be that which results in the most
hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant being subjected to the highest pressure.
NOTE: See also Test 3 of Appendix Q.
11.3.2 Building with an effective height of more than 50 m but not more than 200 m
period of not less than 2 h most to a hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 1300 kPa at
the hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant in the pressure zone or 1.25 times the
maximum static pressure in the pressure zone and any associated rising pipework,
whichever is the greater.
NOTES:
1 The hydrostatic test pressure applied should be that which results in the most hydraulically
disadvantaged fire hydrant being subjected to the highest pressure.
2 Where height of the building exceeds 200 m, guidance on hydrostatic testing is given in
AS 4041.
NOTE: See also Test 4 of Appendix Q.
11.4 DYNAMIC FLOW TESTING

11.4.1 Maximum static pressure
The maximum pressure recorded at any fire hydrant at no flow, with the pump running,
shall not exceed 1300 kPa.
NOTE: See also Test 2 and Test 5 of Appendix S.
11.4.2 Unassisted feed, attack or attack/feed fire hydrants

Where a fire hydrant system is served by a town main or an elevated private reservoir with
no fixed on-site fire pumpsets, the unassisted pressure and flow recorded at each of the
most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrants required to flow, when operating
simultaneously, shall be not less than those detailed in Tables 2.6 or Table 2.7 or both, as
applicable.
NOTE: See also Test 3 of Appendix S.
Where the actual input pressure differs from the design input pressure, the achieved test
results, at the most disadvantaged fire hydrants, shall be adjusted to account for this
variation.
The adjusted test results shall be assessed against the design criteria.
NOTE: For information on test result adjustment methods, see Appendix T.
11.4.3 Fire brigade booster assemblies

Where a fire brigade booster assembly is installed, the pressure and flow recorded at each
of the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant(s) required to flow, when boosted by a
fire brigade pumping appliance or other portable pumping appliance shall be not less than
that detailed in Table 2.8.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
78
DRAFT ONLY
11.4.4 Fire hydrant pumpsets

Where a fire hydrant pumpset is installed, the pressure and flow recorded at each of the
most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrants required to flow with the pump running,
shall be not less than those detailed in Table 2.9.
11.4.5 Jockey pumps

Where a jockey pump is installed (i.e. a pressure maintenance pump), testing shall confirm
that start up and shut off will occur prior to the operation of any installed electric motor fire
hydrant pumpset or the compression-ignition engine-driven fire hydrant pumpset.
11.4.6 Fire brigade relay pumps

Where a fire hydrant pumpset is installed, the pressure and flow, recorded at each of the
most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrants required to flow with the pump running,
shall be not less than those specified in Tables 2.10.
11.5 ACCEPTANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS

Table 11.1 below details the minimum acceptance test requirements for fire hydrant systems
designed and installed in accordance with this Standard.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
79
TABLE 11.1
MINIMUM ACCEPTANCE TEST REQUIREMENTS
Fire hydrant system design features
Acceptance tests
Water agency hydrant(s)
As per Section 4
Site hydrant(s) with no fire brigade

booster installed
Inspection
Design criteria tests:
Test 1Appendix
Test 1Appendix
Test 2Appendix
Test 3Appendix
Q
S
S
S
Inspection
Test 3Appendix
Test 1Appendix
Test 2Appendix
Test 3Appendix
Test 4Appendix
Q
S
S
S
S
Site hydrants with a fire brigade booster

installed
Site hydrants with a fire brigade booster

and fixed on-site pumpset(s) installed
Inspection
As per site hydrants with a fire brigade
booster installed
Test 5Appendix S
Test 6Appendix S (where applicable)
Test 7Appendix S (where applicable)
Static storage tanks
Inspection
As per site hydrants with a fire brigade
booster installed
Where applicable as per site hydrants with a
fire brigade booster and fixed on-site
pumpset(s)
Test 8Appendix S10
Extensions from existing
As above, depending on system configuration
11.6 INSPECTION
Where possible, fire hydrant systems shall be inspected throughout their length to determine
if all pipes, fittings and supports comply with the requirements of this Standard.
11.7 CERTIFICATION
The certificate detailing the results of the acceptance testing shall include the following:
(a)
Name of the owner of agent.
(b)
Address.
(c)
Name of the organization performing the test(s).
(d)
Identification of the system.
(e)
Results of the test(s).
(f)
Signatures of owner or agent and test person.
NOTE: This record of commissioning may be available on the property at all times.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
80
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX A
NORMATIVE REFERENCES
(Normative)
The following are the normative documents referenced in this Standard:
NOTE: Documents referenced for informative purposes are listed in the Bibliography.
AS
1074
Steel tubes and tubulars for ordinary service
1345
Identification of the contents of pipes, conduits and ducts
1349
Bourdon tube pressure and vacuum gauges
1432
Copper tubes for plumbing, gasfitting and drainage applications
1572
Copper and copper alloysSeamless tubes for engineering purposes
1579
Arc-welded steel pipes and fittings for water and wastewater
1674
1674.1
Safety in welding and allied processes

Part 1: Fire precautions
1769
Welded stainless steel tubes for plumbing applications
2118
2118.1
2118.4
2118.6
Automatic fire sprinkler systems

Part 1: General requirements
Part 4: Sprinkler protection for accommodation buildings not exceeding four
storeys in height
Part 6: Combined sprinkler and hydrant systems in multistorey buildings
2304
Water storage tanks for fire protection systems
2419
2419.2
2419.3

Part 2: Fire hydrant valves
Part 3: Fire brigade booster connections
2484
2484.2
FireGlossary of terms
Part 2: Fire protection and firefighting equipment
2792
Fire hoseDelivery layflat
2832
2832.2
Cathodic protection of metals

Part 2: Compact buried structures
2941
Fixed fire protection installationsPumpset systems
3672
Wrought steel threaded pipe fittings
4728
Electric resistance welded steel pipe for pressure purposes
4809
Copper and pipe fittingsInstallation and commissioning
AS/NZS
1167
1167.1
Welding and brazingFiller metals

Part 1: Filler metal for brazing and braze welding
1477
PVC pipes and fittings for pressure applications
1518
External extruded high-density polyethylene coating system for pipes
2280
Ductile iron pipes and fittings
2312
Guide to the protection of structural steel against atmospheric corrosion by the

use of protective coatings
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
81
DRAFT ONLY
AS/NZS
2638
Sluice valves for waterworks purposes (all parts)
2845
2845.1
Water supplyBackflow prevention devices

Part 1: Materials, design and performance requirements
3500
3500.0
3500.1
Plumbing and drainage

Part 0: Glossary of terms
Part 1: Water services
3862
External fusion-bonded epoxy coating for steel pipes
4129
Fittings for polyethylene (PE) pipes for pressure applications
4130
Polyethylene (PE) pipes for pressure applications
4158
Thermal-bonded polymeric coatings on valves and fittings for water industry

purposes
4441
Oriented PVC (PVC-O) pipes for pressure applications
4680
Hot-dip galvanized (zinc) coatings on fabricated ferrous articles
4765
Modified PVC (PVC-M) pipes for pressure applications
4792
Hot-dip galvanized (zinc) coatings on ferrous hollow sections, applied by a

continuous or a specialized process
ABCB
National Construction Code series, Volume One and Volume Two, Building Code of
Australia
ASME
B36.19M
Stainless steel pipe
ASTM
A135
Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe
A312
Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked

Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes
A403
Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings
SA HB
20
50
Graphical symbols for fire protection drawings

Glossary of building terms
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
82
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX B
SPECIAL HAZARDS
(Informative)
B1 GENERAL
This Appendix sets out general guidance for fire hydrant installations in special hazard
areas. Additional provisions for a fire hydrant system to address the characteristics of such
hazards may be determined in consultation with the regulatory authority. For protection of
flammable liquid installations, see AS 1940 and for LPG, see AS/NZS 1596.
B2 HAZARDS
For the purpose of this Standard, special hazards are characterized by their ease of ignition,
explosive tendencies, high fire load, and difficulty of access. The following list of examples
is not exhaustive but is intended to give guidance to the type of service environment
considered especially hazardous:
(a)
Processes
(i)
chemical plants;
(ii)
oil refineries; and
(iii) explosives factories.

(b)
Commodities
(i)
ammonium nitrate;
(ii)
liquefied petroleum gas (LPG);
(iii) liquefied natural gas (LNG);
(c)
(iv)
foam plastics; and
(v)
flammable and combustible liquids.
Configuration of storage
(i)
high piles;
(ii)
stacked timber;
(iii) coal heaps;
(d)
(iv)
grain and sugar silos; and
(v)
storage tanks or pressure vessels.
Geometry of structures
(i)
process towers;
(ii)
cooling towers;
(iii) conveyors; and

(iv)
wharves.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
83
DRAFT ONLY
B3 FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
Where a fire hydrant system is being designed for a special hazard, further consideration
should be given to the following:
(a)
Pressure, flow rates, and duration of water supply to address the specific hazard.
(b)
Possible use of supplementary water from sources such as cooling water basins.
(c)
Protection of pipework and equipment from possible explosion.
(d)
Protection of pipework against corrosion.
(e)
Access of firefighters to the fire risk.
(f)
Availability of hardstand area for firefighting appliances.
(g)
Provision of equipment such as monitors, water spray systems, fog systems and foam
systems.
(h)
Location of isolating valves.
(i)
Location of hydrants.
NOTE: For special hazards located in designated open areas, the regulatory authority may require
an increase in separation distances.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
84
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX C
FIRE BRIGADE PUMPING APPLIANCES AND STRATEGIES

(Informative)
C1 SCOPE
This Appendix provides fire hydrant system designers with a very basic understanding of
fire brigades, the type of fire brigade pumping appliances and firefighting strategies used
when controlling or extinguishing fires in buildings. An understanding of these issues is
considered fundamental to the knowledge of a fire hydrant system designer seeking to
design a fire hydrant system that meets the operational needs of the attending fire brigade
and the design requirements of this Standard.
C2 FIRE BRIGADES
C2.1 Personnel
In Australia, depending on which fire service has jurisdiction in an area, a fire station may
be staffed by full-time firefighters, part-time or retained firefighters or volunteer staff, or a
combination of these.
Fire stations staffed with full-time firefighters are typically found in all major metropolitan
areas in Australia, and in some states, fire stations in large regional cities and towns are
also provided with full-time firefighters.
Fire stations staffed by part-time or retained firefighters or volunteer staff are typically
found in regional cities and towns.
C2.2 Response capability
The number and type of fire brigade pumping appliance and the number of personnel
available to respond to a fire incident will be dependent on the fire service that has
jurisdiction and the location of the fire in its area of jurisdiction.
Typically, should a fire incident occur in a metropolitan area, if required, a large and
comprehensive response incorporating multiple fire brigade pumping appliances and
numerous personnel is possible. In regional centres and towns due to the limited resources
available, a similar response is not possible. In some regional centres and towns additional
resources (i.e. fire brigade pumping appliances and personnel) may be required to respond
from neighbouring towns and areas.
C2.3 Equipment
To undertake firefighting operations the attending fire brigade crews will be required to
utilize a range of equipment. Table C1 sets out some of these items and their associated
weights.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
85
TABLE C1
EQUIPMENT USED BY FIRE BRIGADE
Equipment
Weight
Firefighting uniform
9.5 kg
Self-contained breathing apparatus
12.0 kg
One length of 70 mm hose (non-percolating)
16.5 kg
One length of 38 mm hose (non-percolating)
7.8 kg
One 70 mm Akron Branch
4.4 kg
One 38 mm Akron Branch
2.1 kg
One standpipe
8.3 kg
One length of 150 mm hard suction hose
19.0 kg
C2.4 Implications for design

The fire hydrant system designer should have an understanding of the fire service that has
jurisdiction within the area, the type of staffing provided (i.e. full-time, part-time or
volunteer) and their response capability prior to developing a fire hydrant system design.
Due to the additional weight associated with the equipment firefighters are required to
carry, when selecting the location of a fire hydrant, the fire hydrant system designer should
consider its distance from a hardstand area and how the attending fire brigade personnel are
going to reach this hydrant.
In regional towns and centres where resources are typically limited, consideration should be
given to the number of fire brigade pumping appliances and personnel available to respond
to a fire incident. For example, in a regional centre provided with two fire brigade pumping
appliances, a design that incorporates five feed hydrants may not meet the operational needs
of the attending fire brigade unless the intrinsic characteristics of the building has the
capacity to effectively limit fire spread throughout the building. A more appropriate design
approach in this instance may be to incorporate a fire brigade booster assembly into the
design, which would to some degree mitigate the issues associated with limited resource
availability.
C3 FIRE BRIGADE OPERATIONS
C3.1 General
Figure C1 below provides a simplified representation of how fire brigade operations are
conducted at a fire incident.
I N C I D EN T
CONTROL
OV ER H AU L
A N D S A LVAG E
S IZEU P
TAS KS
O B J ECT I V ES
ST R AT EG IES
FIGURE C1 INCIDENT CONTROL CYCLE

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
86
DRAFT ONLY
C3.2 Incident control

The priority at a fire incident for the first arriving fire brigade officer is the establishment
of a location on the fire ground where fire brigade operations can be controlled from.
Depending on the type of building, the fire safety systems installed within the building and
the location and size of the fire, the incident control point may be either internal or external
to the building.
The first arriving fire brigade officer will assume the role of incident controller and will be
tasked with addressing the following:
(a)
Controltaking control of the incident and developing strategies to successfully

bring the incident to its conclusion.
(b)
Operationstactically deploying the fire brigade personnel and resources under their
control.
(c)
Planningcontinually gathering and monitoring information from the fire ground so

that the fire ground strategies and tactics applied can be assessed and modified if
required.
(d)
Logisticsproviding appropriate support to fire ground personnel (e.g. providing

additional resources, food or fuel).
(e)
Depending on the size and complexity of the fire incident the role of incident
controller may be transferred to a more senior fire brigade officer upon their arrival
at the fire ground.
C3.3 Size up
C3.3.1 General
Upon establishment of an incident control point the first arriving officer will conduct an
initial size up of the incident. An acronym typically used by fire brigade officers to assist
them in conducting this initial size up is BELEA:
(a)
Building.
(b)
Exposures.
(c)
Location of the fire.
(d)
Extinguishment.
(e)
Assistance.
As part of this initial size up, the incident controller is tasked with identifying the risks
associated with the fire incident and developing strategies to mitigate the identified risks.
For example, a risk typical to all building fires is the presence of electricity, so a typical
mitigation strategy would be the isolation of the electrical supply by either fire brigade
personnel or an electrical supply authority representative.
C3.3.2 Building
Some of the points the incident controller would need to consider in the size up of the
building would include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a)
Whether all building occupants are accounted for.
(b)
The type of building occupancy and its characteristics (e.g. the location of access and
entry points, the type of construction, fire safety systems available).
(c)
The hazards associated with the building (e.g. gas or LPG supplies and storage).
(d)
The potential for structural collapse.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
87
DRAFT ONLY
C3.3.3 Exposures
Some of the points the incident controller would need to consider in the size up of the risks
to the exposures would include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a)
Internal exposures, that is, protection of the internal parts of the building threatened
by the growing fire.
(b)
External exposures, that is, protection of occupancies adjacent to or adjoining the

building that are threatened by the growing fire.
(c)
The risk of air and water pollution due the products of combustion released at all
fires.
C3.3.4 Location
Some of the points the incident controller would need to consider in the size up of the fire
would include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a)
Determining the exact location of the fire and the most appropriate means of
accessing the fire.
(b)
Determining the characteristics of the fire (i.e. how rapidly it is growing, whether it is
growing vertically or horizontally, and the amount of smoke and heat being
produced).
(c)
The personnel protection equipment (PPE) required by firefighters.
(d)
The likely means of fire spread (e.g. radiant heat, convection, conduction, flying
embers and direct flame impingement).
(e)
The effect of the fire and fire suppression techniques on the building structure.
(f)
The most effective cut-off points and means of extinguishing the fire.
C3.3.5 Extinguishment
Some of the points the incident controller would need to consider in the size up to
effectively extinguish the fire would include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a)
The type of fuel burning.
(b)
The most appropriate extinguishing agent.
(c)
The adequacy of the water supply serving the building or site.
(d)
The most appropriate means of ventilating the fire.
(e)
Any special hazards associated with the fuel that is burning.
C3.3.6 Assistance
Some of the points the incident controller would need to consider in the size up to
effectively resource the fire would include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a)
The need for additional firefighting personnel.
(b)
The need for additional fire brigade pumping appliances.
(c)
The need for specialist fire brigade pumping appliances (e.g. aerial appliances, foam
appliances or CO2 appliances).
(d)
The need for specialist advice (e.g. electrical or water agency personnel).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
88
DRAFT ONLY
C3.4 Objectives
On completion of the size up, the incident controller will develop and prioritize the fire
ground objectives. In this regard, the objectives fire brigade incident controller seek to
achieve are typically defined by the state or territory legislation applicable to the attending
fire brigade. A fire brigade incident controller will then formulate the fire ground strategies
and tactics around the following objectives:
(a)
Saving saveable lives.
(b)
Saving saveable property.
(c)
Protecting the environment.
In circumstances where a person or persons are reported missing, the primary objective of
the incident controller will be the location and rescue of the missing persons.
C3.5 Strategies
The firefighting strategies available to the incident controller to achieve the stated
objectives are as follows:
(a)
Offensive An offensive firefighting strategy aims to contain the fire to the area of
origin within the building. The decision to undertake this choice of strategy and
commit firefighters to an internal attack is based upon an assessment of the internal
fire conditions by the incident controller during the size up. Should it be determined
that the prevailing internal conditions are tenable to firefighters wearing PPE, an
offensive firefighting strategy will be adopted.
Where an offensive firefighting strategy is adopted, a pressure of 700 kPa is aimed to
be achieved at the nozzle of any firefighting hose branch. Internal firefighting is
typically conducted using smaller diameter fire hoses (e.g. 38 mm).
(b)
Defensive A defensive firefighting strategy typically aims to contain the fire to the
building of origin (i.e. the efforts of the attending fire brigade are aimed at protecting
adjoining or adjacent buildings). The decision to undertake this choice of strategy and
not commit firefighters to an offensive internal attack is based upon an assessment of
the internal fire conditions by the incident controller during the size up. Should it be
determined that the prevailing internal conditions are untenable to firefighters
wearing PPE, and that the risks involved in an offensive strategy are too high a
defensive firefighting strategy will be adopted.
Where a defensive firefighting strategy is adopted, lower pressures are normally
provided at the nozzle of any firefighting branch; however, significantly highly flow
rates are also provided and larger diameter fire hoses are typically used (e.g. 65 or
70 mm).
(c)
Marginal A marginal firefighting strategy is employed where search and rescue

operations are necessary although the fire conditions would normally require a
defensive strategy. In such a circumstance, once a rapid primary search of the
building has been completed or aborted the incident controller will normally change
to a defensive firefighting strategy.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
89
DRAFT ONLY
C3.6 Tactics
To achieve the objectives of saving saveable lives, saving saveable property and
protecting the environment, a typical acronym used by incident controllers to prioritize
the tactics employed is RECEOS:
(a)
Rescuesave and protect peoples lives (including firefighters).
(b)
Exposuresconfine the fire to the building/compartment of origin.
(c)
Containmentstop the spread of fire.
(d)
Extinguish the firedeploy sufficient resources to overwhelm the fire.
(e)
Overhaulensure that all pockets of fire are totally extinguished.
(f)
Salvagecommence damage control operations as soon as possible during fire attack.
The acronym RECEOS represents a framework for decision making in that the incident
controller would assign sufficient resources to deal with each tactical priority before
committing resources to the next.
C3.7 Tasks
C3.7.1 General
Once the incident controller has established the strategic and tactical priorities for the fire
incident, they would assign tasks to the officers and firefighters under their command. In
this regard some of the tasks undertaken would include
(a)
door entry, that is, the forcible entry into the building;
(b)
breathing apparatus operations;
(c)
the operation of the fire brigade booster assembly; and
(d)
the deployment of fire hose lines.
C3.7.2 Firefighting operationsLow rise buildings

Upon arrival after conducting an initial size up of the fire incident, a determination of
whether additional resources are required will be made. Where a small fire is identified, this
may be extinguished by the appliance or appliances in attendance. In this case, it may only
be necessary to use the onboard high-pressure hose reel or a small bore (38 mm) layflat
hose with water supplied from an onboard tank or a street fire hydrant.
Where a larger fire is identified, additional fire brigade resources will be called for. In such
a case, an increased amount of equipment will be required such as multiple hose streams,
larger diameter hoses (up to 70 mm) and the use of high discharge monitors on aerial
appliances, requiring an even larger amount of water to be available. If sufficient water is
not available on-site or immediately adjacent to the site, it will be obtained from sources
further afield, such as street fire hydrants in other locations or reservoirs and, if necessary,
relayed through additional pump appliances and layflat hose.
To control the spread of fire and to protect the exposures under threat by fire, the incident
controller will place fire brigade pumping appliances and crews at strategic locations
around the building or site. The organizing, command and control of these resources is
typically done by sectoring the building or site. A diagrammatic example of fire brigade
operations is shown in Figure C2.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
90
0002
000
2
S ECTO R B
S ECTO R C
S ECTO R A
E X P O SU
SURE C
0002
S ECTO R D
02
00
FACTO RY
FIGURE C2 EXAMPLE OF FIRE BRIGADE OPERATIONS
C3.7.3 Firefighting operationsHigh rise buildings

High rise building fires often pose special challenges to the attending fire brigade because
of the time taken to get personnel and resources to the fire floor. Initially, fire crews will
access the level beneath the fire floor, often by taking control of the firefighter lift within
the building. The first firefighters, carrying small diameter layflat hose and forced entry
equipment, will access the fire floor by the fire stair, connect the hose to the in-stair fire
hydrant and enter the fire floor under the protection of a firefighting stream. Because of the
rapidity of entry, in-built systems are required to ensure that the fire hydrant in the stair is
immediately available at a performance compatible with the first attack equipment used,
which generally operates at pressures of 700 kPa or more. Whilst this operation is under
way, other firefighters arriving with other appliances will connect to and operate the fire
brigade booster assembly so that additional water supplies, if required, can be achieved by
the fire brigade pumping appliances supplementing the installed fire hydrant system.
To control the spread of fire and to protect the internal exposures under threat by fire, the
incident controller will place crews at strategic locations above and below the fire floor.
The organizing, command and control of these crews is typically done by sectoring the
building. Generally, in a high rise building the ground floor is Sector G, the first floor is
Sector 1, the second floor is Sector 2, and so on. The first floor below ground is Sector B1,
the second floor below-ground is Sector B2, and so on.
C3.8 Overhaul and salvage
At the conclusion of a fire incident or when the fire is under control, the incident controller
would initiate activities aimed at ending the fire incident. In this regard, some of the tasks
undertaken would include, but are not limited to
(a)
removal of water from the building;
(b)
reduction of water damage;
(c)
extinguishment of spot fires; and
(d)
protection stock.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
91

Taking into consideration the information in Paragraphs C2 and C3, a fire hydrant system
designer should aim to develop a fire hydrant system design that assists the attending fire
brigade to achieve their objectives and support the strategies and tactics typically applied
on the fire ground. In this regard some of the questions the fire hydrant system designer
should ask themselves are the following:
(a)
Does the fire hydrant layout allow for offensive and defensive firefighting operations
to be undertaken?
(b)
Does the fire hydrant layout provide attending fire brigade personnel with ready
access to a fire hydrant as they approach and progressively move through or around a
building?
(c)
Does the fire hydrant layout locate the first feed fire hydrant or fire brigade booster
assembly in a position that may be readily seen by the attending fire brigade upon
approach to the building?
(d)
Are the fire hydrants in the design located as far as practicable from the risks
associated with the building?
Figures C3 provides examples of fire hydrant system designs and fire brigade operations,
the implications of which are examined in subsequent paragraphs.
B a c k f l ow p r eve n
nti
t i o n d evi
ev i c e s
Fi xe d o n - s i te p u m p ( i f r e q u i r e d )
0002
Fi r e hyd r a nt b o o s te r a s s e m b l y
H o s e m e a s u r e m e nt s
FH 1
U NI T 3
U NI T 2
U NI T 1
Pr e m i s e s ( p l a n v i ew)
Tow n m a i n
(a) Fire hydrant system design 1
FIGURE C3 (in part) EXAMPLES OF FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM DESIGNS

AND FIRE BRIGADE OPERATIONS
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
92
nti
t i o n d evi
ev i c e s
0002
Second hose
line if
required
FH 1
FIR E
U NI T 3
U NI T 2
U NI T 1
Tow n m a i n
(b) Brigade operations 1
nti
t i o n d evi
ev i c e s
FH 2
FH 1
B
0002
H o s e m e a s u r e m e nt s
U NI T 4
U NI T 3
U NI T 2
U NI T 1
Tow n m a i n
(c) Fire hydrant system design 2

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
93
nti
t i o n d evi
ev i c e s
FH 2
FH 1
B
0002
Second hose line

if required
FIR E
U NI T 4
U NI T 3
U NI T 2
U NI T 1
Tow n m a i n
(d) Brigade operations 2

In Figure C3(a), the fire hydrant system designer has elected to position FH1 in the centre
of the building facade and from this point provide fire hydrant coverage to Units 1, 2 and 3.
In Figure C3(b) the problem of this design approach is highlighted, with the fire in Unit 1
preventing access to this fire hydrant and, therefore, compromising the effectiveness of the
fire hydrant system. In the example shown the attending fire brigade has been required to
lay all hose from the fire brigade pumping appliance which may result in extended hose
lays being required and a delay in fire brigade intervention.
In Figure C3(c), the fire hydrant system designer has elected to locate FH1 in a position that
allows the attending fire brigade to access this fire hydrant as they approach the building. In
Figure C3(d) the benefits of this design approach are highlighted, with the fire in Unit 1 not
preventing access to FH1. Further to this, as the firefighting efforts begin to impact upon
fire and smoke conditions, the provision of FH2 allows the attending fire brigade, if
required, to rapidly deploy a further hose line to limit fire and smoke damage to Unit 3
(i.e. adjoining exposure).
In summary, where possible, when developing a fire hydrant system design, the fire hydrant
system designer should consider how the attending fire brigade personnel are going to
approach, and move through and around the building as they endeavour to extinguish a fire
in any location within the protected building and the risks associated with the building.
C4 FIRE BRIGADE PUMPING APPLIANCES
C4.1 Fire brigade pumping appliances
Fire brigade pumping appliances are equipped with an onboard pump, which is used to
increase the pressure of the water supplied to it. The flow performance of the pump is
determined by the water supply characteristics, while the characteristics of the fire brigade
pumping appliance pump determine the pressure increase(s) possible.
Fire brigade pumping appliances may be used for the direct connection of fire hoses to
attack a fire, to boost the performance of an installed fire hydrant system or to supply water
to an aerial appliance.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
94
C4.2 Fire brigade aerial appliances

Aerial appliances have onboard hydraulically operated extending ladders, elevating
platforms or extending booms, with firefighting nozzles fixed to the elevating part of the
appliance. These are used principally to direct large capacity hose streams down onto a fire
or onto adjacent properties, to prevent fire from spreading.
Aerial appliances may or may not be fitted with a pump.
Figure C4 depicts a typical distribution of fire brigade pumping and aerial appliances at a
large fire.
H
P1
Exposure B
0002
R1
P6
0002
0002
P5
PH
0002
PH
Office
0002
P2
Exposure C
P3
0002
FIR E
Fa c to r y
A P1
0002
H
AP2
I CV
P4
A e r i a l a p p l i a n c e fe d by
a pumping appliance
0002
0002
LEGEND:
P
= pumper
R
= rescue appliance
AP = aerial appliance
ICV = incident control vehicle
FIGURE C4 EXAMPLE OF FIRE BRIGADE OPERATIONS
C4.3 Pumping operations

Where a town main supply is available, layflat (soft canvas) hose complying with AS 2792
is used to connect a feed fire hydrant to the pump suction of the fire brigade pumping
appliance. The minimum pressures detailed in Section 2 ensure that when a feed fire
hydrant is used the frictional losses associated with the layflat hose are overcome and that
an appropriate flow is available at the pump.
The type and capability of the fire brigade pumping appliance or appliances available to
attend a fire incident will, in most instances, vary between state and territory fire brigades
and between rural and metropolitan fire brigades. In major metropolitan areas and some
regional centres pumping appliances with a capacity to provide a 1000 kPa at 20 L/s with
zero pressure at the pump suction are commonly available.
C4.4 Draughting operations
Where a static water supply (e.g. reservoirs, open water or a ground level tank) is available,
rigid wall fire hose (suction hose) is used to connect the water supply to the pump suction
of the fire brigade pumping appliance. The successful draughting of water from a static
water supply is dependent on the air in the suction hose being removed by the fire brigade
pumping appliance. An onboard electric primer is used to remove the air from the suction
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
95
hose and, as a consequence, vertical and horizontal lift limitations are placed on the fire
brigade pumping appliances draughting from a static water supply. For example, the
maximum number of rigid wall hose carried by a typical metropolitan fire brigade pumping
appliance is three.
Apart from the vertical and horizontal lift limitations, appliance pump performance is
compromised when operating with a negative suction pressure. Figure C5 details pump
performance losses associated with draughting from a static supply. Figure C6 details
typical example of draughting from on-site tank.
The pump suction of a fire brigade pumping appliance may be located at the rear of the
appliance as shown in Figure C5 or mid-mounted as shown in Figure C6.
FIRE
BRIGADES
002
X
Height (X)
Pe m p p e r f o r m a n c e l o s s
3 m
Negligible loss
4. 5 m
A p p r ox i m a te l y 1/ 7 c a p a c i t y
6 m
A p p r ox i m a te l y 1/3 c a p a c i t y
7 m
A p p r ox i m a te l y 1/2 c a p a c i t y
8 m
A p p r ox i m a te l y 2 /3 c a p a c i t y
S t a ti c wate r s u p p l y
FIGURE C5 EXAMPLE OF FIRE BRIGADE PUMPING APPLIANCE, REAR-MOUNTED

PUMP, DRAUGHTING FROM STATIC WATER SUPPLY
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
96
Hardstand area
Fi r e b r i g a d e a p p li a n c e
wi th m i d - m o u nte d
onboard pump
0002
Large bore
s u c ti o n
c o n n e c ti o n
B o o s te r i n l e t s
c o m p l y i n g wi th
AS 2419. 3
Fi r e b r i g a d e h a r d
s u c ti o n h o s e
To f i r e hyd r a nt sys te m
To o n - s i te p u m p s
O n - s i te s to r a g e
t a nk
O n - s i te s to r a g e
t a nk
FIGURE C6 EXAMPLE OF FIRE BRIGADE PUMPING APPLIANCE, MID-MOUNTED

PUMP, DRAUGHTING FROM ON-SITE TANK

The fire hydrant system designer should have an understanding of the characteristics of the
fire brigade pumping appliances likely to respond to the location the fire hydrant system is
to be installed at. In this regard, it is particularly relevant to understand the capability of the
fire brigade pumping appliance if a relay pump or on-site tank is to be installed.
Where an on-site tank is to be the primary water supply for the site, it is recommended that
the tank not be installed below ground. Where site or building constraints require the tank
to be installed below ground, consultation with the fire brigade is recommended.
Where an open static water supply (e.g. a river or lake) is to be the primary water supply for
the site, the fire hydrant system designer should ensure that the vertical lift required by a
fire brigade pumping appliance does not exceed 3 m. Further to this, where fixed piping is
provided, the volume of pipe should be limited so that the fire brigade can successfully
draught from this source.
Where the fire hydrant system design requires the fire brigade to use hard suction hose, the
size of the hardstand area needs to be considerate of whether the pumping appliances that
are to respond to the building have a rear, or mid-mounted pump suction. Pumping
appliances with a mid-mounted pump suction will require a far greater area to manoeuvre
than an appliance with a rear-mounted pump suction. Hardstand areas also need to be
sufficiently sized to allow fire brigade personnel to circulate around the fire brigade,
remove equipment and connect the hose. Figure C7 below depicts the dimensions of a
typical metropolitan fire brigade pumping appliance and the minimum clearances required
to be provided around the appliance.
Due to the draughting limitations associated with fire brigade pumping appliances where
negative suction conditions are associated with a static water supply, it is recommended that
the fire hydrant system designer consult with the attending fire brigade to determine if the
proposed design meets their operational needs.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
97
Min. 12 m
Mi n. 5.0 m
2. 5 m m
0002
7.0 to 9.0 m
Fire crew work space
FIGURE C7 DIMENSIONS OF A TYPICAL METROPOLITAN

FIRE BRIGADE PUMPING APPLIANCE
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
98
APPENDIX D
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN

(Informative)
D1 SCOPE
This Appendix provides guidance on the application of the design criteria detailed in
Section 2.
D2 GENERAL
The information in this Paragraph applies Clause 2.2.1.
A fire hydrant system designed in accordance with the principles of this Standard should be
compatible with the equipment of the attending fire brigade or fire service, and have the
capacity to deal with a single fire in the fire compartment or area of open yard the fire
hydrants are protecting.
In designing a fire hydrant system, the flow requirements in a building or building complex
may vary to satisfy the firefighting requirements in a specific location, part of the building
or building complex. See Figure D1 for examples of flow variation in a low-rise building
and Figure D2 for an example of flow variation in a high-rise building.
PL A N V IE W
PL A N V IE W
Fi r e c o m p a r tm e nt A
Cl a s s 6, 7 o r 8 < 50 0 m 2
10 L /s
S o l e o c c u p a n cy u n i t A
S o l e o c c u p a n cy u n i t B
Fi r e Wa ll
Fi r e c o m p a r tm e nt B
Class 6, 7 or 8 > 500 m 2 < 5000m 2
20 L /s
S e p a r ati n g wa ll s n ot f i r e
wa ll s i n a c c o r d a n c e wi th th e
r e q u i r e m e nt s of th e BCA
Fi r e Wa ll
S o l e o c c u p a n cy u n i t C
Fi r e c o m p a r tm e nt C
Class 6, 7 or 8 > 500 m 2 < 5000m 2
20 L /s
N o n - s p r i nk l e r p r ote c te d Cl a s s 6, 7 o r 8
b u i l d i n g w i t h f i r e c o m p a r t m e nt s of
va r i a b l e s ize. Tot a l f l o o r a r e a of b uil di n g
g r e ate r th a n 50 0 0 m 2 l e s s th a n 10 0 0 0 m 2
Fi r e c o m p a r tm e nt
Cla s s 6,7 o r 8
> 50 0 0 m 2 < 10 0 0 0 m 2
3 0 L /s
N o n - s p r i nk l e r p r ote c te d Cl a s s 6, 7 o r 8
b uil di n g wi th a s i n g l e f i r e c o m p a r tm e nt.
Tot a l f l o o r a r e a of b uil di n g g r e ate r th a n
50 0 0 m 2 l e s s th a n 10 0 0 0 m 2
(a)
( b)
FIGURE D1 EXAMPLES OF FLOW VARIATION IN A LOW-RISE BUILDING
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
99
EL E VAT I O N
Cl a s s 2, 3, 5 o r 9 > 50 0 m 2 < 50 0 0 m 2
N o n - s p r i nk l e r p r ote c te d
Cl a s s 2, 3, 5 o r 9 f i r e
c o m p a r tm e nt g r e ate r
tha n 50 0 m 2 ; l e s s th a n
50 0 0 m 2 ; 20 L /s r e q u i r e d
to f l ow
B1
B2
Cl a s s 7 > 10 0 0 0 m 2
B3
B4
S p r i nk l e r p r ote c te d Cl a s s 7
f i r e c o m p a r tm e nt g r e ate r
th a n 10 0 0 0 m 2 ; 3 0 L /s
r e q u i r e d f l ow
FIGURE D2 EXAMPLE OF FLOW VARIATION IN A HIGH RISE BUILDING
D3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
D3.1 Number of fire hydrants required to flow
The information in this Paragraph applies Clause 2.2.2.
The intention of Clause 2.2.2 is to establish the minimum number of fire hydrants required
to flow to protect a fire compartment, based upon the fire compartments building
classification and its floor area or volume.
Where a fire hydrant system is installed to protect a building, the system is required to be
designed for the simultaneous operation of the required number of most hydraulically
disadvantaged fire hydrant(s) for the building classification and fire compartment area or
fire compartment volume that the fire hydrant(s) is (are) protecting.
In determining the number of fire hydrants required to flow, it is recommended that
consultation be undertaken with the relevant authority associated with the building or site to
confirm both the classification and sizes of the fire compartments.
D3.2 Pressure and flow
The information in this Paragraph applies to Clause 2.2.3.
The intention of Clause 2.2.3 is to establish the minimum flow and pressure required to be
provided to the fire hydrant system.
Table 2.6 and Table 2.7 detail the minimum unassisted pressures and flows that are
required to be provided by the water supply or water source serving the fire hydrant system.
In relation to pressure, the term unassisted means the water supply or water source serving
the fire hydrant system is capable of providing the pressures detailed in Tables 2.6 and 2.7,
as applicable, to the number of fire hydrant(s) required to flow without the use of additional
fixed on-site pumps.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
100
DRAFT ONLY
In relation to flow, the term unassisted means the water supply or water source serving the
fire hydrant system is capable of providing the flow rate detailed in Tables 2.6 and 2.7 to
the number of fire hydrant(s) required to flow for the required duration without the use of
additional fixed on-site tanks.
Where the water supply (e.g. a town main) or water source serving the fire hydrant system
is unable to provide
(a)
the unassisted flow, as detailed in Tables 2.6 and 2.7, for the number of fire hydrants
required to discharge, as detailed in Tables 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and Table 2.5, for the
required duration, an on-site tank is required to be installed; and
(b)
the unassisted pressure, as detailed in Tables 2.6 and 2.7, for the number of fire
hydrants required to flow, as detailed in Tables 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5, a fixed on-site
pump(s) is required to be installed.
D3.3 Non-boosted fire hydrant systems

The intent of Clause 2.2.4 is to establish the minimum design criteria for a fire hydrant
system that incorporates feed fire hydrants only.
An example of a feed hydrant is shown in Figure D3.
Feed fire hydrants
H a r d s t a n d l o c a te d
w i t h i n 20 m e t r e s
Tow n m a i n
FIGURE D3 EXAMPLE OF FEED FIRE HYDRANT
Where a street fire hydrant is proposed to be incorporated into a fire hydrant system design,
the street hydrant(s) are required to achieve the unassisted pressure and flow requirements
for feed fire hydrants.
Where a flow greater than 10 L/s is required from a street fire hydrant, it may be assumed
the attending fire brigade will use a twin outlet standpipe. In these instances, the flow
capacity of the street hydrant is to be determined by flow test and calculation to adjust the
test results to reflect the design supply conditions.
Where a fire hydrant system is designed to achieve feed fire hydrant performance, when
determining the flow requirements of the system each outlet of the most hydraulically
disadvantaged feed fire hydrant is to be utilized before assigning flow to the next most
hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant in the system.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
101
In developing a fire hydrant system consisting only of feed fire hydrants, the fundamental
design expectation is that a fire brigade pumping appliance will position themselves within
20 m of a feed fire hydrant and commence firefighting operations from the fire brigade
pumping appliance. In most instances, unless threatened by fire conditions, the fire brigade
pumping appliance will remain at this location for the duration of the fire incident.
Consequently, for a feed fire hydrant system the design intent should be to assign as much
flow as possible to each feed fire hydrant to allow the attending fire brigade to carry out its
operations as effectively as possible. An example of 30 L/s feed fire hydrant system is
shown in Figure D4.
M o s t hyd r a u l i c a l l y
di s a dva nt a g e d f i re
hyd r a nt
10 L/s
S e c o n d m o s t hyd r a u li c a ll y
hyd r a nt
10 L/s
T hi r d m o s t hyd r a u li c a ll y
hyd r a nt
10 L/s
20 L /s
3 0 L /s
Thrust
block
FIGURE D4 EXAMPLE OF 30 L/s FEED FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM
The requirement to provide a positive pressure of at least 150200 kPa for a feed fire
hydrant is necessary to ensure the fire brigade pumping appliance can provide effective
hose streams to firefighters. When conducting firefighting operations firefighting flows can
vary greatly as nozzles are opened and closed. A sudden increase in demand can reduce the
pressure in the hose feeding the appliance to the extent that it collapses under atmospheric
pressure. This collapse will cause the pump to cavitate until suction pressure is restored.
The resultant series of pressure surges could seriously damage the fire brigade pumping
appliance, the fire hydrant system and the attached equipment or cause injury to attending
personnel.
D3.4 Boosted fire hydrant systems
The intention of Clause 2.2.5 is to establish the minimum design criteria for a fire hydrant
system that incorporates a fire brigade booster assembly.
Where an external attack/feed fire hydrant is installed, each attack/feed fire hydrant is to be
capable of providing the unassisted pressure and flow in accordance with the requirements
of Table 2.6. The provision of the pressures and flows detailed in Table 2.6 at the
attack/feed fire hydrant allows the attending fire brigade to use this fire hydrant as a feed
fire hydrant.
Additionally, in fire hydrant systems incorporating attack/feed fire hydrants, these systems
have to be capable of providing the pressure and flows in accordance with Table 2.8 when
boosted by a fire brigade pumping appliance. An example of an attack/feed fire hydrant is
shown in Figure D5.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
102
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt s of th e f i r e
b r i g a d e b o o s te r a s s e m b l y
r e q u i r e d to p r ovi d e u n a s s i s te d
p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows i n
a c c o r d a n c e wi th
Ta b l e 2. 5
At t a c k / fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt s r e q u i r e d to
p r ovi d e u n a s s i s te d p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows
i n a c c o r d a n c e wi th Ta b l e 2. 5 a n d w h e n
b o o s te d by a f i r e b r i g a d e p u m p i n g
a p p li a n c e, th e p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows i n
a c c o r d a n c e wi th Ta b l e 2.7
H a r d s t a n d l o c a te d
within 20 m
Tow n m a i n
Boost inlets
FIGURE D5 EXAMPLE OF ATTACK/FEED FIRE HYDRANT
Where an external or an internal attack fire hydrant, or both, is installed, each attack fire
hydrant is to be capable of providing the unassisted pressure and flow in accordance with
the requirements of Table 2.7. The provision of the pressures and flows detailed in
Table 2.7 at the attack fire hydrant(s) allows the attending fire brigade personnel to possibly
commence initial attack firefighting depending on fire conditions with a hose connected to
the hydrant prior to the operation of the fire brigade booster assembly.
In fire hydrant systems incorporating attack fire hydrants, these systems have to be capable
of providing the pressure and flows in accordance with Table 2.8 when boosted by a fire
brigade pumping appliance. Examples of unassisted external and internal attack fire
hydrants are shown in Figure D6.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
103
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt s of th e f i r e b r i g a d e
b o o s te r a s s e m b l y r e q u i r e d to p r ovi d e
u n a s s i s te d p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows i n
a c c o r d a n c e wi th Ta b l e 2. 5
E x te r n a l at t a c k f i r e hyd r a nt s a r e r e q u i r e d to
p r ovi d e th e u n a s s i s te d p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows
i n a c c o r d a n c e wi th Ta b l e 2.6 a n d, w h e n
b o o s te d by a f i r e b r i g a d e p u m p i n g a p p li a n c e,
th e p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows i n a c c o r d a n c e wi th
Ta b l e 2.7
Boost inlets
Tow n m a i n
(a) E x te r n a l at t a c k
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt s of th e f i r e b r i g a d e
b o o s te r a s s e m b l y r e q u i r e d to p r ovi d e
u n a s s i s te d p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows i n
Tow n m a i n
I n te r n a l a t t a c k f i r e hyd r a nt s r e q u i r e d to p r ovi d e
u n a s s i s te d p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows i n a c c o r d a n c e
wi th Ta b l e 2.6 a n d, w h e n b o o s te d by a f i r e
b r i g a d e p u m p i n g a p p li a n c e, th e p r e s s u r e s a n d
f l ows i n a c c o r d n a c e wi th Ta b l e 2.7
Boost inlets
( b) Inte r n a l at t a c k
FIGURE D6 EXAMPLES OF UNASSISTED EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL

ATTACK FIRE HYDRANTS
Where the water supply or water source serving the fire hydrant system is not able to
provide the unassisted pressures required by Table 2.7 to the number of attack fire hydrants
required to flow, additional on-site fire hydrant pump(s) is required to be installed. An
example of a fire hydrant system that incorporates an on-site pump is shown in Figure D7.
O n - s i te f i r e hyd r a n t s p u m p s e t
p r ovi d e s p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows i n
E x te r n a l a n d i nte r n a l at t a c k f i r e hyd r a nt s r e q u i r e d to
p r ovi d e a s s i s te d p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows i n a c c o r d a n c e
wi th Ta b l e 2. 8 a n d, w h e n b o o s te d by a f i r e b r i g a d e
p u m p i n g a p p li a n c e, th e p r e s s u r e s a n d f l ows i n
Boost inlets
Tow n m a i n
FIGURE D7 EXAMPLE OF FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM INCORPORATING

AN ON-SITE PUMP
Where the water supply serving the fire hydrant system is not able to provide the unassisted
flows required by Table 2.7 to the number of attack fire hydrants required to flow,
additional on-site water storage and fire hydrant pumps are required to be installed. An
example of a fire hydrant system incorporating an on-site tank is shown in Figure D8.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
104
At t a c k f i r e hyd r a nt s r e q u i r e d
to p r ovi d e a s s i s te d p r e s s u r e s
a n d f l ows i n a c c o r d a n c e wi th
Ta b l e 2. 8 a n d, w h e n b o o s te d
by a f i r e b r i g a d e p u m p i n g
a p p li a n c e, th e p r e s s u r e s a n d
f l ows i n a c c o r d a n c e wi th
Ta b l e 2.7
Ad di ti o n a l o n - s i te wate r s to r a g e
t a nks s e r ve a s p r i m a r y wate r
Fi r e b r i g a d e s u c ti o n c o n n e c ti o n (s)
Tow n m a i n p r ovi d e s
i nf ill to o n - s i te wate r
s to r a g e
Hardstand
area
FIGURE D8 EXAMPLE OF FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM INCORPORATING

AN ON-SITE TANK
The requirement to provide the positive pressures detailed in Tables 2.7, 2.8 and 2.9 to
attack fire hydrants is to ensure that safe and effective firefighting hose streams can be
deployed. The pressures specified in Table 2.7 allow for the establishment of exposure
protection hose lines while Tables 2.8 and 2.9 allow for internal attack hose lines to be
utilized. In relation to the pressures required by Tables 2.8 and 2.9, fire brigades across
Australia employ initial firefighting techniques based upon a pressure of 700 kPa. At this
pressure the firefighting nozzles utilized by fire brigades are capable of breaking a hose
stream into fine water droplets. The creation of these droplets significantly increases the
surface area of the hose stream subsequently maximizing the cooling and suppression
effects of the hose stream. The adoption of this firefighting approach allowed firefighters to
more effectively control the fire environment, subsequently reducing the risk to firefighters.
Where a fire hydrant system is designed to achieve attack fire hydrant performance, when
determining the flow requirements of the system, a single outlet of the most hydraulically
disadvantaged attack fire hydrant has to be utilized before assigning flow to the next most
hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant in the system.
In developing a fire hydrant system consisting of attack fire hydrants, the fundamental
design expectation is that a fire brigade pumping appliance will connect to the fire brigade
booster assembly and, if required, provide additional flow and pressure into the system.
Consequently, for an attack fire hydrant system the design intent need only provide for
10 L/s at each of the fire hydrants required to flow. An example of 30 L/s attack fire
hydrant system is shown in Figure D9.
M o s t hyd r a u l i c a l l y
hyd r a nt
S e c o n d m o s t hyd r a u li c a ll y
hyd r a nt
10 L/s
T hi r d m o s t hyd r a u li c a ll y
hyd r a nt
10 L/s
10 L /s
10 L/s
20 L /s
Thrust
block
FIGURE D9 EXAMPLE OF A 30 L/s ATTACK FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
3 0 L /s
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
105
D3.5 Pressure variationsExternal attack/feed fire hydrants

The intention of Clause 2.2.6 is to allow for a variation from the unassisted pressure
requirements of Table 2.7, if all the requirements of this Clause are met.
In Clause 2.2.6, an external attack fire hydrant located within 20 m of a hardstand area does
not have to comply with the pressure requirement of Table 2.7 if the water supply or water
source serving the fire hydrant system is able to provide the stated unassisted pressure at
the attack fire hydrant.
D3.6 Fire brigade booster assembly
The intention of Clause 2.2.6.1 is to define the minimum pressure and flow required to be
provided at the fire hydrant outlets of a H pattern, I pattern or tank model fire brigade
booster assembly.
The intention of Clause 2.2.6.2 is to define the requirements for the large and small bore
suction connections provided to a static water supply that serves as the primary water
supply for the building or site.
The intention of Clause 2.2.6.3 is to define the minimum number of boost inlet connections
required to be provided at the fire brigade booster assembly and the maximum flow that
may be assigned to each boost inlet connection provided.
An example of a fire brigade pumping appliance using H pattern fire brigade booster
assembly is shown in Figure D10.
At t a c k f i r e hyd r a n t s w h e n
b o o s te d by a f i r e b r i g a d e
pumping appliance are
r e q u i r e d to p r ovi d e th e
Ta b l e 2. 5
Tow n m a i n
Fi r e b r i g a d e p u m p i n g
a p p li a n c e d e live r s 10 L /s
th r o u g h e a c h b o o s t i nl e t
FIGURE D10 EXAMPLE OF H PATTERN FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
D3.7 Multiple firefighting systems

The intention of Clause 2.2.8 is to define the minimum water supply requirements for a
building in which a fire hydrant system and other firefighting systems (e.g. a sprinkler
system or wall-wetting sprinklers) are installed.
When a fire brigade attends a fire incident involving an operating sprinkler or wall-wetting
system, in all instances the system or systems will not be turned off until either the fire is
extinguished or under control. Consequently, where a sprinkler system or wall-wetting
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
106
DRAFT ONLY
sprinkler system, or both, are installed in a building, the designer of the fire hydrant system
should ensure that the design allows for the simultaneous operation of the installed system.
Examples of multiple firefighting systems are shown in Figure D11.
Town main
Wate r s u p p l y to b e c a p a b l e of
p r ovi di n g fo r th e s i m ul t a n e o u s
o p e r ati o n of th e f i r e hyd r a nt a n d
f i r e s p r i nk l e r sys te m s
To f i r e s p r i nk l e r sys te m
(a)
FIGURE D11 (in part) EXAMPLES OF MULTIPLE FIREFIGHTING SYSTEMS
Town main
Wate r s u p p l y to b e c a p a b l e of
p r ovi di n g fo r th e s i m ul t a n e o u s
o p e r ati o n of th e f i r e hyd r a nt a n d
f i r e s p r i nk l e r sys te m s
To f i r e s p r i nk l e r sys te m
( b)
FIGURE D11 (in part) EXAMPLES OF MULTIPLE FIREFIGHTING SYSTEMS
D4 HYDRAULIC DESIGN PARAMETERS

The information in this Paragraph applies to Clause 2.3.
The intention of Clause 2.3 is to specify the minimum hydraulic parameters that the fire
hydrant system has to comply with.
In determining the design parameters of friction loss, velocity, flow and pressure, the
hydraulic calculations have to be based on the residual pressure available to the property
from the source of supply at the required flow rate (i.e. the pressure available for design
should be determined when the minimum number of fire hydrants required to flow are
discharging at the required flow rate).
Where a town main serves as the primary water supply, the total hydraulic loss associated
with the system is to include the losses across the backflow prevention device and between
the town main and the fire brigade booster assembly, however, the losses associated with
the fire hydrant valves and through the fire brigade booster inlet connection need not be
included.
Where an on-site tank or river, lake or dam (i.e. a seasonally affected water supply) serves
as the primary water supply for the site, the total hydraulic loss associated with the system
is to include the losses between the primary water supply and the large or small, or both,
bore suction connections.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
107
DRAFT ONLY
As the design criteria specified in this Standard may only suffice initial firefighting
activities, the requirement to limit the hydraulic loss to 150 kPa may allow the performance
of the system to be enhanced, if the characteristics of the water supply are capable of
providing for increased flows and sufficient fire brigade resources are in attendance or are
available.
In relation to Tables 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, a fire compartment that is used to determine the flow
requirements for a fire hydrant system is to comply with all requirements of the National
Construction Code series, Volume One and Volume Two, Building Code of Australia. In
particular, the walls bounding the compartment have to comply with the FRL for fire walls
for the building classification and type of construction used (i.e. Type A, Type B or
Type C). All openings in the fire wall have to be protected in accordance with the
requirements of the National Construction Code series, Volume One and Volume Two,
Building Code of Australia.
Particular attention is drawn to the requirements for sole occupancy units in Class 2, 3 or 4
buildings where the requirements for bounding construction vary from those of a required
fire wall (that is, the National Construction Code series, Volume One and Volume Two,
Building Code of Australia prescribes an FRL of 60/60/60 or /60/60 to construction
bounding a sole occupancy unit or similar construction, while a fire wall or common wall is
prescribed an FRL of 90/90/90). Consequently, a sole occupancy unit (e.g. a Class 2
apartment or unit) with bounding construction cannot be considered to be a fire
compartment for the purpose of determining the number of fire hydrants required to flow.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
108
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX E
FIRE HYDRANT LOCATION AND OTHER RELATED PROVISIONS

(Informative)
E1 SCOPE
This Appendix provides guidance on the application of the location criteria detailed in
Section 3.
E2 GENERAL
The intention of Clause 3.1 is to introduce the concept of fire hydrant coverage and the
areas required to be protected.
The requirement to provide fire hydrant coverage to all portions of the building, considered
to be part of the floor area of the building as defined by the National Construction Code
series, Volume One and Volume Two, Building Code of Australia, seeks to provide
attending fire brigade crews with a fire hydrant system design suitable for the
commencement of firefighting activities. In developing the fire hydrant system design
layout, the fire hydrant system designer should aim to position the fire hydrants in locations
that are
(a)
readily accessible to attending fire brigade crews;
(b)
remote from the risks and special hazards associated with the building;
(c)
considerate of the access provisions provided; and
(d)
considerate of the type and size of fire that could reasonably be expected within the
building.
Fire hydrant coverage to parts of a building/storey above the reach of standard hose stream,
such as a gantry or the upper portions of storage racks (i.e. areas not considered to be part
of the floor area of the building in the National Construction Code series, Volume One and
Volume Two, Building Code of Australia), are not addressed by this Standard. Where the
relevant authority is of the opinion that structures or items such as those detailed above
require protection from a fire hydrant system they should be addressed in accordance with
special hazard provisions of the National Construction Code series, Volume One and
Volume Two, Building Code of Australia and Appendix B of this Standard.
The requirement to provide equipment compatible with the attending fire brigade is because
in Australia, depending on location, fire hydrants systems may be utilized by either a
metropolitan or rural fire brigade or both by way of a mutual response agreement.
Consequently, in designing a fire hydrant system, the fire hydrant system designer needs to
ensure that the system that is to be installed is suitable for use by the attending fire brigade,
either metropolitan or rural.
E3 FIRE HYDRANTS
E3.1 External fire hydrants
The intention of Clause 3.2.2 is to clarify the definition of an external fire hydrant.
A fire hydrant that complies with the criteria of Clause 3.2.2 is considered to be an external
fire hydrant for the purpose of determining hose lay coverage.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
109
Figure E1 shows the application of the design principles set out in Items (a) and (d) of
Clause 3.2.2.
X
(n ot m o r e th a n 3 m)
En c l o s i n g Wa ll s
( FH 1)
( FH 2)
LEGEND:
Awning, roof, overhang or similar projection is not more than 3 m in depth
X:
FH1: 60 m of hose and 10 m hose stream may be used from this fire hydrant for determining fire hydrant
coverage, as the fire hydrant is located external to the enclosing walls of the building
coverage, if the awning roof, overhang or the like is not more than 3 m in depth and the area under the
awning roof overhang or the like does not contribute to the fire load of the building
FIGURE E1 EXAMPLE OF EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS
The determination of whether the area under an awning, roof overhang or similar projection
contributes to the fire load of the building has to be made by the relevant authority tasked
with overseeing the building, project or development.
NOTE: For the purpose of Clause 3.2.2, a relevant authority is considered to be an independent
agency authorized by legislation or regulation to issue determinations, orders or other instructions
in respect of any subject covered by this Standard.
Figure E2 shows the application of the design principles detailed in Clause 3.2.2(b)
pertaining to a fire hydrant located on a podium.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
110
( FH 1) E x te r n a l
f i r e hyd r a nt
( FH 2) E x te r n a l
f i r e hyd r a nt
Fi r e b r i g a d e
b o o s te r a s s e m b l y
B
Hardstand
Po di u m
Hardstand
LEGEND:
FH1: 30 m of hose and 10 m hose stream only may be used from this fire hydrant for determining fire hydrant
coverage, as it is located more than 50 m from a hardstand area. Podium has to comply with the
requirements of Clause 3.2.2(b)
coverage, as it is located not more than 50 m from a hardstand area. Podium has to comply with the
requirements of Clause 3.2.2(b)
FIGURE E2 EXAMPLE OF EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS
E3.2 Internal fire hydrants

The intention of Clause 3.2.3 is to clarify the definition of an internal fire hydrant.
A fire hydrant that complies with the criteria detailed in Clause 3.2.3 is considered to be an
internal fire hydrant for the purpose of determining hose lay coverage.
Figure E3 shows the application of the design principles of Items (a) and (c) of
Clause 3.2.3.
In relation to Item (c) the following applies:
(g)
Where an awning, roof overhang or similar projection has a depth greater than the
3 m as detailed in Clause 3.2.2 and the area under the awning does not contribute to
the fire load of a building, a fire hydrant located under the awning, roof overhang or
similar projection is considered to be an internal fire hydrant for the purpose of
determining hose lay coverage.
(h)
Where an awning, roof overhang or similar projection of any depth and the area under
the awning contribute to the fire load of a building, a fire hydrant located under the
awning, roof overhand or similar projection is considered to be an internal fire
hydrant for the purpose of determining hose lay coverage.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
111
En c l o s i n g Wa ll s
(FH1)
(FH2)
LEGEND:
Awning roof, overhang or similar projection of any depth. Area under the roof overhang or similar
X:
projection contributes to the fire load of the building
coverage as the fire hydrant is located in an area within the enclosing walls of the building
coverage, if the area under the awning, roof overhang or similar projection contributes to the fire load of
the building
FIGURE E3 EXAMPLE OF INTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS
The determination of whether the area under an awning, roof overhang or similar projection
contributes to the fire load of the building has to be made by the relevant authority tasked
with overseeing the building, project or development.
NOTE: For the purpose of Clause 3.2.3, a relevant authority is considered to be an independent
agency authorized by legislation or regulation to issue determinations, orders or other instructions
in respect of any subject covered by this Standard.
In relation to Item (d) of Clause 3.2.3, which requires a fire hydrant located under a
balcony, horizontal floor projection or similar projection to be classified as an internal fire
hydrant, this requirement is in recognition of the unknown nature and quantity of materials
that may be located, stored or occupy a balcony space or other horizontal floor projection,
and the increased risk the storage of these items may bring to attending fire brigade
personnel.
E3.3 Feed, attack and attack/feed fire hydrants
The intention of Clause 3.2.4 is to clarify the definitions of a feed fire hydrant, attack fire
hydrant and attack/feed fire hydrant.
Figure E4 shows the design principles applicable to a fire hydrant system that incorporates
feed fire hydrants. In particular, it highlights that for a fire hydrant to be classified as a feed
fire hydrant it has to be located within 20 m of a hardstand area. While under the provisions
of Section 2, the feed fire hydrant has to provide unassisted pressures and flows in
accordance with Table 2.6.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
112
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a n t s
Tow n m a i n
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a n t s to
b e l o c ate d wi thi n 20 m e tr e s
of a h a r d s t a n d a r e
FIGURE E4 EXAMPLE OF FEED FIRE HYDRANTS
a fire brigade booster assembly and attack fire hydrants. In particular, it highlights that for a
fire hydrant to be classified as an attack fire hydrant, it has to be located downstream of the
boost inlet connections of a fire brigade booster assembly. While under the provisions of
Section 2, the feed hydrants at the fire brigade booster assembly have to provide unassisted
pressures and flows in accordance with Table 2.6, and the attack fire hydrants have to
provide unassisted pressures and flows in accordance with Table 2.7.
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a n t s of a
f i r e b r i g a d e b o o s te r
assembly
Tow n m a i n
At t a c k f i r e hyd r a n t s l o c a te d
d ow n s t r e a m of t h e f i r e b r i g a d e
FIGURE E5 EXAMPLE OF ATTACK FIRE HYDRANTS
a fire brigade booster assembly and attack/feed fire hydrant(s). In particular, it highlights
that for a fire hydrant to be classified as an attack/feed fire hydrant, it has to be located
downstream of the boost inlet connections of a fire brigade booster assembly and located
within 20 m of a hardstand area. While under the provisions of Section 2, an attack/feed fire
hydrant has to provide unassisted pressures and flows in accordance with Table 2.6.
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a n t s of
a f i r e b r i g a d e b o o s te r
assembly
Tow n m a i n
At t a c k / fe e d f i r e hyd r a n t s l o c a te d
d ow n s t r e a m of t h e f i r e b r i g a d e
E x te r n a l at t a c k / fe e d f i r e
hyd r a nt to b e l o c ate d wi thi n
20 m of a h a r d s t a n d a r e a
FIGURE E6 EXAMPLE OF ATTACK/FEED FIRE HYDRANTS
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
113
E3.4 Fire hydrant features, accessibility and clearances

The information give in this Paragraph applies to Clause 3.2.5.
The intention of Clause 3.2.5 is to clarify the minimum clearances and design criteria for a
fire hydrant.
Figure E7 shows the minimum clearances that are to be provided in and around fire
hydrants.
Hyd r a nt r i s e r a n d f i r e hyd r a nt va lve to b e

l o c ate d o u t s i d e p ath of tr ave l
Fire door
300 mm clearance
th r o u g h 225 a r c
Minimum egress
wi dth in accordance
with the BCA
E x te r n a l wa ll s of f i r e s t a i r
(a) Elevation
(b) Plan view
FIGURE E7 (in part) FIRE HYDRANT CLEARANCES
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
114
Mi n. 10 0 m m c l e a r a n c e
S p i n dl e f ull y o p e n
Wa ll, o b s tr u c ti o n
o r th e like
S p i n dl e
fully
open
H o r izo nt a l
3 5 m a x i m u m
f r o m th e
h o r izo nt a l
Mi n. 3 0 0 m m c l e a r a n c e
th r o u g h a 225 r a di u s
10 0
mm
(c) El evati o n
Mi ni m u m 1 m
(d ) El evati o n
FIGURE E7 (in part) FIRE HYDRANT CLEARANCES
Figure E8 shows minimum and maximum heights for a fire hydrant. In particular, it
highlights that an external above ground on-site fire hydrant is to have two outlets each
individually valve controlled.
NOTE: In some circumstances, some regulatory authorities may require external fire hydrants to
be installed below ground.
Figure E8 shows an internal fire hydrant need only be provided with a single valve
controlled outlet.
6 5 hyd r a nt va lve
wi th c h a i n a n d c a p
6 5 hyd r a nt va lve
wi th c h a i n a n d c a p
Horizontal or sloping
not more than 35
4 50 x 4 50 x 4 50
c o n c r e te s u r r o u n d
750 to 1200
Fi ni s h e d s u r fa c e l eve l
( b) Inte r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt
S i n g l e va lve c o ntr o ll e d
o u tl e t
(a) E x te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt
Two i n divi d u a ll y
controlled outlets
FIGURE E8 INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANT FEATURES
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
115
E4 HARDSTAND AREAS
For additional information on hardstand areas, see Appendix C.
E5 LOCATION OF FIRE HYDRANTS
The intention of Clause 3.4 is to ensure that, where possible, fire hydrants are located
externally prior to locating them internally.
The requirement to locate fire hydrants externally before considering locating them
internally is to ensure that, where possible, fire hydrants are located in positions that, to
some degree, are remote or protected from the risks associated with the building.
In relation to this requirement, the application of this design principle subsequently allows
attending fire brigade crews to commence firefighting operations in the safest possible
environment (i.e. remote from heat and smoke or the specific dangers associated with the
building or open yard).
E6 EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS
E6.1 General
The intention of Clause 3.5.1 is to clarify the use and limitations of use of external fire
hydrants.
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 3.5.1, Figure E9 shows the design principles detailed in this
Clause. In particular, it shows that an external attack fire hydrant(s) may only provide
coverage to one level below ground and up to four levels above ground, provided coverage
is achieved to all parts of each storey of the building protected. Coverage to all the building
may be achieved from one or more external attack fire hydrant(s). This limitation ensures
that firefighters using external fire hydrant(s) can enter a building safely in the knowledge
that all parts of each storey are protected and are within reach of 60 m of hose and 10 m
spray.
E x te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt s
m ay p r ovi d e f i r e hyd r a nt
c ove r a g e u p to fo u r l eve l s
a b ove g r o u n d p r ovi d e d
a ll p a r t s of a ll s to r eys
a r e c ove r e d
Leve l 3
Leve l 2
Fi r e c o m p a r tm e nt s
complying with the
r e q u i r e m e n t s of t h e
BCA
Leve l 1
E x te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt m ay
p r ovi d e f i r e hyd r a nt c ove r a g e
to o n e l eve l b e l ow g r o u n d
p r ovi d e d a ll p a r t s of th e
s to r ey a r e c ove r e d
E x te r n a l
f i r e hyd r a nt
Ground floor
H
B a s e m e nt l eve l 1
FIGURE E9 EXAMPLE OF EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANT COVERAGE
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
116
In relation to Item (b) of Clause 3.5.1, Figure E10 shows the design principles detailed in
this Clause. In particular, it shows that fire hose connected to a fire brigade pumping
appliance located not less than 10 m from the building and supplied from an external feed
fire hydrant may only provide coverage to one level below ground and up to four levels
above ground, provided coverage is achieved to all parts of each storey of the building
protected. The requirement to locate a fire brigade pumping appliance not less than 10 m
from a building when determining fire hydrant coverage is to ensure that the fire hydrant
coverage determined is reflective of how and where a fire brigade pumping appliance is
likely to be positioned in the event of a fire.
The limitation ensures that firefighters using fire hose connected to a fire brigade pumping
appliance can enter a building safely in the knowledge that the 60 m of hose and 10 m spray
will allow them to extinguish a fire in any part of each storey of the building protected.
Coverage to all parts of the building may be achieved by locating one or more fire brigade
pumping appliances around the building provided a suitably located feed fire hydrant is
available.
Fi r e h o s e l a i d f r o m a f i r e
brigade pumping appliance
c ove r a g e u p to fo u r l eve l s
a b ove g r o u n d p r ovi d e d a ll
p a r t s of a ll s to r eys a r e
c ove r e d
Leve l 3
Leve l 2
Leve l 1
Fi r e h o s e l a i d f r o m a f i r e
c ove r a g e to o n e l eve l b e l ow
g r o u n d p r ovi d e d a ll p a r t s
of s to r ey a r e c ove r e d
complying with the
BCA
appliance
Ground floor
NOTE: For more information on the locating of fire brigade pumping appliances, see Appendix D.
FIGURE E10 EXAMPLE OF COVERAGE FROM A FIRE BRIGADE

PUMPING APPLIANCE
In relation to Item (c) of Clause 3.5.1, where the provisions of Clauses 3.5.1(a) or (b)
cannot be complied with, fire hydrant coverage from an external fire hydrant is to be
limited in accordance with Clause 3.5.1(c). This limitation ensures that firefighters using
these external fire hydrants can enter a building safely in the knowledge that the 60 m of
hose and 10 m spray will allow them to extinguish a fire in any part of the ground floor, and
any associated storey or mezzanine and in the storey immediately below ground. This
design limitation also ensures that internal fire hydrants, if required, are consistently
located in multilevel buildings.
Figure E11 shows the application of the design principles of Clause 3.5.1(c).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
Inte r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt
r e q u i r e d to p r ovi d e f i r e
hyd r a nt c ove r a g e to th o s e
s to r eys n ot p r ote c te d
by ex te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt s
DRAFT ONLY
117
Leve l 3
H
Leve l 2
H
complying with the
BCA
E x te r n a l fo r e hyd r a nt
M e z z a n i n e / L eve l 1
E x te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt s m ay
o nl y p r ovi d e f i r e hyd r a nt
c ove r a g e to th e g r o u n d f l o o r
f i r e c o m p a r tm e nt a n d o n e
l eve l b e l ow g r o u n d w h e r e
c ove r a g e c a n n ot b e p r ovi d e d
i n a c c o r d a n c e wi th
Cl a u s e 3. 5.1(a) a n d ( b)
booster assembly
Ground floor
FIGURE E11 EXAMPLE OF EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANT COVERAGE
In circumstances where the provisions of Clause 3.5.1(c) are applied to provide fire hydrant
coverage to part of a building, coverage to the remainder of the building is to be provided
through the installation of internal attack fire hydrants at each storey not covered from
external fire hydrants.
E6.2 Street fire hydrants
The intention of Clause 3.5.2 is to clarify the use of street fire hydrants.
Figure E12 shows the application of the design principles detailed in Clause 3.5.2. In
particular, it highlights that the provisions applicable to a feed fire hydrant also apply to a
street fire hydrant in that the pressure and flow requirements of Table 2.6 apply, and that
the street fire hydrant is located and protected in the same manner as a feed fire hydrant.
Figure E12 also indicates that the fire brigade pumping appliance being supplied from the
street fire hydrant is to be located not less than 10 m from the building.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
118
S tr e e t hyd r a nt r e q u i r e d to p r ovi d e fe e d
f i r e hyd r a nt p e r fo r m a n c e i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h Ta b l e 2. 5
Fi r e b r i g a d e a p p li a n c e l o c ate d a m i ni m u m
of 10 m f r o m b uil di n g fa c a d e
S tr e e t hyd r a nt s e l e c te d i s to b e l o c ate d
n ot l e s s th a n 10 m f r o m th e b uil di n g o r
p r ote c te d i n a c c o r d a n c e wi th th e
r e q u i r e m e nt s fo r a fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt
H
0002
( B u i l d i n g p l a n v i ew)
10 m m a x i m u m
( h o r izo nt a l wate r s tr e a m)
20 m maximum
hose length
60 m maximum
( h o s e l e n g th)
Wate r a g e n cy
main
Entr y
N oz zl e to r e a c h a t l e a s t 1 m i n s i d e m o s t
di s a dva nt a g e d ro o m in buil din g a n d c ove r
a ll a r e a s wi th 10 m wate r s tr e a m
R o a d way
S i te
boundary
Note: Signage is required adjacent to FIP or the main entry of the

building indicating the street fire hydrants that serve the building
FIGURE E12 EXAMPLE OF STREET FIRE HYDRANT COVERAGE
The requirement to include not more than two street fire hydrants in a fire hydrant system
design is in recognition of the following:
(a)
Street fire hydrants are often more difficult to locate than on-site fire hydrants.
(b)
Street fire hydrants can be obstructed by the normal activities in the street.
(c)
Street fire hydrants may be moved by the owner of the infrastructure.
(d)
Typically under state and territory law there is no obligation on the building owner to
maintain the street fire hydrants providing fire hydrant coverage to their building.
In relation to the use of street fire hydrants, prior to incorporating street fire hydrants into a
design, consideration should also be given to the possible factors that could limit fire
brigade access to the hydrant. In this regard, it is considered unacceptable and not in
keeping with the design principles of this Standard to incorporate street hydrants that could
not be reasonably accessed by the attending fire brigade (e.g. a street fire hydrant located
across train or tram tracks or on the other side of main roads).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
119
DRAFT ONLY
E6.3 Location of external fire hydrants

E6.3.1 General
The information in this Paragraph applies to Clause 3.5.3.1.
The intention of Clause 3.5.3.1 is to provide fire hydrant system designers with general
guidance regarding access to and from an external fire hydrant and, unless protected in
accordance with Clause 3.5.5, the minimum distance an external fire hydrant should be
located from typical risks such as electricity supply equipment.
In relation to Item (b)(i) to Item (b)(iv) of Clause 3.5.3.1, the 10 m distance detailed is
considered to be the minimum distance an external fire hydrant is to be located from a
typical risk associated with the built environment. It should be noted though that if an
atypical risk is associated with a building or site, the distances detailed may not be
appropriate or sufficient.
With consideration to the information detailed above, fire hydrant system designers are
encouraged to, where possible, locate external fire hydrants as remote as possible from the
risks associated with the building or site, to further enhance firefighter safety.
In relation to Item (b)(v) of Clause 3.5.3.1, in developing a fire hydrant system design, the
designer should make every endeavour to position external fire hydrants in locations that
are unlikely to be obstructed by either the landscaping or the expected activities of the
premises. In circumstances where this design approach is not applied, the end result will be
a delay in fire brigade intervention activities which in almost all instances is going to result
in increased loss to the community.
In relation to Item(b)(vi) of Clause 3.5.3.1, where mechanical damage is likely due to
vehicle movement or other activities, it is recommended that damage to the fire hydrant is
prevented by the installation of bollards or other protection devices.
E6.3.2 External feed fire hydrants
The intention of Clause 3.5.3.2 is to clarify the use of external feed fire hydrants.
Figure E13 shows the application of the design principles detailed in Clause 3.5.3.2. In
particular, it shows that in determining fire hose coverage, a maximum of 60 m hose and
10 m spray may be applied from a fire brigade pumping appliance that is located on a
hardstand area not more than 20 m from the external fire hydrant.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
120
Wate r a g e n cy m a i n
10 m m a x i m u m
( h o r izo nt a l
wate r s tr e a m)
60 m maximum
( h o s e l e n g th)
0002
Entr y
10 m
N oz zl e to r e a c h a t l e a s t 1 m i n s i d e m o s t
di s a dva nt a g e d ro o m in buil din g a n d c ove r
a ll a r e a s wi th 10 m wate r s tr e a m
pumping
a p p li a n c e
loca
te d a
ate
m i ni
nimum
10 m f r o m
the
th e buil
b uil din
di n g.
B a c k f l ow
p r eve nti o n
d evi c e
Fe e d hyd r a nt l o c ate d a
in accordance with
r e q u i r e m e nt s of S e c ti o n 3
Hardstand area loca

ate
te d
wi thi n t we nt y m e tr e s of
fe e d hyd r a nt
(a)
a p p l i a n c e l o c a te d a
m i ni m u m 10 m f r o m
the buil din g
Fe e d
hyd r a nt
Hardstand area
l o c ate d wi thi n 20 m
of e a c h fe e d hyd r a nt
Maximum 10 m spray
00
02
Mi ni m u m 1 m i n s i d e a ny
room around
00
02
60 m maximum
hose length
Fe e d
hyd r a nt
0002
0002
Fi r e b r i g a d e p u m p i n g a p p l i a n c e
M a i n s wate r s u p p l y
B a c k f l ow p r eve n t i o n
d evi c e
( b)
FIGURE E13 EXAMPLES OF FEED FIRE HYDRANT COVERAGE
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
121
DRAFT ONLY
E6.3.3 External attack fire hydrants

The intention of Clause 3.5.3.3 is to clarify the use of external attack fire hydrants.
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 3.5.3.3, this item indicates that except where detailed in
Item (a)(i), Item (a)(ii) and Item (a)(iii), an external attack fire hydrant is to be located not
more than 50 m from a hardstand area.
The concession provided by the provisions of Item (a) of Clause 3.5.3.3 acknowledges that
although firefighters may be required to travel further than 50 m, therefore increasing the
time taken before fire brigade intervention can commence, the risks of significant fire
spread are likely to be reduced either by the operation of the installed sprinkler system or
the features of the building.
In relation to Item (b) of Clause 3.5.3.3, where an external attack fire hydrant is to be
located not more than 50 m from a hardstand area, a maximum of 60 m hose and 10 m spray
may be applied from the external attack fire hydrant.
In relation to Item (c) of Clause 3.5.3.3, where an external attack fire hydrant is to be
located more than 50 m from a hardstand area in accordance with the requirements of
Clause 3.5.3.3(a), a maximum of 30 m hose and 10 m of spray may be applied from the
external attack fire hydrant.
Figure E14 shows the application of the design principles detailed in Item (b) of
Clause 3.5.3.3. In particular, it shows that in determining fire hose coverage, unless
protected in accordance with Clause 3.5.5.
In particular, it shows that in determining fire hose coverage, a maximum of 60 m hose and
10 m spray may be applied from an attack fire hydrant located not more than 50 m from a
designated hardstand area and not less than 10 m from the building.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
122
At t a c k f i r e hyd r a nt hyd r a nt s l o c ate d n ot m o r e

th a n 50 m f r o m a d e s i g n ate d h a r d s t a n d a r e a
( BU IL D IN G PL A N V IE W )
02
00
60 m maximum hose
l e n g th p l u s 10 m
maximum hose
s p r ay
00
02
At t a c k
hyd r a nt
50 m
maximum
H
H
O n - s i te p u m p
(if required)
BI
BO
pumping appliance
0002
At t a c k
hyd r a nt
L EG EN D:
BO = B o o s te r o u tl e t ( i.e. fe e d hyd r a nt s)
B I = B o o s t i n l e t (s)
FIGURE E14 EXAMPLE OF ATTACK FIRE HYDRANT COVERAGE
E6.3.4 External attack/feed fire hydrants

The intention of Clause 3.5.3.4 is to clarify the use of external attack/feed fire hydrants.
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 3.5.3.4, this item indicates that an external attack/feed fire
hydrant needs to be within 20 m of a hardstand area.
An external fire hydrant classified as an attack/feed fire hydrant is to be capable of
providing the pressures and flows in accordance with the requirements of Clause 2.2.3.2.
In relation to Item (b) and Item (c) of Clause 3.5.3.4, these items indicate that when
determining fire hydrant coverage from an attack/feed fire hydrant, a maximum of 60 m
hose and 10 m spray may be applied. In this regard, fire hose coverage is to be determined
when the attack/feed fire hydrant is used as a feed hydrant and as an attack fire hydrant
(i.e. all parts of the floor need to be protected in both circumstances).
Figure E15 below shows the application of the design principles detailed in Clause 3.5.3.4.
In particular, it highlights that fire hydrant coverage is determined when 60 m hose and
10 m spray is applied from the attack/feed fire hydrant and from the fire brigade pumping
appliance.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
123
Where an external fire hydrant is classified as an attack/feed fire hydrant, although the
system has been designed with the expectation that the attack fire hydrant is to act as a
feed fire hydrant and that a fire brigade pumping appliance will connect to the hydrant
outlet, it is however, equally likely that the system will be used in a traditional manner
(i.e. firefighting hose lines are connected directly to the attack fire hydrant while the fire
brigade pumping appliance boosts the hydrant system). Consequently, compliant hydrant
coverage is to be achieved from both the attack fire hydrant and also from the expected
location of the fire brigade pumping appliance. The fire hydrant system designer will
determine fire hose coverage based on the more onerous of these two cases.
Fi r e hyd r a nt c ove r a g e d e te r m i n e d f r o m
th e at t a c k / fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt a n d th e f i r e
b r i g a d e p u m p i n g a p p li a n c e.
At t a c k / fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt
l o c ate d n ot m o r e th a n 20 m
from a hardstand area.
At t a c k / fe e d
f i r e hyd r a nt
most onerous
c a s e to a p p l y
At t a c k / fe e d
f i r e hyd r a nt
000
2
2
000
60 m maximum hose length plus

10 m m a x i m u m h o s e s p r ay
At t a c k / fe e d
f i r e hyd r a nt
At t a c k / fe e d
f i r e hyd r a nt
O n - s i te p u m p
(if required)
BI
pumping appliance
0002
BO
L EG EN D:
BO = B o o s te r o u tl e t ( i.e. fe e d hyd r a nt s)
B I = B o o s t i n l e t (s)
FIGURE E15 EXAMPLES OF ATTACK/FEED FIRE HYDRANT COVERAGE
E6.4 Fire brigade booster assembly, feed fire hydrants

The intention of Clause 3.5.4 is to clarify the use of the feed fire hydrants located within the
fire brigade booster assembly.
Figure E16 shows the design principles detailed in this Clause. In particular, it highlights
that where a fire brigade pumping appliance is supplied from the feed fire hydrants of a fire
brigade booster assembly, coverage may be provided to all parts of the ground floor, the
ground floor fire compartment or one level below-ground. In circumstances where these
provisions cannot be complied with, fire hydrant coverage has to be provided through the
installation of attack fire hydrants at the fire brigade booster assembly or at other
appropriate locations.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
124
The limitation ensures that firefighters can enter a building safely in the knowledge that the
60 m of hose and 10 m spray will allow them to extinguish a fire in any part of the ground
floor, the ground floor and any associated storey or mezzanine or the storey immediately
below ground. Additionally, it ensures that fire brigade crews laying hose from the pumping
appliance will not be confronted with the circumstance of entering this area and not being
able to advance into the building due to a shortfall in fire hose coverage.
EL E VAT I O N
L E V EL 3
complying with the
BCA
L E V EL 2
H
Fi r e hyd r a nt ove r a g e f r o m
ex te r n a l f i r e b r i g a d e p u m p i n g
a p p li a n c e li m i te d to:
th e g r o u n d f l o o r
th e g r o u n d f l o o r a n d o n e
ex tr a s to r ey o r m ez z a ni n e
that is within the same fire
c o m p a r tm e nt
o n e l eve l b e l ow g r o u n d
L E V EL 1
Maximum 60 m hose
l e n g th p l u s 10 m
s p r ay to p r ovi d e h o s e
c ove r a g e to a ll p a r t s
of f l o o r a r e a
Mezzanine
G R O U N D FLO O R
B
B1
10 m
Fe e d hyd r a nt(s) of f i r e hyd r a nt
booster assembly supply to fire
FIGURE E16 EXAMPLE OF FEED FIRE HYDRANT COVERAGE

FROM A FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
E6.5 Protection of fire hydrantsNon-sprinkler-protected buildings

The intention of Clause 3.5.5.1 is to provide sufficient protection to the fire hydrants
serving a non-sprinkler-protected building.
Figure E17 shows the design principles of Items (a), (b) and (c) of Clause 3.5.5.1. In
particular, it highlights that the protection requirements are reduced once a fire hydrant is
located more than 3.5 m from the facade or external wall of the building.
C o n s tr u c ti o n p r ovi di n g
a n FR L of n ot l e s s th a n
9 0/9 0/9 0
3 m
2 m
1 m
0 m
3.5 m
6.5 m
0 m
10 m
FIGURE E17 PROTECTION OF EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
125
DRAFT ONLY
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 3.5.5.1, where a fire hydrant is within or affixed to the
external wall of a building, the protection provided to the external fire hydrant may be by
the intrinsic characteristics of the building or by the provision of a freestanding wall that
has the required FRL and dimensions.
In relation to Item (b) of Clause 3.5.5.1, where a fire hydrant is located not more than 3.5 m
from the external wall of the building, the protection provided to the fire hydrant may be by
the intrinsic characteristics of the building or by the provision of a freestanding wall that
has the required FRL and dimensions.
In relation to Item (c) of Clause 3.5.5.1, where a fire hydrant is located more than 3.5 m and
less than 10 m from the external wall of the building, the fire hydrant needs to be protected
from any opening in the external wall by a freestanding wall of the dimensions specified in
the clause.
In circumstances where site, building or regulatory constraints prevent external fire
hydrants being protected in accordance with the requirements of Clause 3.5.5.1, it is
recommended that discussion with the attending fire brigade take place to determine if the
protection proposed for the fire hydrant system design meets their operational needs.
E6.6 Protection of fire hydrantsSprinkler-protected buildings
Where a sprinkler system that complies with the requirements of AS 2118.1, AS 2118.4 or
AS 2118.6 is installed, fire hydrants are not required to be protected in accordance with the
requirements of Clause 3.5.5.1. This concession is in recognition of the life safety benefits a
sprinkler system provides to building occupants and attending fire brigade personnel.
E7 INTERNAL FIRE HYDRANTS
E7.1 General
The intention of Clause 3.6.1 is to clarify the use and limitations of use of internal fire
hydrants.
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 3.6.1, this requirement has been included to ensure the fire
hydrant system design complies with the requirements of the National Construction Code
series, Volume One and Volume Two, Building Code of Australia with respect to internal
fire hydrants.
In relation to Items (b) and (c) of Clause 3.6.1, these requirements therein support the
design principle detailed in Clause 3.4, which indicates that where fire hydrant coverage to
a building cannot be achieved through the use of external fire hydrants, internal fire
hydrants may be used.
In relation to Item (d) of Clause 3.6.1, internal fire hydrants may only provide fire hydrant
coverage to the storey on which their installed except where permitted by the National
Construction Code series, Volume One and Volume Two, Building Code of Australia.
In relation to Item (e) of Clause 3.6.1, an internal fire hydrant, if installed in accordance
with the requirements of Clause 3.6.2 Item (c), may still only serve the storey it is dedicated
to protect except where permitted by the National Construction Code series, Volume One
and Volume Two, Building Code of Australia.
In relation to Item (f) of Clause 3.6.1, the design limitations apply to the use of an internal
fire hydrant when determining fire hydrant coverage.
E7.2 Location
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
126
The intention of Clause 3.6.2 is to clarify where an internal fire hydrant can be installed.
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 3.6.2, this Clause specifies the acceptable locations for an
internal fire hydrant where the building is provided with fire-isolated stairs.
In relation to Item (b) of Clause 3.6.2, this Clause specifies the acceptable locations for an
internal fire hydrant where the building is provided with non-fire-isolated stairs.
Figure E18 shows some of the design principles of Clauses 3.6.1 and 3.6.2.
( BU IL D IN G PL A N V IE W )
30 m maximum
hose length
Inte r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt l o c ate d

wi thi n a f i r e - i s o l ate d s t a i r.
Mi ni m u m 1 m i n s i d e a ll
r o o m s of s to r ey o r f l o o r
10 m m a x i m u m
h o r izo nt a l h o s e
stream
FIGURE E18 EXAMPLE OF INTERNAL FIRE HYDRANT COVERAGE
In relation to Item (c) of Clause 3.6.2, this Clause permits fire hydrants to be installed in
locations that vary from the finished floor level of the storey or floor.
The limitations placed upon the variation in location of internal fire hydrants from the
finished floor level is to ensure that attending fire brigade crews do not have to pass by a
storey or building level that is on fire to access the internal fire hydrant designated to
protect that storey or level.
Figure E20 shows the design principles of this Clause.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
127
Inte r n a l hyd r a nt
m ay b e l o c ate d
n ot m o r e th a n
t wo r i s e r s
a b ove th e FFL
N ot m o r e th a n t wo
r i s e r s a b ove th e FFL
FFL
Inte r n a l hyd r a nt m ay b e
l o c ate d u p to h a l f a f li g ht
of s t a i r s b e l ow th e FFL
N ot m o r e th a n
h a l f a f li g ht of
s t a i r s b e l ow th e FFL
(a) A b ove g r o u n d s to r eys a s c e n di n g s t a i r s
Inte r n a l hyd r a nt m ay b e
l o c ate d u p to h a l f a f li g ht
of s t a i r s a b ove th e FFL
fo r d e s c e n di n g s t a i r f li g ht s
Inte r n a l hyd r a nt
m ay b e l o c ate d n ot
m o r e th a n t wo r i s e r s
b e l ow th e FFL fo r
d e s c e n di n g s t a i r f li g ht s
N ot m o r e th a n h a l f a
f l i g ht of s t a i r s a b ove
th e FFL
FFL
N ot m o r e th a n t wo
r i s e r s b e l ow th e FFL
( b) B e l ow g r o u n d s to r eys d e s c e n di n g s t a i r s
FIGURE E19 INTERNAL FIRE HYDRANT LOCATIONS
E8 MARINAS
For information on fire hydrant protection to marinas, see Appendix G.
E9 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND HOSE LAY LIMITATIONS
E9.1 General
The intention of Clause 3.11.1 is to clarify how fire hydrant coverage is to be measured and
to ensure that the designs developed are to some degree reflective of how a fire brigade or
fire service would use the fire hydrant system.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
128
DRAFT ONLY
Item (a) of Clause 3.11.1 indicates that fire hose coverage may be measured in straight
lines.
Item (b) of Clause 3.11.1 indicates that when measuring hose lay distances associated with
travel from a hardstand area to an external fire hydrant, a fire brigade pumping appliance to
the protected building, an external fire hydrant to the building, or a fire brigade pumping
appliance to the building, the distance is to be measured along a path of travel that a
firefighter would be expected to be able to walk in full protective clothing.
Item (c) of Clause 3.11.1 indicates that a path of travel to be used in the determination of
fire hydrant coverage has to comply with the path of travel requirements of the National
Construction Code series, Volume One and Volume Two, Building Code of Australia. In
particular, any path of travel to be used has to comply with the minimum width and slope
provisions of the National Construction Code series, Volume One and Volume Two,
Building Code of Australia.
Item (d) of Clause 3.11.1 indicates that when measuring the distance a firefighter has to
travel, the distance has to be measured along a path of travel that a firefighter would be
expected to be able to walk in full protective clothing.
Item (e) of Clause 3.11.1 indicates that when fire hose coverage requires the ascending or
descending of a stair or ramp, it has to be measured from the outer perimeter of the stair or
ramp. The requirement to measure from the outer perimeter of the stair or ramp is because
when a fire hose is laid in stair or ramp, the fire hose will be forced to the outer perimeter
when pressurized.
In relation to Items (f)(i), (f)(ii) and (f)(iii) of Clause 3.11.1, Figure E20 details the design
principles applicable to a building with an awning.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
129
W h e r e a n aw n i n g, r o of ove r h a n g o r s i m il a r p r oj e c ti o n i s l e s s th a n 3 m i n d e pth a n d th e a r e a u n d e r
th e aw n i n g d o e s n ot c o ntr ib u te to th e f i r e l oa d of th e b uil di n g, a ny m e a s u r e m e nt p e r t a i ni n g to th e
l o c ati o n of a n ex te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt of th e f i r e b r i g a d e a p p li a n c e h a s to b e t a ke n f r o m th e fa c a d e
of the buil din g.
3 m
10 m
En c l o s i n g wa ll s
(i)
W h e r e a n aw n i n g, r o of ove r h a n g o r s i m il a r p r oj e c ti o n i s g r e ate r th a n 3 m i n d e pth a n d th e a r e a

u n d e r th e aw n i n g d o e s n ot c o ntr ib u te to th e f i r e l oa d of th e b uil di n g, a ny m e a s u r e m e nt p e r t a i ni n g
to th e l o c ati o n of a n ex te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt of th e f i r e b r i g a d e a p p li a n c e h a s to b e t a ke n f r o m e d g e
of th e aw n i n g, r o of ove r h a n g.
>3 m
10 m
( ii )
W h e r e a n aw n i n g, r o of ove r h a n g o r s i m il a r p r oj e c ti o n i s of a ny d e pth ( X ) a n d th e a r e a u n d e r th e
aw n i n g, r o of ove r h a n g o r s i m il a r p r oj e c ti o n c o ntr ib u te s to th e f i r e l oa d of th e b uil di n g, a ny
m e a s u r e m e nt p e r t a i ni n g to th e l o c ati o n of a n ex te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt of th e f i r e b r i g a d e a p p li a n c e
h a s to b e t a ke n f r o m th e e d g e of th e aw n i n g, r o of ove r h a n g.
X m
10 m
( iii )
FIGURE E20 MEASUREMENT FROM AWNINGS
In relation to Item (f)(iv) of Clause 3.11.1, Figure E21 shows the design principles
applicable to a building with a balcony, horizontal projection or similar projection.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
130
W h e r e a b uil di n g i s of Ty p e A c o n s tr u c ti o n a n d th e b a l c o ny, h o r izo nt a l p r oj e c ti o n o r s i m il a r p r oj e c ti o n

i s l e s s th a n 3 m i n d e pth, a ny m e a s u r e m e nt p e r t a i ni n g to th e l o c ati o n of a f i r e b r i g a d e p u m p i n g
a p p li a n c e h a s to b e t a ke n f r o m th e fa c a d e of th e b uil di n g.
< 3 m
10 m
Ty p e A c o n s t r u c ti o n
(A)
W h e r e a b uil di n g i s of Ty p e A c o n s tr u c ti o n a n d th e b a l c o ny, h o r izo nt a l p r oj e c ti o n o r s i m il a r p r oj e c ti o n
i s g r e ate r th a n 3 m i n d e pth, a ny m e a s u r e m e nt p e r t a i ni n g to th e l o c ati o n of a f i r e b r i g a d e p u m p i n g
a p p li a n c e h a s to b e t a ke n f r o m th e e d g e of th e b a l c o ny, h o r izo nt a l p r oj e c ti o n o r s i m il a r p r oj e c ti o n.
> 3 m
10 m
Ty p e A c o n s t r u c ti o n
( B)
W h e r e a b uil di n g i s of Ty p e B o r Ty p e C c o n s tr u c ti o n a n d th e b a l c o ny, h o r izo nt a l p r oj e c ti o n o r s i mil a r
p r oj e c ti o n, a ny m e a s u r e m e nt p e r t a i ni n g to th e l o c ati o n of a f i r e b r i g a d e p u m p i n g a p p li a n c e h a s to b e
t a ke n f r o m th e e d g e of th e b a l c o ny, h o r izo nt a l p r oj e c ti o n o r s i m il a r p r oj e c ti o n.
X m
10 m
Ty p e B o r C c o n s t r u c ti o n
(C)
FIGURE E21 MEASUREMENT FROM BALCONIES, HORIZONTAL PROJECTIONS

OR SIMILAR PROJECTIONS
In relation to Item (g) of Clause 3.11.1, the requirement to take fire hose measurements
through a centrally located point positioned 1 m from the face of a door is to ensure that the
method of measurement is more representative of the actual fire hose lay undertaken. For an
example of measurement through doorways, see Figure E22.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
131
1m
B u i l d i n g p l a n v i ew
H o s e l ay m e a s u r e d th r o u g h
a p o i nt 1 m f r o m th e fa c e of
H the door
H yd r a nt b o o s te r
assembly
BI BO
0002
FIGURE E22 EXAMPLE OF MEASUREMENT THROUGH DOORWAYS
E9.2 Doorways
The intention of Clause 3.11.2 is to ensure that hose lay measurements are only taken
through appropriate doorways.
The requirement to measure through pedestrian entries and points, to exclude roller shutter
doors except where these are permitted by the National Construction Code series, Volume
One and Volume Two, Building Code of Australia, and to exclude any revolving door is to
ensure to some degree the hose lay measurements taken by the fire hydrant system designer
are reflective of hose lay that will be undertaken by a firefighter utilizing the fire hydrant.
E9.3 Obstructions
The intention of Clause 3.11.3 is to ensure that hose lay measurements are taken around
fixed obstructions.
The requirement to measure around all fixed obstructions is to ensure that, to some degree,
the hose lay measurements taken by the fire hydrant system designer are reflective of hose
lay that will be undertaken by a firefighter utilizing the fire hydrant. For the purpose of fire
hose lay coverage, demountable internal walls are considered to be a fixed obstruction.
Where the layout of the tenancy is unknown, it is recommended that the fire hydrant system
designer determine fire hose coverage using two thirds of the allowed hose length (i.e. 20 m
from an internal fire hydrant and 40 m from an external fire hydrant) or provide additional
fire hydrants in accordance with Clause 3.6.3.
The adoption of either of these design approaches should ensure that a design complying
with the requirements of this Standard are achieved when the fitout of the tenancy is
undertaken.
Figure E23 shows an example of design principles of Clause 3.11.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
132
H
G
B
A
L EG EN D:
A E x te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt
B M a x i m u m 6 0 m of h o s e f r o m a n ex te r n a l f i r e hyd r a nt
C M a x i m u m 10 m h o s e s tr e a m. H o s e s tr e a m p r ote c t s l owe r l aye r of r a c k i n g
D M ove m e nt of h o s e s tr e a m p r ovi d e s c ove r a g e to a ll p a r t s of th e f l o o r a r e a
E H o s e ex te n d s 1 m i n s i d e a ll r o o m s
F A ll f i xe d o b s tr u c ti o n s h ave to b e m e a s u r e d a r o u n d
G H o s e c ove r a g e h a s to b e p r ovi d e d to a ll s i d e s of a f i xe d o b s tr u c ti o n
FIGURE E23 EXAMPLE OF MEASUREMENT THROUGH DOORWAYS
E9.4 Measurements from a fire brigade pumping appliance

The intention of Clause 3.11.4 is to ensure that the fire brigade pumping appliance is
appropriately located when determining hose lay coverage from a fire brigade pumping
appliance.
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 3.11.1, the requirement to locate a fire brigade pumping
appliance on a hardstand area is because during firefighting operations fire brigade
pumping appliances at times discharge significant quantities of water around the appliance.
In relation to Items (b) to (e) of Clause 3.11.1, the requirements aim to ensure that, when a
fire hydrant system designer is developing a fire hydrant system design, the location of the
fire brigade pumping appliance and any measurement taken from a fire brigade pumping
appliance are to some degree reflective of the operations of a fire brigade attending the
building or site.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
133
DRAFT ONLY
In relation to Item (f) of Clause 3.11.1, the requirement to determine hose lay coverage
from a single location when measuring from a fire brigade pumping appliance is because
when a fire brigade pumping appliance has been positioned by the attending fire brigade or
fire service at a fire and an initial hose lay has been made, in almost all instances the fire
brigade pumping appliance is unlikely to be moved unless threatened by fire. In the
application of this provision to maximize fire hose coverage, the fire hydrant system
designer should determine the single most advantageous position to locate the fire brigade
pumping appliance.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
134
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX F
PRIVATELY OWNED STREET FIRE HYDRANTS

(Informative)
F1 GENERAL
Property developments incorporating streets or common accessways within a common
private title should incorporate water mains of DN 100 or more together with fire hydrants.
Where the water mains are to be owned and operated by the local water agency, fire
hydrants should be provided in accordance with the water agency requirements, including
their location being appropriately marked. These fire hydrants should generally be of the
in-ground type, spaced as for the remainder of the water agencys system.
Where privately owned water mains are to be provided, fire hydrants should be in
accordance with the fire brigades operational requirements. Above ground fire hydrants are
preferred for ease of identification and access under fire conditions.
In the absence of alternate requirements from the water agency or fire authority, the
recommendations given in Paragraphs F2 and F3 should be met.
For each of the cases above, additional fire hydrants may need to be provided on-site to
meet the fire hydrant system requirements for protecting properties and building complexes.
F2 RESIDENTIAL STREETS AND ACCESSWAYS
Above or below ground fire hydrants should be provided at no more than 120 m intervals
along residential streets and at each street intersection. Above ground fire hydrants may be
single outlet.
F3 COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL STREETS AND ACCESSWAYS
Within streets serving commercial properties such as factories, warehouses and offices,
above or below ground fire hydrants should be provided at no more than 90 m intervals and
at each street intersection. Above ground fire hydrants should have dual-valve outlets.
NOTE: Domestic properties are of a smaller floor area and generally contain less combustibles
than commercial properties, resulting in the firefighting water flow rate for residential buildings
being lower than for commercial properties. As tank supplies from a fire brigade pumping
appliance may be employed initially to fight a residential fire, the distance between fire hydrants
and, therefore, the length of hose to be laid and the time taken to lay the hose, may be more than
that specified for a commercial property.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
135
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX G
MARINAS
(Informative)
G1 GENERAL
This Appendix provides design guidance for fire hydrant system designers required to
provide fire hydrant protection to the gangways of a marina and the associated vessels.
In developing a fire hydrant system design to protect the gangways and associated vessels,
the primary objectives of the fire hydrant system should be to
(a)
restrict the spread of fire to the berth of origin;
(b)
prevent the spread of fire to adjoining berths; and
(c)
meet the operational needs of the attending fire brigade.
Consultation with the fire brigade is recommended to determine the type and availability of
resources as these may significantly influence the fire hydrant system design.
G2 FLOW
Due to the potential variety in size and shape of the vessels moored at a marina, an
appropriate analysis of the risks and potential heat release rates of any vessel likely to be
moored at the marina should be undertaken to determine the flow demands for the fire
hydrant system.
Notwithstanding this information, where a street fire hydrant or feed fire hydrant is located
on the shoreline or in a fire brigade booster assembly, a minimum 10 L/s should be
available at this hydrant.
G3 PRESSURE
Feed fire hydrants, attack fire hydrants and any fixed on-site pumpset(s) should provide
minimum pressures in accordance with the requirements of Section 2 of this Standard.
G4 FIRE HYDRANT COVERAGE
G4.1 Feed fire hydrant coverage
Where a street fire hydrant or fixed on-site feed fire hydrant
(a)
is located on the shoreline; and
(b)
has a hardstand area located within 20 m,
a maximum 60 m of fire hose may be attached to the fire brigade pumping appliance for the
purpose of providing fire hydrant coverage to the gangways of a marina.
Hose lay coverage needs to reach all areas of the gangways. For an example of feed fire
hydrant hose lay coverage, see Figure G1.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
136
6 0 m h o s e l ay m e a s u r e m e nt to r e a c h a ll p a r t s of th e
g a n g way. 10 m h o s e s p r ay p r ovi d e d to m o o r e d ve s s e l s
pumping appliance
0002
Maximum 60 m
Hard s t a n d
a r e a wi thi n
20 m
O n - s i te fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt o r s tr e e t f i r e hyd r a nt
p e r fo r m a n c e b a s e d o n f i r e r i s k a s s o c i ate d wi th
m a r i n a . Mi ni m u m 10 L /s r e q u i r e d
FIGURE G1 EXAMPLE OF FEED FIRE HYDRANT HOSE LAY COVERAGE
G4.2 Attack fire hydrant coverage

Where fire hydrant coverage cannot be provided as recommended in Paragraph G4.1, a fire
brigade booster assembly needs to be provided and located in accordance with the
requirements of Section 7 of this Standard.
Attack fire hydrant(s) providing fire hose coverage to the gangways of the marina are to
(a)
provide coverage to all parts of the marina using a maximum 30 m of hose;
(b)
be located at the entrance to each gangway; and
(c)
be progressively positioned along the gangway at intervals of not more than 30 m.
Hose coverage is to reach all areas of the gangways. See Figure G2.
In developing a fire hydrant system design, fire hose lay coverage should be provided
progressively along the gangway so that a fire hydrant will always be available as
firefighters advance.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
137
O n - s i te at t a c k f i r e hyd r a nt l o c ate d at th e h e a d of e a c h
g a n g way a n d p r o g r e s s ive l y a l o n g th e m a r i n a at i nte r va l s
of n ot m o r e th a n 3 0 m
pumping appliance
0002
Maximum 30 m
H
H
Hard s t a n d
a r e a wi thi n
20 m
3 0 m h o s e l ay m e a s u r e m e nt to r e a c h a ll p a r t s of th e
g a n g way. 10 m h o s e s p r ay p r ovi d e d to m o o r e d ve s s e l s
FIGURE G2 EXAMPLE OF ATTACK FIRE HYDRANT HOSE LAY COVERAGE
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
138
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX H
WATER SOURCES AND WATER SUPPLIES

(Informative)
H1 SCOPE
This Appendix provides guidance on the application of the design principles detailed in
Section 4.
H2 WATER SOURCES
H2.1 General
The intention of Clause 4.1.1 is to define those sources of water that are considered
acceptable for use in a fire hydrant system.
Water sources that are not listed or cannot readily be grouped into the list are not
considered suitable for use as a water source for a fire hydrant system. An example is a
public or private swimming pool.
H2.2 Adequacy of water sources
The intention of Clause 4.1.2 is to establish the parameters to be considered when
determining the suitability of a natural water source that is proposed to be used in a fire
hydrant system design.
The decision to introduce the requirement to provide evidence of the suitability for a
natural water source is to ensure that where a natural water source is proposed to be used in
a fire hydrant system, its ability to act as part of the primary water supply or to provide
inflow to the primary water supply are assessed and certified as appropriate for use. The
evidence of suitability can then be used as part of the certification required to verify
compliance of the fire hydrant system with the requirements of AS 2419.1.
H2.3 Water quality
The intention of Clause 4.1.3 is to clarify the requirements for water quality to ensure the
safety of attending fire brigade personnel and the long-term use of the fire hydrant system.
The need to ensure that the quality of water used in a fire hydrant system is fit for human
contact as detailed in Note 2 cannot be understated because at almost all fires during the
course of firefighting operations the attending firefighters will come in contact with the
water they are using.
Examples of water not suitable for use in a fire hydrant system include the following:
(a)
Treated process water (e.g. water used for boiler feed and condensate due to the
aggressive chemical treatment or process water).
(b)
Untreated rain water (i.e. all solids, such as leaves, not removed).
(c)
Grey and black water.
(d)
Artesian water (i.e. high salt concentrations).
(e)
Water from a dam, river or lake with high content of dissolved or suspended solids
(specific gravity greater than 1.0).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
139
H3 WATER SUPPLIES
H3.1 The primary water supply
The intention of Clause 4.2.2 is to clarify the water supplies that may be used as the
primary water supply for a fire hydrant system.
Figure H1 details the application of the primary water supply design principlein
particular it highlights that a fire hydrant system can be served by only one primary water
supply, and that the attending fire brigade pumping appliance(s) will connect to and draw
from the primary water supply the required firefighting flows for not less than 4 h.
Examples of this design principle include a town main capable of providing the required
firefighting flows or a full capacity on-site tank.
FIRE
BRIGADES
Prima r y
wate r
supply
002
of th e f i r e b r i g a d e
At t a c k f i r e hyd r a n t s
Pr i m a r y wate r s u p p l y
FIGURE H1 PRIMARY WATER SUPPLY
Figure H2 details the design principle where the primary water supply requires inflow from
another water supply to allow the attending fire brigade pumping appliance(s), when
connected the primary water supply, to draw the required firefighting flows for not less than
4 h. An example of this design principle would include a reduced capacity on-site tank with
inflow from a town main.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
140
Au to f ill va lve
E x te r n a l a n d i nte r n a l at t a c k
f i r e hyd r a n t s
of th e f i r e b r i g a d e
Tow n m a i n s e r ve s a s
p r i m a r y wate r s u p p l y
D e s i g n a te d b r e a k t a n k n ot
r e q u i r e d to b e p r ovi d e d w i t h f i r e
b r i g a d e s u c ti o n c o n n e c ti o n s
Boost inlets
FIGURE H2 PRIMARY WATER SUPPLY WITH INFLOW
A fundamental principle then in developing a fire hydrant system is to have a clear

understanding of the capacity and characteristics of the primary water supply and then to
provide connections that allow the attending fire brigade to connect to and draw from this
supply the required firefighting flows. Examples of the connections provided would include
feed fire hydrants, an H Pattern fire brigade booster assembly or a 150 mm large bore
suction connection.
H3.2 The primary water supply requirements
The intention of Clause 4.2.3 is to define the requirements the primary water supply is to
comply with. In this regard the primary water supply needs to
(a)
provide connections that allow the attending fire brigade to draw from the primary
water source;
(b)
be capable of providing the required flows for not less than 4 h;
(c)
be capable of providing for the required flows for all firefighting systems, excluding
fire hose reels if multiple firefighting systems draw from the primary water source
and supply; and
(d)
be capable of providing the required pressures with or without pumps.
In relation to Item (d), if the primary water source is capable of providing the required
unassisted pressures as detailed in Section 2, fixed on-site pump(s) may not be required to
be installed.
H3.3 On-site water storage tanks
H3.3.1 General
The information in this paragraph applies to Clause 4.2.5.1.
The intention of Clause 4.2.5.1 is to ensure that any on-site tank incorporated into a fire
hydrant system design, depending on role, has a capacity that facilitates fire brigade
intervention.
The requirement to arrange on-site water storage so that 50% of the required capacity is
always available is to ensure that the fire hydrant system is always available for use during
periods of essential maintenance. This requirement may be achieved through the
partitioning of a single tank or the provision of two tanks.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
141
H3.3.2 Full capacity tanks

The size of a full capacity tank is to be based upon the number of fire hydrants required to
flow in accordance with Tables 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5 for the largest fire compartment in the
building or on the site, at the required firefighting flow rate as detailed in Table 2.7 for a
duration of not less 4 h.
H3.3.3 Reduced capacity tanks
The size of a reduced capacity on-site tank is to be based upon the difference in flow rates
between the required firefighting flow rate drawn from the primary water source and the
flow rate available for infill.
The size of the reduced capacity tank and the infill flow rate are to provide for the number
of fire hydrants required to flow in accordance with Tables 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5 for the
largest fire compartment in the building, at the required firefighting flow rate detailed in
Table 2.7 for a duration of not less 4 h.
A reduced capacity tank serving as part of the primary water supply is to have a capacity of
not less than 24 000 L.
Figure H3 highlights the key design features of a fire hydrant system that incorporates a
reduced capacity tank.
Ad diti o n a l
wate r
supply
FIRE
BRIGADES
Pr i m a r y
wate r
supply
Ad diti o n a l
wate r
supply
002
Ad diti o n a l
wate r
supply
Pr i m a r y wate r s u p p l y
(r e d u c e d c a p a c i t y t a n k )
Fi xe d o n - s i te p u m p s
At t a c k f i r e
hyd r a n t s
Boost inlets
s u c ti o n c o n n e c t i o n
B a c k f l ow p r eve n t i o n
d evi c e
A d d i ti o n a l wate r s u p p l y
(tow n m a i n)
Hardstand
FIGURE H3 EXAMPLE REDUCED CAPACITY TANK INSTALLED AS PART OF THE

PRIMARY WATER SUPPLY
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
142
H3.3.4 Break tanks

The size of a break tank is to be based upon the number of fire hydrants required to flow in
accordance with Tables 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5 for the largest fire compartment in the building
or on the site, at the required firefighting flow rate as detailed in Table 2.7 for a duration of
not less 20 min.
Figure H4 highlights the key design features of a fire hydrant system that incorporates a
break tank which has been installed as a requirement of connection by the water agency that
owns and operates the reticulated water supply.
FIRE
BRIGADES
Pr i m a r y
wate r
supply
Supplementar y
wate r s u p p l y
002
W h e r e a b u il di n g h a s a n ef fe c tive h e i g ht g r e ate r th a n 50 m e tr e s;
a s u p p l e m e n t a r y wate r s u p p l y t a n k i n d e p e n d e nt of t h e r p i m a r y
wate r s u p p l y i s to b e p r ovi d e d.
FIGURE H4 EXAMPLE WATER AGENCY REQUIRED BREAK TANK
H3.4 Water supply pressure

H3.4.1 Reticulated water supply system (town main)
The intention of Clause 4.2.6.1 is to clarify the pressure available for design from a town
main.
Figure H5 depicts a typical pressure variation that may occur in a town main over the
course of a day due to the varying demands placed on the system by the systems users. The
95% line shown indicates the pressure that would be available for design in a fire hydrant
system. Methods of determining this value are detailed in Appendix I
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
143
Pr i va te wate r s o u r c e
Pr i va te wate r s u p p l y
D o m e s ti c wate r
supply pumps
(o pti o n a l )
D o m e s ti c s e r vi c e s
Fi r e p u m p s
(o pti o n a l )
I r r i g a ti o n
FIGURE H5 EXAMPLE PRESSURE AVAILABLE AT THE 95TH PERCENTILE
H3.4.2 Tanks
The intention of Clause 4.2.6.2 is to clarify the pressure available for design where an
on-site tank is installed within a fire hydrant system.
Figure H6 depicts the pressure available for design when a fixed on-site tank serves as part
of the primary water supply.
Base demand
Pr e s s u r e
9 5th p e rc e ntil e
Mi d d ay
FIGURE H6 EXAMPLE OF PRESSURE AVAILABLE FOR DESIGN
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
144
DRAFT ONLY
H3.5 Supplementary water supply

The intention of Clause 4.2.7 is to clarify when a supplementary water supply tank is
required to be installed in a fire hydrant system.
Where a building has an effective height greater than 50 m, a fixed on-site supplementary
water supply tank is to be installed. The size of the supplementary water supply tank is to
provide for the number of fire hydrants required to flow in accordance with Tables 2.2, 2.3,
2.4 or 2.5 for the largest fire compartment in the building, at the required firefighting flow
rate detailed in Table 2.9 for a duration of not less than 20 min.
Notwithstanding the information detailed above the size of the supplementary water supply
tank is to have a minimum capacity of not less than 24 000 L.
The provision of the supplementary water supply tank is considered to be an additional and
redundant water source required for buildings with an effective height greater than 50 m
therefore the capacity of the supplementary water supply cannot be considered as part of the
primary water supply.
Figure H7 details the design principle of the primary water supply and the supplementary
water supplies being independent of each other. An example of this design principle would
be where a multilevel building, having an effective height greater than 50 m, requires two
fire hydrants to flow. In this case the water supply provisions of Section 4 could be met by
a town main that provides 20 L/s at the feed fire hydrants of a fire brigade booster assembly
(i.e. primary water supply) and a 24 000 L supplementary water supply tank installed within
the building.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
145
Ef fe c tive
ti ve c a p a c i t y
Low wate r l eve l
Vo r tex p l a
ate
te
Pr e s s u r e ava il a b l e fo r d e s i g n
(a) S i d e e ntr y
Ef fe c tive
Low wate r l eve l
Vo r tex p l a
ate
te
Pr e s s u r e ava il a b l e fo r d e s i g n
( b) B ot to m e ntr y
FIGURE H7 SUPPLEMENTARY WATER SUPPLY
H4 CONNECTIONS TO WATER SOURCES AND SUPPLIES

H4.1 Connection to town mains
The information in this Paragraph applies to Clauses 4.3.1.1 and 4.3.1.2.
The intention of Clauses 4.3.1.1 and 4.3.1.2 is to clarify the connection requirements
applicable to a town main that serves as either a primary water supply or provides inflow to
a fixed on-site tank that forms part of the primary water supply.
Notwithstanding the information detailed in these clauses, each water agency in control of a
town main water supply system may have other specific requirements that are required to be
met apart from those detailed.
Figure H8 depicts a typical backflow prevention location complying with the requirements
of Clause 4.4.1.2. Where it is proposed to locate a backflow prevention device in a position
other than that detailed (e.g. within the fire brigade booster assembly) consultation with the
relevant water agency would be required.
All the pipework upstream of the backflow prevention device has to be suitable for contact
with drinking water.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
146
H p at te r n f i r e b r i g a d e
At t a c k f i r e hyd r a nt
Tow n m a i n
FIGURE H8 TYPICAL BACKFLOW PREVENTION LOCATION
H4.2 Connection to on-site private water supply

The intention of Clause 4.3.2 is to clarify the requirements for an on-site private water
supply system that is proposed to serve a fire hydrant system.
To be considered as a private water supply system suitable for supplying a fire hydrant
system and any number of other systems or services, the private water supply system under
the control and responsibility of the property owner should be fed from a water source of at
least twice the capacity of that required to meet the demands of all firefighting and other
services drawing from the supply. The suggestion that a private water source should have
such a capacity ensures that to some degree a private water supply system will have
capacity similar to that of a town main.
Figure H9 provides a schematic representation of a private water supply system.
R e g ul ate d wate r
s u p p l y o r o n - s i te
s to r a g e t a nks
W h o l e of s i te p u m p s
(o pti o n a l )
D o m e s ti c wate r s u p p l y
p u m p s (o pti o n a l )
To d o m e s ti c
s e r vi c e s
Ring main
Fi r ef i g hti n g p u m p s (o pti o n a l )
In d u s tr i a l /a g r i c ul tu r a l
p u m p s (o pti o n a l )
To i n d u s tr i a l /
a g r i c ul tu r a l
processes
To f i r e
hyd r a nt sys te m
FIGURE H9 EXAMPLE PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
147
H4.3 Connection to an on-site water storage tank

The intention of Clause 4.3.3 is to clarify the connection requirements applicable to a fixed
on-site tank that serves as the primary water supply.
In relation to Clause 4.3.3 Item (a), Figure H10 highlights the application of the design
principle detailed in this Clause. In particular, it highlights the application of the limiting
friction loss value of 20 kPa to the design.
O n - s i te s to r a g e t a nk
Ef fe c tive
Ground
Maximum head
l o s s 20 k Pa Fi r e b r i g a d e
s u c ti o n h o s e
Maximum
4 50 to 6 0 0 m m
FIRE
BRIGADES
002
Fi xe d l a r g e b o r e s u c ti o n c o n n e c ti o n
(s m a ll b o r e s u c ti o n c o n n e c ti o n s n ot s h ow n)
FIGURE H10 EXAMPLE OF FIRE BRIGADE SUCTION CONNECTION
In relation to Clause 4.3.3 Item (b), Figure H12 provides a diagrammatic representation of
the design principles detailed.
H4.4 River, lake, dam or seawater
The intention of Clause 4.3.4 is to clarify the connection requirements applicable to a river,
lake, dam or seawater that serves as the primary water source.
In relation to Clause 4.3.4, Figure H11 highlights the application of the design principle
detailed in this Clause and the application of the principles detailed in Clause 4.4.
Hydraulic loss and volume limit apply to the installed fixed pipe.
s u c ti o n h o s e s
FIRE
BRIGADES
002
Maximum
4 50 to 6 0 0 m m
Ground
3 m m a x.
ve r ti c a l
lif t
(s m a ll b o r e s u c ti o n c o n n e c ti o n s n ot s h ow n)
Low wate r m a r k
O p e n wate r s o u r c e
(e.g. r ive r, l a ke o r d a m)
Not e: Hyd r au l ic los s a nd volu me

l i m it ap pl ie s t o f i xe d pip e
FIGURE H11 EXAMPLE OF FIRE BRIGADE SUCTION LIFT FROM A NATURAL

WATER SOURCE
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
148
H5 FIXED SUCTION
The intention of Clause 4.4 is to clarify the fixed suction connection requirements for use
by a fire brigade pumping appliance.
In relation to Clause 4.4, Figure H12 highlights the application of the design principle
detailed.
Hydraulic loss and volume limit detailed apply to the installed fixed pipe.
(s m a ll b o r e s u c ti o n c o n n e c ti o n s
n ot s h ow n)
FIRE
BRIGADES
s u c ti o n h o s e d
002
4 50 to 6 0 0 m m
3 m m a x.
ve r ti c a l
lif t
Ground
B e l ow g r o u n d o n - s i te t a nk
Ef fe c ti ve c a p a c i t y
Not e: Hyd r au l ic los s a nd volu me

l i m it ap pl ie s t o f i xe d pip e
FIGURE H12 EXAMPLE FIRE BRIGADE SUCTION CONNECTION FOR AN ON-SITE

TANK LOCATED WHOLLY OR PARTIALLY BELOW GROUND
To draught from a static water supply such as a river, lake or dam, not provided with a large
bore suction connection, a metropolitan fire brigade will connect up to a maximum of three
lengths of 2.4 m hard suction hose to their pumping appliance. Upon operation of the onboard pump, air within the lengths of hard suction hose is either drawn or forced by
atmospheric pressure into the impeller of the pump and then expelled. When all the air has
been removed from these lengths of hose, the fire brigade pumping appliance is considered
to be primed and pumping operations can commence.
To draught from a fixed on-site tank located wholly or partially below ground, the attending
fire brigade pumping appliance will therefore be required to remove all of the air from any
fixed piping as stated above before it can commence draughting from this water source. Due
to the limitations of fire brigade pumping appliances in all instances, the hydraulic
parameters in Clause 4.4 are not to be exceeded. Further to this, as any air any leakage into
the fixed pipe length may jeopardize or compromize the fire brigades ability to draught
from the water source, it is recommended that the number of joints is minimized in the
fixed piping and that appropriate seals are used.
Although the hydraulic parameters detailed in Clause 4.4 are representative of a single
length of hard suction hose carried on a typical metropolitan fire brigade pumping
appliance, and as fire brigades across Australia use different sized hard suction hose and
have pumping appliances with differing capabilities, it is recommended that consultation be
undertaken with the attending fire brigade to determine the appropriateness of the design
solution where it is proposed to locate an on-site tank wholly or partially below ground.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
149
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX I
DETERMINATION OF WATER SYSTEM SUPPLY PRESSURE

(Informative)
I1 SCOPE
This Appendix sets out methods for determining residual pressures in a water source, such
as a reticulated water supply system, for use in the design of a fire hydrant system for a
property. Methods are appropriate particularly for reticulated water supply systems where
the water agency can supply only limited information on the system pressure performance
in water mains (town main system) serving the property.
I2 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS
Both the residual pressure and the available flow in a reticulated water supply system can
vary considerably, differing from that to be used as the source pressure in fire hydrant
system design. Similarly, pressure in tank-fed or seasonally variable supply systems can be
higher, at most times, than the pressure to be used for design. Therefore, it is important
when obtaining information to be used in fire hydrant system design to use appropriate
methods to determine results that are representative of the actual system pressure
performance in the locality.
For a town main system, the local water agency is usually in the best position to provide
system pressure and flow information by use of a computer model of the system or other
records of pressure performance, however, there are some circumstances where this
information may not be available or reliable. These circumstances may include where
models only include the principal mains, records only exist for a presently under-utilized
system or parts of the system have friction characteristics that may radically affect
calculations.
I3 SOURCE WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE
I3.1 Town mains
The residual pressure that is to be adopted for use in the fire hydrant system design should
be obtained by the most appropriate of the following methods (listed in descending order of
likely accuracy):
(a)
The local water agency determines the residual pressure from a calibrated, computerbased water supply system model. The pressure stated should be that which the water
agency considers can be met or exceeded 95% of the time.
(b)
The local water agency advises the residual pressure as a minimum pressure obtained
or calculated from its records (excluding the pressures on the 5% of days having the
lowest pressures or 5% of the pressures on the lowest pressure day, as appropriate),
adjusted for the effect of the required fire flow being simultaneously drawn.
(c)
The designer calculates the residual pressure from flow/pressure information,

provided by the local water agency, based on drawing the required fire flow rate
while the water supply system is subject to peak demands, adjusted using system
pressure information under 95th percentile demand conditions (with no fire flow).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
150
DRAFT ONLY
(d)
The designer determines the residual pressure using a combination of information on

the system performance, provided by the local water agency, and information
obtained by testing part(s) of the water supply system using a method approved by the
water agency. Recommended testing and calculation methods are given in
Paragraph I5.
(e)
The local water agency or the designer calculate the residual pressure using a manual
head loss calculation method. The system characteristics and flows used in the
calculation need to be representative of 95th percentile demand conditions.
NOTES:
1 The capability of the water supply system to provide nominated fire flow rates is, in some
cases, restricted due to pressure limits in the water mains network. A positive pressure has to
be ensured in all parts of the network. Additionally, the water supply agency might impose a
limit on the residual pressure at the point of connection at the main. This is typically a
pressure such as 150 kPa or 40 kPa, below which the water agency will not permit the
residual pressure in the water supply system to be drawn.
2 Residual pressure, from a water supply system, met or exceeded 95% of the time is water
pressure at a particular flow rate from the point of connection at a water supply system, which
the water supply agency determines will be available at least 95% of the time, based on
(a)
the lowest pressure calculated or measured as occurring in the remaining days of a year
excluding the results from the 5% of days having the lowest pressures; or
(b) the pressure exceeded 95% of the time on the day of the year having the lowest
residual pressure results.
3 The results of flow/pressure testing of parts of the water supply system, such as determination
of the head loss characteristics of a water main may be used in evaluating the performance
capability of the system.
4 Calculations referred to in Paragraph I.3.1(c) consist of adding the difference between the
no-fire flow pressures at peak demand and 95th percentile demand to the residual pressure
specified by the water agency for the fire flow occurring simultaneously with peak demands
on the water supply system. This provides an approximate result for the 95th percentile
residual pressure at the specified fire flow.
Calculations as described in Item (d) or Item (e) are most likely required where models or
records as per Item (a), Item (b) or Item (c) are not available or are unreliable.
I3.2 Tanks
The residual pressure, to be used in the design of the fire hydrant system, shall be that
resulting from the required fire flow rate being drawn from the tank with the water level at
the level of the bottom of a 4 h supply. The pressure is that available at the point of
connection of the outlet pipework at the tank.
I3.3 Seasonally affected water sources
Where the source of water is a river, lake, dam, bore or seawater, the residual pressure to be
used in design of the fire hydrant system should be determined considering the variation of
the source during the design life of the fire hydrant system. The water level used to
determine the residual pressure should be assessed as that reliably available, such as
average low tide or river level at the point of connection to the source.
I4 PRESSURES FOR MULTIPLE FIREFIGHTING SYSTEMS
Where an additional firefighting system, other than hose reels (e.g. wall-wetting sprinklers
and automatic fire sprinklers) is on-site and draws from the same water supply source as the
fire hydrant system or uses common pipework on the site, the system is required to be
designed to allow for operation of each installed system separately and also simultaneously,
under combined firefighting water demand.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
151
Clause 2.2.7 requires that the source pressure for use in design of each firefighting system
is determined based on simultaneous operation of the systems. Each system will have a
supply being drawn from a primary source and, in some cases, from a secondary source. It
is the likely combination of these supplies, being utilized simultaneously, that needs to be
assessed to determine the water source pressure(s).
The applicable calculated pressure is then used as the water supply base pressure for the
design of each of the firefighting systems and for any combined portions of the system(s).
In each case, the full required system flow is included in the design of the pipework.
I5 RECOMMENDED TESTING AND
RETICULATED SUPPLY SYSTEMS
CALCULATION
METHODS
FOR
I5.1 General
A combination of flow testing and calculation may be used to determine the pressure and
flow performance of a source water supply system in the vicinity of the property.
Where only a portion of the water system is included for calculation purposes (rather than
the complete network from a reservoir), a main needs to be selected as the starting point for
calculations. Where possible, the main should be close to the location of the property. The
pressure performance at this point should be obtained from a model that can be used to
determine residual pressures with the fire flow added to the base flow in the mains.
Where a computer model is not available, it is recommended that the capacity of the
selected main be at least 5 times the required fire flow rate, to ensure that calculations can
be performed with the fire flow having little effect on upstream head losses in the water
supply system. The designed maximum hour capacity of general distribution mains is
typically a flow that results in a head loss rate of 3 m/km for DN 200 and larger sizes, and
5 m/km for DN 100/DN 150. Therefore, the main at the calculation starting point should
preferably be at least DN 300 for 10 L/s, DN 375 for 20 L/s and DN 450 for 30 L/s or
40 L/s fire flow rates.
The residual pressure in the main at the selected calculation starting point may be
calculated (or measured with appropriate adjustment being made for the system operating
conditions at the time) to ensure adoption of a pressure available at least 95% of the time.
Either a flow test should be performed or calculations used to determine head losses
through the pipe network, from the selected main to the property. The objective is to
determine the pressure performance with the required fire flow rate added to not less than
two thirds of the maximum hour flow rate for each pipe. (With a two thirds flow reduction
factor, this approximately equates to the 95% availability flow rate for residential demands.
As required, a higher fraction should be adopted for industrial/commercial demands; it is
advisable to not apply a flow reduction factor to these demands). If necessary, testing may
be performed to determine the friction characteristics of parts of the water supply network
for use in calculations.
The residual pressure for the property at the point of connection at the main is the residual
pressure at the calculation starting point less head losses and adjustment for ground levels.
Suitable methods using these principles are outlined in Paragraphs I5.2 and I5.3.
NOTE: Pressures and head losses are shown in metres head. [1 m head is approximately 9.8 kPa
(say 10 kPa).]
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
152
I5.2 Flow measurement method

I5.2.1 Procedure
D N 375
DN 300
D N 250
Pr o p e r t y
S y s te m r e fe r e n c e p o i n t
D N 20 0
400 m
D N 150
400 m
Hyd A 4 0 m
80 m
Hyd B
FIGURE I1 EXAMPLE 1WATER AGENCY NETWORK
Based on the example given in Figure I1, the procedure consists of the following steps:
Step 1
Select a system reference point (SRP), in the water supply network that is included
in the water agencys model of its system.
Step 2
Obtain the residual pressures expected at this point under peak flow conditions
(including having flows up to the required fire flow added to the base peak flow in
the network). This will usually be the pressure that the water agency considers can
be maintained 95% of the time, adjusted to include the effect of the fire flow.
Step 3
Perform a flow test involving street hydrants in the vicinity of the property.
Varying discharges should be initiated at a hydrant(s) beyond the property service
location (at hydrant B in Figure I1) with residual pressures being measured at a
hydrant near the property service (at hydrant A in Figure I1). At the same time
measure the pressures at the SRP.
Step 4
Calculate the difference in the pressures at the SRP, provided by the water agency,
and the pressure measured during testing, for the appropriate fire flow rate near the
property.
Step 5
Subtract this pressure difference from the pressure measured near the property (at
hydrant A). The resulting pressure(s) may be taken as indicative of that available to
the property (at hydrant A) under fire flow conditions.
Step 6
For greater accuracy, the pressure(s) obtained may be adjusted as follows:

(a)
Consider the total head loss in the water main to the property service location
rather than only that to the pressure measurement point (hydrant A), and
adjusting for the difference in ground level.
(b)
Reduce the measured discharge rates (that are an indication of the fire flow
rate) by the amount the base flow in the local water main, at the time of
testing, is estimated to be below the expected flow under peak (usually 95%
availability) conditions.
NOTE: The water agency may apply a limit to the rate of discharge permitted during testing or
the minimum residual pressure to which the system may be drawn down.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
153
I5.2.2 Example 1
Based on the arrangement given in Figure I1, the calculations are given in Table I1.
TABLE I1
EXAMPLE 1CALCULATIONS
Step
Fire
flow
Pressure at
Pressure
Hyd. A
SRP
at SRP
Hyd. B
Difference
pressure
(calculated
(during
flow
at gauge
by water
test)
agency)
L/s
m head
37
m head
m head
L/s
m head
46
56.1
35.5
44.5
10
33
42.5
9.5
15
29
39
20
23.5
34.5
25
14
Ground
level
58 m
(AHD)
6(a)
Adjusted
residual
pressure at
Hyd. A
Flow
Pressure
rates
adjusted
adjusted
for
for low
location
baseflow
6
Combined
effect of
adjustments
m head
L/s
m head at L/s
47.1
47.3
(2)
46.3 at 0
53.1
44.1 at 5
44.2
42.5 at 5
10
49.1
39.6 at 10
39.6
37.1 at 10
10
15
42.3
32.3 at 15
32.0
13
28.7 at 15
11
20
34.6
23.6 at 20
23.0
18
18.8 at 20
Adjusted
for head
loss and
elevation
Adjusted
by
8.5 6.5
= 2 L/s
46 m
(AHD)
47 m
(AHD)
m head at L/s
6(b)
47 m (AHD)
46.7 m (AHD)
Assumptions in Table I1 example calculations:

(a)
Base flows estimated to be occurring during the test, in DN 200 = 10 L/s,

DN 150 = 6.5 L/s.
(b)
Flows at relevant
DN 150 = 13 L/s.
(c)
Therefore, 95% availability flows (two thirds of above) are DN 200 = 13.5 L/s,
DN 150 = 8.5 L/s.
(d)
Ground level slope is uniform between A and B.
head
loss
rate
of
or
5/1000 are
DN 200 = 20 L/s,
NOTE: Results that take into account the best available information, such as those from Step 6,
Paragraph I5.2.1 should be used in preference to results generated from basic testing and
adjustment (Step 5, Paragraph I5.2.1).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
154
I5.3 Head loss calculation method

I5.3.1 Procedure
D N 375
D N 250
S y s te m R e fe r e n c e Po i nt
DN 300
Pr o p e r t y
D N 20 0
400 m
D N 150
400 m
Hyd A
4 0 m 8 0 m Hyd B
FIGURE I2 EXAMPLE 2WATER AGENCY NETWORK
Based on the example given in Figure I2, the procedure consists of the following steps:
Step 1
Select a point in the water supply network at a water main large enough so that
addition of the required fire flow rate to the base flow rate in the main will have
little effect on upstream head losses.
Step 2
Obtain the residual pressure expected at this system reference point (SRP) under
peak flow conditions. This will be determined either by calculation or by
measurement (with appropriate adjustment being made for the system operating
conditions at the time). The usual condition adopted is that providing a pressure
that will be available 95% of the time.
Step 3
Determine the base (peak) flows in the mains between the SRP and the property
service location. For the 95% availability case, a flow rate of two thirds of the
maximum hour flow rate (for mains serving residential areas) and a higher fraction,
as required, for mains serving industrial/commercial areas should be adopted.
Step 4
Add the required fire flow rate to the base (peak) flow in each of the mains
between the SRP and the property.
Step 5
Calculate the head losses in the mains for the combined flows.
Step 6
Calculate the residual pressure at the property by subtracting the head losses from
the pressure at the SRP, and adjusting for the difference in ground level at the two
locations.
Step 7
For greater accuracy, the pressure(s) obtained may be adjusted as follows:

(a)
Measure the pressure at locations such as the SRP under known flow
conditions and adjusting the starting pressure (for calculation) or the base
flow head loss rate, as appropriate.
(b)
If necessary, perform a suitable test to determine the friction characteristics

of parts of the water supply network (particularly local water mains), for use
in the calculations.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
155
I5.3.2 Example 2
Based on the arrangement given in Figure I2, example calculations are given in Table I2.
TABLE I2
EXAMPLE 2CALCULATIONS
Step
Base
peak
flows
Base
flow plus
fire
flows
L/s
Mains
Fire
flow
L/s
Pressure at
SRP
(calculated
Length
by water
(m)
agency)
m head
7(b)
Head
loss
rates
Head loss
Residual
head at
property
(Higher
measured
friction in
DN 200/
DN 150)
Residual
head at
property
(adjusted)
L/s
m/km
m head
m head
loss rate/loss
m head
47
Fire flow rate = 5 L/s
DN 300
180
48.8
53.8
2.5
0.4
DN 250
450
29.6
34.6
2.6
1.2
DN 200
400
16.0
21.0
3.4
1.4
DN 150
440
10.4
15.4
7.3
3.2
7.4/3.0
46.1 at 5 L/s
16.9/7.4
40.3 at 5 L/s
Fire flow rate = 10 /s

DN 300
180
48.8
58.8
2.7
0.5
DN 250
450
29.6
39.6
3.3
1.5
DN 200
400
16.0
26.0
5.1
2.0
DN 150
440
10.4
20.4
12.5
5.5
11/4.4
42.8 at 10 L/s
27/11.9
34.0 at 10 L/s

DN 300
180
48.8
63.8
3.4
0.6
DN 250
450
29.6
44.6
4.4
2.0
DN 200
400
16.0
31.0
6.8
2.7
DN 150
440
10.4
25.4
19
8.4
14.5/5.8
38.6 at 15 L/s
42/18.5
25.4 at 5 L/s

DN 300
180
48.8
68.8
3.7
0.7
DN 250
450
29.6
49.6
5.1
2.3
DN 200
400
16.0
36.0
9.2
3.7
DN 150
440
10.4
30.4
Ground
level
26
11.4
19.8/7.9
34.2 at 20 L/s
52 m
(AHD)
56/24.6
46.7 m
(AHD)
16.8 at 20 L/s
46.7 m
(AHD)
Assumptions in Table I2 example calculations:

(a)
Flows at head loss rate of 3/1000 are DN 300 = 61 L/s, DN 250 = 37 L/s,
DN 200 = 20 L/s.
(b)
Flow at head loss rate of 5/1000 is: DN 150 = 13 L/s.
(c)
A flow reduction factor of 1 (i.e. no reduction) used for 95% availability for
industrial/commercial flows.
(d)
Flows for industrial/commercial assumed as 40% of total peak flow.
(e)
95% availability flows (two thirds of residential component and all of industrial/
commercial component of above flows) are DN 300 = 48.8 L/s, DN 250 = 29.6 L/s,
DN 200 = 16.0 L/s, DN 150 = 10.4 L/s.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
156
DRAFT ONLY
(f)
For Step 7(b), the friction factor in DN 200 and DN 150 mains, obtained from testing,
is 50% higher than the assumed friction factor for the initial calculation (Step 6).
(This example calculation has not made direct allowance for a possible reduced pipe
internal diameter. Allowance has been assumed to be included in the friction factor.)
(g)
Ground level slope is uniform between A and B.
NOTE: Results from adjusted calculations, which take into account the best available
information, such as those from Step 7, Paragraph I5.3.1, should be used in preference to results
generated from basic assumptions (Step 6, Paragraph I5.3.1).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
157
APPENDIX J
WATER STORAGE TANKS

(Informative)
J1 SCOPE
This Appendix provides guidance on the design principles detailed in Section 5.
J2 GENERAL
The intention of Clause 5.1 is to highlight the major design considerations regarding the
construction and capacity of an on-site water storage tank.
Figure J1 depicts many of these design considerations.
Ve nt
Te s t a n d p r e s s u r e r e l i e f va l ve r e tu r n
Ta nk r o of
O ve r f l ow
I n l e t va llve
Inl
ve
b ox
Ta nk
c o nte nt
i n d i c a to r
L i n e r a t t a c h m e nt
I n s p e c ti o n
In
ha
tc h
atc
Ta nk li n e r
Ladder and
p l a t fo r m
Te s t a n d PRV r e tu r n
1
2
To p u m p
Fi r e s e r vi c e
s u c ti o n p o i n t
Vo r tex i n hib i to r
S l u d g e a n d d r a i n p o i nt
I n l e t exc l u s i o n q u a d r a n t
Q ui c k o r
a u to m a t i c i n f l ow
M a ke - u p
FIGURE J1 TYPICAL FIRE WATER STORAGE TANK

SHOWING MAIN DESIGN FEATURESCYLINDRICAL TANK
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
158
DRAFT ONLY
J3 WATER STORAGE TANK ACCESSORIES

J3.1 Fire brigade suction connections
The information in this Paragraph applies to Clause 5.3.2, including Clauses 5.3.2.1
and 5.3.2.2.
The intention of Clause 5.3.2 is to clarify the fire brigade connection requirements for an
on-site water storage tank that serves as the primary water supply for the building or site.
Under the provisions of Clause 5.3.2, where a water storage tank serves as the primary
water supply for the building or site it is to be provided with connections that allow the
attending fire brigade(s) to connect to and draught from this supply. The fire brigade
connections required will depend on the type of fire brigade pumping appliance likely to be
used at the building or site.
Where the building or site is located in an area where a metropolitan fire brigade has
jurisdiction, a large bore suction connection of not less than DN 150 is required to be
provided.
Where the building or site is located in an area where a joint response involving both a
metropolitan brigade and a rural or country fire authority is to occur, the large and small
bore suctions connections are required to be provided.
Where the building or site is located in an area where a rural or country fire authority has
jurisdiction, it is recommended that consultation with the attending fire brigade be
undertaken as, in some instances, the rural or country fire authority will require a large bore
suction connection (DN 150), while in other circumstance the small bore suction
connections (DN 65) will suffice.
Figure J2 depicts some typical configurations of large and small bore suction connections.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
159
B a ll, g ate o r b u t te r f l y va lve

a n d l a r g e b o r e s u c ti o n
c o n n e c ti o n w i t h c a p a n d
chain
A l te r n a t i ve t a n k c o n n e c ti o n
To p u m p (s)
Boost inlets
B a ll, g ate o r b u t te r f l y
va lve a n d s m a ll b o r e
s u c ti o n c o n n e c t i o n
wi th c a p a n d c h a i n
S m a ll b o r e s u c ti o n
c o n n e c ti o n
L a r g e b o r e s u c ti o n
c o n n e c ti o n
(a) Pa r t p l a n

l a r g e b o r e h o s e c o n n e c ti o n
s m a ll b o r e h o s e c o n n e c ti o n
A l te r n a t i ve t a n k c o n n e c ti o n
L a r g e b o r e s u c ti o n
c o n n e c ti o n
S m a ll b o r e s u c ti o n
c o n n e c ti o n
Boost inlets
10 0 D N r i s e r
S u c ti o n p i p e
400
D N 150
150 x 250
c o n c e ntr i c r e d u c e r
4 50 6 0 0
Vo r tex p l a te
Hardstand
To sys te m
To p u m p
Support
( b) S e c ti o n a l e l evati o n
FIGURE J2 EXAMPLE OF FIRE BRIGADE SUCTION CONNECTIONS
In developing a fire hydrant system design where a water storage tank serves as the primary
water supply for the building or site, the hardstand and associated circulation areas
provided need to be appropriate for the type of fire brigade pumping appliance that is likely
to respond to the building or site. Of particular importance to the fire hydrant system
designer is whether the fire brigade pumping appliances that are to attend the building or
site have a rear or mid-mounted pump suction. Pumping appliances with a mid-mounted
pump suction will require a far greater area to manoeuvre than an appliance with a rearmounted pump suction. Hardstand areas also need to be sufficiently sized to allow fire
brigade personnel to circulate around the fire brigade, remove equipment and connect hose.
Figure J3 shows a rear-mounted fire brigade pumping appliance draughting from an on-site
water storage tank.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
Pu m p r o o m
DRAFT ONLY
160
B o o s te r i n l e t
L ay f l at d e live r y h o s e
Hardstand
area
O n - s i te
t a nk
0002
O n - s i te
t a nk
s u c ti o n h o s e s
a p p l i a n c e r e a r- p u m p
s u c ti o n s h ow n
Fi r e b r i g a d e s u c ti o n c o n n e c t i o n
Ca r r i a g e fo r
fire brigade
a p p li a n c e
FIGURE J3 EXAMPLE OF REAR-MOUNTED FIRE BRIGADE PUMPING APPLIANCE

DRAUGHTING FROM AN ON-SITE WATER STORAGE TANK
Under the provisions of Clause 5.3.2.2 where a water storage tank serves as the primary
water supply for the building or site, a single large bore suction connection will be required
for each 40 L/s demand or part thereof up to 80 L/s. The limitation detailed is directly
related to the number of fire hoses that a metropolitan fire brigade pumping appliance can
supply from its provided outlets (i.e. a maximum of four fire hoses may be connected to a
fire brigade pumping appliance, each capable of delivering not less than 10 L/s to the boost
inlet connections of the fire brigade booster assembly).
Figure J4 shows a typical rear-mounted pump configuration with a single large bore suction
connection, four feed hydrant inlet connections and four delivery outlets.
L ay f l at f i r e h o s e
D e live r y o u tl e t s
Fe e d i nl e t s
H a r d s u c ti o n c o n n e c ti o n
FIGURE J4 EXAMPLE OF REAR-MOUNTED FIRE BRIGADE PUMPING APPLIANCE

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
161
DRAFT ONLY
Where the demand for the system exceeds 80 L/s, it is recommended that the fire hydrant
system designer consult with the attending fire brigade as there are significant operational
implications for the fire brigade when the design flow exceeds 80 L/s (e.g. resource
availability).
An additional consideration for fire hydrant system designers, where multiple large bore
suction connections are proposed, will be the size of the hardstand area. In this regard, the
area needs to be large enough to allow
(a)
the fire brigade pumping appliances to manoeuvre into position;
(b)
the movement of fire brigade personnel around the appliances; and
(c)
the removal of equipment from the appliances.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
162
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX K
PUMPSETS
(Informative)
K1 GENERAL
This Appendix provides guidance on the application of the design principles of Section 6.
K2 WHEN A PUMPSET IS REQUIRED
The information in this Appendix applies to Clause 6.2.
The intention of Clause 6.2 is to clarify when a pumpset is required to be installed and the
type of pumpset required to be installed in a fire hydrant system.
In relation to the number of pumpsets and the type of pumpset, this will primarily be
determined by the fire hydrant system design, the building characteristics, and the features
of the water source and water supply provided. Consequently, a fire hydrant system may be
required to be provided with one or all of the pumps specified in Clause 6.2.
K3 PUMPSET DESIGN CRITERIA
K3.1 Fire hydrant pumpset(s)
The intention of Clause 6.3.1 is to clarify the performance characteristics of a fire hydrant
pumpset installed in a fire hydrant system.
Where a fire hydrant pump is required to be installed, under the provisions of Table 2.8, not
less than 700 kPa is required to be provided at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire
hydrant at a flow rate of not less than 5 L/s for each fire hydrant required to flow.
For example, a Class 6, 7 or 8 building with a fire compartment >500 m 2 and <5000 m2
requires two fire hydrants to flow simultaneously. In this instance, if a fire hydrant pumpset
is required, it has to be capable of providing 700 kPa at not less than 10 L/s.
K3.2 Relay pumpset(s)
The intention of Clause 6.3.2 is to clarify the performance characteristics of a relay
pumpset installed in a fire hydrant system.
Where a relay pump is required to be installed, under the provisions of Table 2.10, not less
than 700 kPa is required to be provided at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant
at a flow rate of not less than 10 L/s for each fire hydrant required to flow.
For example, a Class 5 building with a fire compartment >500 m2 and <5000 m2 requires
two fire hydrants to flow simultaneously. In this instance, if a relay pumpset is required, it
has to be capable of providing 700 kPa at not less than 20 L/s.
K3.3 Inflow water supply pumpset(s)
The intention of Clause 6.3.4 is to clarify the performance characteristics of a pumpset that
provides inflow into a reduced capacity tank that forms part of the primary water supply.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
163
Figures K1, K2 and K3 show the design principle detailed in Clause 6.3.4 relating to
automatic inflow water supply pumps. In the examples shown, the automatic inflow water
supply pumps provide infill to the primary water supply. The capacity of the primary water
supply will, in this instance, be dependent on the size and capacity of the automatic inflow
water supply pumps selected.
Pr i m a r y wate r
supply
Lowe s t k n ow n
wate r l eve l
Inf l ow wate r
supply pumps
To p r i m a r y
wate r s u p p l y
Reduced capacity tank
h av i n g a c a p a c i t y i n
accordance with the
r e q u i r e m e n t s of
Clau s e 4. 2. 5. 3.
Ad diti o n a l wate r
supply
(Drawing not to scale)
FIGURE K1 EXAMPLE OF CONDUIT OR PIPE FEED TO INFLOW

WATER SUPPLY PUMPS
Pr i m a r y wate r
supply
Inf l ow wate r
supply pumps
To p r i m a r y
wate r s u p p l y
Screens
Lowe s t k n ow n
wate r l eve l
supply

accordance with the
Clau s e 4. 2. 5. 3.
FIGURE K2 EXAMPLE OF OPEN-TOP CHANNEL FEED TO INFLOW

WATER SUPPLY PUMPS
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
164
DRAFT ONLY
Pr i m a r y wate r
supply
Inf l ow wate r
supply pumps
Lowe s t k n ow n
wate r l eve l
To p r i m a r y
wate r s u p p l y
supply

accordance with the
Clau s e 4. 2. 5. 3.
FIGURE K3 EXAMPLE OF WEIR FEED TO INFLOW WATER SUPPLY PUMPS
K4 FIRE HYDRANT PUMPSET(S)

K4.1 Fire hydrant pumpset(s)Two/more pumps
The intention of Clause 6.4.1 is to clarify the number of fire hydrant pumps to be installed
in a fire hydrant system, if required by the design.
Unless where permitted by Clause 6.4.2, not less than two fire hydrant pumpsets have to be
provided if the design requires their installation. The provision of two pumps is considered
to provide an appropriate level of redundancy to the fire hydrant system. This design
approach ensures that in circumstances where one of the fire hydrant pumps needs to be
taken offline for maintenance purposes or fails during fire brigade operations, the system is
still served by a fire hydrant pumpset.
K4.2 Fire hydrant pumpset(s)One pump
The intention of Clause 6.4.2 is to clarify the circumstances where a single fire hydrant
pumpset only is required to be installed in a fire hydrant system.
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 6.4.2, where a building has an effective height less than
25 m and the inlet side of the fire hydrant pumpset is connected directly to a reticulated
water supply, a single pump may be installed.
In relation to Item (b) of Clause 6.4.2, where the water supply (e.g. a town main) serving
the building or site has the capacity to act as the primary water supply, and as either a
condition of connection to the water supply or as part of the design to modulate water
supply pressure a break tank is installed in parallel with a fire brigade booster assembly
feed by the town main (i.e. the fire brigade booster assembly is located on a full capacity
bypass), one pumpset only is allowed to be installed.
The provision of one pump is an acknowledgement of the benefits a reticulated water
supply brings to fire brigade operations.
Figure K4 shows the circumstance where a break tank is installed in parallel with a fire
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
165
Au to f ill va lve
D e s i g n a te d b r e a k t a n k
S i n g l e f i r e hyd r a nt p u m p s e t
E x te r n a l a n d i nte r n a l at t a c k
f i r e hyd r a n t s
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt of
f i r e b r i g a d e b o o s te r
assembly
Tow n m a i n
Boost inlets
FIGURE K4 EXAMPLE OF FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY INSTALLED

ON A FULL CAPACITY BYPASS AROUND A BREAK TANK
K5 RELAY PUMPS CONFIGURATIONS

K5.1 Design option 1
The information in this Paragraph applies to Clause 6.5.2 Item (a).
The intention of Clause 6.5.2(a) is to ensure that where on-site relay pumps are installed
they provide for safe and effective firefighting on storeys and floors located above 50 m in
effective height.
Figure K5 shows the application of the design principles detailed in Clause 6.5.2(a).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
166
Fi r e hyd r a n t p u m p s e t(s)
Te s t f a c i l i t y
24 0 0 0 L s u p p l e m e n t a r y
wate r s u p p l y t a n k
Pr e s s u r e zo n e C
Pr e s s u r e r e d u c ti o n
s t a ti o n
S i n g l e o u tl e t (s i n g l e s t a g e)
r e l ay p u m p
Mi ni m u m 70 0 k Pa
Pr e s s u r e zo n e B
Pr e s s u r e zo n e l i m i t s
Mi ni m u m 1 20 0 k Pa
Pr e s s u r e zo n e A
Fi r e hyd r a nt
Tow n m a i nPr i m a r y wate r s u p p l y fo r t h e b u i l d i n g
L EG EN D
= R e l ay p u m p s e t
= Fi r e hyd r a nt p u m p s e t
FIGURE K5 EXAMPLE OF DESIGN OPTION 1FIRE HYDRANT PUMPS

FED BY SUPPLEMENTARY WATER SUPPLYSINGLE-OUTLET
SINGLE-STAGE RELAY PUMP CONFIGURATION
The features of design option 1 are as follows:

(a)
The 24 000 L supplementary water supply tank provides a limited and exhaustible
water supply to the two on-site fire hydrant pumps, while the series relay pumps are
fed from the town main (i.e. the primary supply) courtesy of the attending fire brigade
pumping appliance connecting to the fire brigade booster assembly.
(b)
The installation of the fire hydrant pumps allows the attending fire brigade to
commence firefighting operations while at the same time making preparations for the
connection and use of the fire brigade booster assembly and the installed relay pumps.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
167
DRAFT ONLY
(c)
The relay pumps are connected in series with each other and the fire brigade booster
assembly. In this regard, the pump configuration provides a level of redundancy in
that if one of the relay pumps should fail, the system is still capable of functioning
albeit at a reduced capacity.
(d)
A relay pump is provided for each pressure zone located above 50 m in effective
height. The requirement to locate the initial relay pump not more than 50 m above the
height of the hardstand area is to ensure that the design flows and required pressure
can be provided to the initial relay pump by the attending fire brigade pumping
appliance.
(e)
The relay pump configuration in conjunction with the fire brigade booster assembly
and fire brigade pumping appliance allows the attending fire brigade to provide the
design flows to the relevant fire compartment for a period of not less than 4 h.
(f)
The ring main configurations, isolation valves and bypass valves at each relay pump
provide two vertical water supply pathways up and throughout the building. These
provisions provide a level of redundancy to the design.

The information in this Paragraph applies to Clause 6.5.2 Item (b).
The intention of Clause 6.5.2(b) is to ensure that where on-site relay pumps are installed
effective height.
Figures K6 and K7 show the application of the design principles of Clause 6.5.2(b).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
168
24 0 0 0 L s u p p l e m e n t a r y
Pu m p s e t(s) s e r ve
p r e s s u r e zo n e B
Pu m p s e t(s) s e r ve
p r e s s u r e zo n e B
B r e a k t a nks s e r ve
p r e s s u r e zo n e A
E a c h p r e s s u r e zo n e
s e r ve d by t wo r i s e r s
Multi - o u tl e t (m ulti s t ag e)
r e l ay p u m p s
Pu m p by p a s s
Wate r s u p p l y p r ovi d e d to r e l ay p u m p s
L EG EN D
= R e l ay p u m p s e t

FED BY SUPPLEMENTARY WATER SUPPLYMULTI-OUTLET RELAY PUMP
CONFIGURATION SERVES EACH PRESSURE ZONE LOCATED ABOVE 50 m
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
169
24 0 0 0 L s u p p l e m e nt a r y
R i s e r s f r o m m u l ti - o u tl e t
(s i n g l e - s t a g e) p u m p s
R i s e r s f r o m m u l ti - o u tl e t
(s i n g l e - s t a g e) p u m p s
M i n i m u m 120 0 k Pa
M u l t i - o u t l e t (s i n g l e - s t a g e)
r e l ay p u m p s
Pu m p by p a s s
Wate r s u p p l y p r ovi d e d
L EG EN D
= Fi r e b r i g a d e r e l ay p u m p s e t

FED BY SUPPLEMENTARY WATER SUPPLYMULTI-OUTLET RELAY PUMP
CONFIGURATION SERVES THE UPPERMOST PRESSURE ZONE

(a)
The 24 000 L supplementary water supply tank provides a limited and exhaustible
water supply to the two on-site fire hydrant pumps while the relay pumps are feed
from the town main (i.e. the primary supply) courtesy of the attending fire brigade
pumping appliance connecting to the fire brigade booster assembly.
(b)
The installation of the fire hydrant pumps allows the attending fire brigade to
commence firefighting operations, while at the same time making preparations for the
connection and use of the fire brigade booster assembly and the installed relay pumps.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
170
DRAFT ONLY
(c)
The two relay pumps are connected in parallel with each other and in series with the
fire brigade booster assembly. This provision provides a level of redundancy to the
design.
(d)
The two relay pumps and associated pipe risers may be configured to supply the
uppermost pressure zone, each individual pressure zone or a combination of these,
depending on the height of the building.
(e)
The relay pump configuration in conjunction with the fire brigade booster assembly
and fire brigade pumping appliance allows the attending fire brigade to provide the
(f)
The separate pipe risers for each relay pump provide two vertical water supply
pathways up and throughout the building. This provision subsequently provides a
level of redundancy that is to some degree equivalent to that provided by design
option 1.

The information in this Paragraph applies to Clause 6.5.2 Item (c).
The intention of Clause 6.5.2(c) is to ensure that where on-site relay pumps are installed
effective height.
Figures K8 and K9 show the application of the design principles of Clause 6.5.2(c).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
171
DRAFT ONLY
r e l ay p u m p s
Pu m p by p a s s
Reduced capacity
o n - s i te t a n k p r ovi d e s
4 h s u p p l y to f i r e
hyd r a n t p u m p s
L EG EN D

FED BY A PRIMARY WATER SUPPLYMULTI-OUTLET RELAY PUMP
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
172
DRAFT ONLY
Pr e s s u r e zo n e s e r ve d
by t wo r i s e r s
r e l ay p u m p s
Pu m p by p a s s
Reduced capacity
o n - s i te t a n k p r ovi d e s
4 h s u p p l y to f i r e
hyd r a n t p u m p s
L EG EN D


(a)
The on-site tank provides a water supply of not less than 4 h to the two on-site fire
hydrant pumps.
(b)
Each fire hydrant pumpset is capable of providing not less than 5 L/s for each fire
hydrant outlet required to flow.
(c)
The relay pump is capable of providing not less than 10 L/s for each fire hydrant
outlet required to flow.
(d)
The relay pump is connected in series with the fire brigade booster assembly.
(e)
The relay pump and associated pipe risers may be configured to supply the uppermost
pressure zone, each individual pressure zone or a combination of these, depending on
the height of the building.
(f)
The relay pump configuration, in conjunction with the fire brigade booster assembly
and fire brigade pumping appliance, allows the attending fire brigade to provide the
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(g)
173
DRAFT ONLY
The separate pipe risers to the relay pump and the fire hydrant pumps provide two
vertical water supply pathways up and throughout the building. This provision
subsequently provides an appropriate level of redundancy that is to some degree
equivalent to that provided by design option 1.
In summary, as the water supply allows for the fire hydrant pumps to operate for not less
than 4 h, if required, and the on-site fire hydrant pumps provide 5 L/s for each fire hydrant
required to flow, only one relay pump is required to be installed. The provided concession
acknowledges that, should the relay pump fail during firefighting operations, the fire
hydrant pumps, although of a reduced flow, provide a level of redundancy to the design.
The information in this Paragraph applies to Clause 6.5.2 Item (d).
The intention of Clause 6.5.2(d) is to ensure that where on-site relay pumps are installed
effective height.
Figures K10 and K11 show the application of the design principles of Clause 6.5.2(d).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
174
Multi-outlet
(m ul ti s t a g e) f i r e
hyd r a n t p u m p s s e r ve
also as fire brigade
r e l ay p u m p s
O n - s i te t a nk wi th i nf ill f r o m tow n m a i n

L EG EN D
= Fi r e hyd r a n t /r e l ay p u m p s e t

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
175
s e r ve d by t wo ve r ti c a l
wate r s u p p l y p a t hway s
Multi-outlet
(m ul ti - s t a g e) f i r e
hyd r a n t p u m p s s e r ve
also as fire brigade
r e l ay p u m p s
O n - s i te t a nk wi th i nf ill f r o m tow n m a i n

L EG EN D
= Fi r e hyd r a n t /r e l ay p u m p s e t


(a)
The on-site tank provides a water supply of not less than 4 h to the two on-site fire
hydrant pumps.
(b)
The multistage multi-outlet fire hydrant/relay pump is capable of providing not less
than 10 L/s for each fire hydrant outlet required to flow.
(c)
The multistage multi-outlet fire hydrant/relay pump is connected in series with the
fire brigade booster assembly.
(d)
The multistage multi-outlet relay pump and associated pipe risers may be configured
to supply the uppermost pressure zone, each individual pressure zone or a
combination of these, depending on the height of the building.
(e)
The multistage multi-outlet fire hydrant/relay pump configuration, in conjunction

with the fire brigade booster assembly and fire brigade pumping appliance, allows the
attending fire brigade to provide the design flows to the relevant fire compartment for
a period of not less than 4 h.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(f)
DRAFT ONLY
176
The separate pipe risers to the multistage multi-outlet fire hydrant/relay pump provide
two vertical water supply pathways up and throughout the building. This provision
subsequently provides a level of redundancy that is to some degree equivalent to that
provided by design option 1.
In summary, as the water supply allows for the fire hydrant pumps to operate for not less
than 4 h, if required, and the on-site fire hydrant pumps provide 10 L/s for each fire hydrant
required to flow, the fire hydrant pumps may also serve as the relay pumps for the building.
The concession acknowledges that as all on-site pumps are designed to provide 10 L/s for
each fire hydrant outlet required to flow they are capable of providing initial firefighting
flows and act as a relay pump if required. This provision provides a level of redundancy to
the design.
K6 FIXED ON-SITE PUMPS IN PARALLEL WITH THE FIRE BRIGADE
BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
The intention of Clause 6.7 is to clarify the installation requirements for on-site pumps that
are installed in parallel with a fire brigade booster assembly.
Figure K12 shows the application of the design principles of Clause 6.7. In particular, it
highlights
(a)
that the suction side of the fixed on-site pump connects directly to the fire hydrant
pipework supplying the feed fire hydrants of the fire brigade booster assembly; and
(b)
that the discharge side of the fixed on-site pumpset connects directly to fire hydrant
system pipework at a point downstream of the boost inlet connections.
Ful l f l ow by p a s s va l ve
Fi r e hyd r a n t p u m p
Tow n m a i n
FIGURE K12 EXAMPLE OF FIRE HYDRANT PUMP IN PARALLEL

WITH FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
Where possible, when an on-site pump is required to be installed, it should be connected in

parallel with the fire brigade booster assembly, as this configuration provides the attending
fire brigade with the most operationally simple design to use. In this regard, the installation
of the on-site pump in parallel with the fire brigade booster assembly to some degree
eliminates the need to coordinate the boosting of the fire hydrant system by the attending
fire brigade and the isolation of the fixed on-site pump. This ensures that an attack fire
hydrant will not unintentionally be provided with unacceptably high pressures as a
consequence of the fire brigade boosting the fire hydrant system, which adds to the pressure
already provided by the on-site pump.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
177
K7 FIXED ON-SITE PUMPS IN SERIES WITH THE FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER

ASSEMBLY
The intention of Clause 6.8 is to clarify the installation requirements for on-site pumps that
are installed in series with a fire brigade booster assembly.
Figure K13 shows the application of the design principles of Clause 6.8.
Tow n m a i n
Fi r e hyd r a n t p u m p s e t
Ful l f l ow by p a s s va l ve
FIGURE K13 EXAMPLE OF FIRE HYDRANT PUMP IN SERIES

WITH FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
Where a fire hydrant pump or relay pump is installed in series with a fire brigade booster
assembly to ensure that an attack fire hydrant is not unintentionally provided with
unacceptably high pressures that may compromise firefighter safety, a pressure gauge is
required to be provided at the fire brigade booster assembly. The provision of the pressure
gauge allows the firefighter responsible for boosting the fire hydrant system to adjust the
pressure from the fire brigade pumping appliance so that 700 kPa is provided at the most
hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
178
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX L
FACILITIES FOR TESTING ON-SITE FIRE HYDRANT PUMPS

(Informative)
L1 GENERAL
This Appendix provides general guidance on the provisions required for the testing of fixed
on-site fire hydrant pumps.
L2 FACILITIES FOR TESTING
To reduce the applied pressure to each pressure sensor, appropriate facilities should be
provided to simulate the condition of automatic starting at the required pressure.
A separate hydraulic circuit should be provided to each starting device. The separate
hydraulic circuit may take the form of a drain valve on the hydraulic connection to the
pump-start pressure switch with the provision of suitable permanent drainage facilities.
To enable the cut-in pressure to be judged accurately, the drain valve should be fitted with
an orifice plate to reduce the rate of pressure drop.
To facilitate testing and servicing
(a)
each on-site fire pump is permanently connected to a water supply;
(b)
an isolating valve is fitted on the hydraulic connection;
(c)
a bypass and non-return valve, allowing flow towards the main, are provided to
ensure pump starting is not disabled if the isolating valve is advertently left closed;
and
(d)
a pressure gauge, to indicate the pressure at which the pump starts, is located between
the isolating and drain valves so that it can be read during the pump starting test.
NOTE: For additional information, see AS 2941.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
179
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX M
FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY

(Informative)
M1 SCOPE
This Appendix provides guidance on the design principles of Section 7.
M2 GENERAL
The intention of Clause 7.1 is to introduce some of the general design considerations
applicable to a fire brigade booster assembly.
The requirement to locate a fire brigade booster assembly in a cabinet is to protect the
equipment from the weather and vandalism. Where the fire hydrant booster needs
protection, a cabinet with the appropriate fire resistance level is considered to be an
appropriate design solution.
M3 WHEN A FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY IS REQUIRED
The intention of Clause 7.2 is to clarify when a fire brigade booster assembly is required to
be installed.
In this regard, each of the circumstances detailed is considered to represent a scenario
where the inclusion of a fire brigade booster assembly in a fire hydrant system will increase
the effectiveness of the attending fire brigade, and enhance the safety of fire brigade
personnel and building occupants.
Notwithstanding this information where limited fire brigade resources are available (e.g. in
regional and country areas), consideration should be given to the installation of a fire
brigade booster assembly in circumstances other than those detailed in Clause 7.2(a) to (g).
For example, where a rural or country community is protected by a single fire brigade
pumping appliance a fire brigade booster assembly should be considered to be installed
when less than six external on-site fire hydrants are installed.
M4 LOCATION
M4.1 Position
The intention of Clause 7.3.1 is to clarify the positions that a fire brigade booster assembly
may be located.
In relation to Clause 7.3.1 Item (a) the requirement to view the fire brigade booster
assembly upon approach to the building ensures that no delay in fire brigade intervention
will occur. Where multiple vehicular or pedestrian approaches, or both, are available, the
fire brigade booster assembly should be located as near as practicable to the main
pedestrian entrance to the building. This design approach will subsequently ensure that
irrespective of the approach taken by the attending fire brigade or fire service they will be
able to readily identify the location of the fire brigade booster assembly as they approach
the main pedestrian entrance to the building.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
180
Under the provisions of Clause 7.3.1 Item (b) the fire hydrant designer is provided with
three possible design options, these being
(a)
within or affixed to the facade of the building;
(b)
remote from the building adjacent to the property boundary; and
(c)
remote from the building but not more than 20 m from the facade of the building that
contains the main pedestrian entrance.
In relation to Items (b) and (c), when located remotely from the building the fire brigade
booster assembly shall also be able to be viewed from the main pedestrian entrance to the
building.
In relation to the concept of the principle vehicular access point to the building this is
considered to be vehicular access point that the attending fire brigade appliance would use
to enter the site in making their way to the main pedestrian entrance to the building.
Notwithstanding the information detailed above wherever possible the fire brigade booster
assembly should be located remotely from the building so that it is to some degree removed
from the risk. Where site characteristics permit the fire brigade booster assembly should be
located in a position that is outside the collapse zone of the building. For example, if a large
isolated building has a facade that is 8 m in height, the fire brigade booster assembly should
be located not less than 1.5 times this height from the building (i.e. 12 m).
Table M1 summarizes the provisions of Clause 7.3.1.
TABLE M1
DESIGN OPTIONSPOSITIONING OF FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
Design
option
Clause 7.3.1(a)
Clause 7.3.1(b)(i)
Clause 7.3.1(b)(ii)
Able to be viewed
upon approach
Within or affixed to the facade of

the building containing the main
pedestrian entrance of the building
Able to be viewed
upon approach
Within sight of the main pedestrian

entrance of the building and remote
from the building, adjacent to the
property boundary and principal
vehicle access to the building or site
Able to be viewed
upon approach
Within sight of the main pedestrian

entrance of the building and remote
from the building, but not more than
20 m from the facade of the building
containing the main pedestrian access
M4.2 External alarm indication

The intention of Clause 7.3.3 is to clarify when the location of a fire brigade booster
assembly is required to be identified by a red strobe light.
The requirement to identify the location of the fire brigade booster assembly with a red
strobe light is to ensure that the location of the fire brigade booster assembly will be readily
identified by the attending fire brigade crews as they approach the main pedestrian entrance
to the building.
M4.3 Accessibility, clearance and protection
The information detailed here relates to Clause 7.3.3.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
181
DRAFT ONLY
The intention of Clause 7.3.3 is to ensure the fire brigade booster assembly is located in a
position remote from risk, and is provided with sufficient clearance and accessibility to
allow attending fire brigade personnel to access and use the booster.
In relation to Items (a) to (f) of Clause 7.3.3, these items detail the minimum access
provisions to be provided and the typical risks associated with a building from which a fire
brigade booster assembly should be separated from or protected from. Notwithstanding this
information where a building or site is characterized by a risk not detailed in the prescribed
list, a designer should endeavour to locate the fire brigade booster assembly as remotely as
possible from this risk or protect it in accordance with the requirements of Clause 7.6.
M4.4 Multiple buildings located on a site
In relation to Clause 7.3.4, where multiple buildings are located on a site, the fire hydrant
system designer is provided with two possible design solutions. These are as follows:
(a)
To locate multiple fire brigade boosters throughout the site where required.
or
(b)
To locate a single fire brigade booster adjacent to the principal vehicular access point
for the site that the attending fire brigade would use in making their way to the main
pedestrian entrance to the building.
In developing a fire hydrant system design the nature of the buildings on the site and the
activities undertaken need to be considered. For example, at a large hazardous materials
complex where a major conflagration is a possibility, a single or a number of fire brigade
booster assemblies located at the main entrance to the site would most likely be the most
appropriate design solution. This location would in most instances appropriately separate
the fire brigade booster assembly or assemblies from the risk associated with the site.
On the other hand, at a large hospital site with multiple buildings all carrying significant
life risk, a fire brigade booster assembly at each of the hospital buildings, required by
Clause 7.2 to have a booster assembly, would most likely be the most appropriate design
solution. Other developments considered appropriate to this design approach would include
university campuses or residential precincts.
Notwithstanding this information where multiple buildings are located on a single site, it is
recommended that consultation with the attending fire brigade be undertaken to determine
the design solution most appropriate for the fire brigade and the resources it has available.
M5 FIRE HYDRANT BOOSTER DESIGN AND ARRANGEMENT
M5.1 General
The intention of Clause 7.5.1 is to specify the design requirements that apply to all of the
fire brigade booster assembly configurations.
The requirements are intended to ensure that when a fire brigade connects to and operates a
fire brigade booster assembly it can be undertaken safely and efficiently.
M5.2 H pattern fire brigade booster assemblies
The intention of Clause 7.5.3 is to clarify the design requirements for an H pattern fire
Figure M12 depicts an H pattern fire brigade booster assembly that complies with the
general requirements of Clause 7.5.1, Clause 7.5.2 and the specific requirements of
Clause 7.5.3 that apply to an H pattern fire brigade booster assembly.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
182
Fi r e hyd r a nt va lve c o m p l y i n g
with AS 2419. 2
N oti c e of te s t a n d wo r k i n g / b o o s t p r e s s u r e
10 0 m m c l e a r a n c e
m e a s u r e m e nt to b e
made with hand
w h e e l f u l l y wo u n d o u t
B o o s te r i n l e t s c o m p l y i n g
with AS 2419. 3

100
Hazard Road
100
Of fice
450 min.
Street
hydrant
225 min.
100 min.
150
100
Factor y
Booster
D N 150
100
150
200
Entr y
Fire safety street

200
NOTES
LEGEND
36m fire hose reel
above booster
4.5m
2. Flow test at
booster)
D N 150
100 min.
1 20 0 m a x.
Non-return valve
750 m i n.

Block plan of site
B l o c k p l a n of
b u i l d i n g o r s i te
Fl ow di r e c ti o n
a r r ow
Out s i d e s c r ew
a n d yo ke i s o l ati n g
o r a p p r ove d
b u t te r f l y va l ve
Thrust
block
Full f l ow
n o n - r e tu r n
va lve
O u t s i d e s c r ew a n d
yo ke i s o l ati n g o r
a p p r ove d b u t te r f l y
va lve w h e r e h e a d of
wate r exc e e d s
5 0 k Pa
(a)
FIGURE M1 (in part) EXAMPLE OF H PATTERN FIRE BRIGADE

BOOSTER ASSEMBLIES
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
183
Fi r e hyd r a nt va lve
AS 2419. 2
N oti c e of te s t a n d
wo r k i n g / b o o s t
pressure
4 50
m i n.
with AS 2419. 3
50 0 0
m a x.
4 50
m i n.
Pr e s s u r e
gauge
4 50
m i n.
225
m i n.
120 0
m a x.
750
m i n.
Supports
indication in
AS 13 4 5
O u t s i d e s c r ew
a n d yo ke
i s o l ati n g o r
a p p r ove d
Full f l ow
n o n - r e tu r n
va lve
O u t s i d e s c r ew a n d yo ke
i s o l ati n g o r a p p r ove d
b u t te r f l y va lve l o c ate d
i m m e d i a te l y d ow n s t r e a m
of th e b o o s t i nl e t s
Thrust
block
(b)
FIGURE M1 (in part) EXAMPLE OF H PATTERN FIRE BRIGADE

BOOSTER ASSEMBLIES
M5.3 In-line fire brigade booster assemblies

The information in this Appendix applies to Clause 7.5.4.
The intention of Clause 7.5.4 is to clarify the design requirements for an in-line fire
Figure M2 depicts an in-line fire brigade booster assembly that complies with the general
requirements of Clause 7.5.1, Clause 7.5.2 and the requirements of Clause 7.5.3 that apply
to an in-line fire brigade booster assembly.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
184
50 0 0 m a x.
Fi r e hyd r a nt va lve s
AS 2419. 2
Full -f l ow n o n - r e tu r n va lve
B o o s te r i n l e t s c o m p l y i n g w i t h
AS 2419. 3
wo r k i n g / b o o s t p r e s s u r e
4 50 m i n.
D N 10 0
Drain cock
D N 10 0
b u t te r f l y va lve l o c ate d
i m m e d i a te l y d ow n s t r e a m
of b o o s t i n l e t s
Fl ow di r e c ti o n a r r ow
Thrust block
C o n c r e te p l i n t h
FIGURE M2 EXAMPLE OF IN-LINE FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
M5.4 I pattern fire brigade booster assemblies

The intention of Clause 7.5.5 is to specify the design requirements for an I pattern fire
Figure M3 depicts an I pattern fire brigade booster assembly that complies with the
Clause 7.5.5 that apply to an I pattern fire brigade booster assembly.
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 7.5.5, the limiting of an I pattern fire brigade booster
assembly to locations within or affixed to the external wall of the building ensures that
where a fire brigade booster assembly is to be installed remote from the external wall of a
building, the preferred design option of either an H pattern or in-line fire brigade booster
assembly is used.
As the I pattern fire brigade booster assembly has been developed for situations where
space is limited in the facade of the building, in circumstances where the building design
allows for the use of a H pattern fire brigade booster assembly or tank model fire
brigade booster assembly, designers are encouraged to incorporate either of these
configurations within the fire hydrant design.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
185
270 m i n.
225 min.
O u t s i d e s c r ew a n d yo ke i s o l ati n g o r
a p p r ove d b u t te r f l y va lve l o c ate d
i m m e d i a te l y d ow n s t r e a m of b o o s t i n l e t s
Block plan
with AS 2419. 3
100
Hazard Road
100
Of fice
Street
hydrant
150
100
Factor y
Ful l f l ow n o n - r e tu r n va l ve
Booster
100
150
200
Entr y
Fire safety street

200
b u t te r f l y
10 0 m i n.
NOTES
LEGEND
36m fire hose reel
above booster
4.5m
2. Flow test at
booster)
50 0
m i n.
Non-return valve
10 0 m i n.
Block plan of site
D N 10 0
1 20 0.
max
Fi r e hyd r a nt va lve s c o m p l y i n g 6 50
with AS 2419. 2
m i n.
wo r k i n g / b o o s t p r e s s u r e
Thrust block
M3 EXAMPLE OF IN-LINE FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
M5.5 Tank model fire brigade booster assemblies

The intention of Clause 7.5.6 is to specify the design requirements for a tank model fire
Figure M4 details a tank model fire brigade booster assembly that complies with the
Clause 7.5.6 that apply to a tank model fire brigade booster assembly.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
186
Fi r e hyd r a nt va lve s
c o m p l y i n g wi th AS 2419. 2
10 0 c l e a r a n c e
m e a s u r e m e nt to b e
made with hand
w h e e l f u l l y wo u n d o u t
50 0 0 m a x.
Block plan
i s o l ati n g o r a p p r ove d b u t te r f l y
va lve l o c ate d i m m e di ate l y
d ow n s t r e a m of b o o s t i n l e t
with AS 2419. 3

100
Hazard Road
100
Of fice
Street
hydrant
150
100
Factor y
Booster
100
150
200
Entr y
Fire safety street

200
100 min.
4 50 m i n.
NOTES
LEGEND
36m fire hose reel
above booster
4.5m
2. Flow test at
booster)
Non-return valve
1 20 0
m a x.
Block plan of site
D N 150
750
m i n.
Thrust block
FIGURE M4 EXAMPLE OF TANK MODEL FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
M5.6 Tank suction fire brigade booster assemblies

The intention of Clause 7.5.7 is to specify the design requirements for a tank suction fire
Figure M5 depicts a tank suction fire brigade booster assembly that complies with the
applicable general requirements of Clause 7.5.1, Clause 7.5.2 and the specific requirements
of Clause 7.5.7 that apply to a tank suction fire brigade booster assembly.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
187

s e r vi n g a s th e p r i m a r y
wate r s u p p l y fo r t h e s i te
AS 2419. 3
I s o l a ti o n va l ve
750 m i n.
Hardstand area
4 50 m m / 6 0 0 m m m a x.
Wate r s u p p l y
Thrust block
Fi r e b r i g a d e s u c ti o n c o n n e c t i o n s
FIGURE M5 EXAMPLE OF TANK SUCTION FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
M6 PROTECTION OF FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLIES

M6.1 General
The intention of Clause 7.6.1 is to specify the level of protection required to be provided to
a fire brigade booster assembly.
In relation to Item (a) of Clause 7.6.1, where a fire brigade booster assembly is within or
affixed to the external wall of a building, the protection provided to the booster assembly
may be provided by the intrinsic characteristics of the building or by the provision of a
freestanding wall that has the required FRL and dimensions. See Figure M6 below.
In relation to Items (b) and (c) of Clause 7.6.1, where a fire brigade booster assembly is
located with 10 m from the external wall of the building, the requirement to provide a free
standing wall immediately behind the fire brigade booster and having the FRL and
dimensions detailed is to ensure that both the fire brigade booster assembly and attending
fire brigade personnel are appropriately protected from the effects of radiant heat, among
other things (see Figure M6).
In relation to Items (a), (b) and (c) of Clause 7.6.1, the fire brigade booster assembly
cabinet may provide part or all of the physical protection required.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
188
>3.5 m <10 m
B u i l d i n g p l a n v i ew
FR L < 9 0/9 0/9 0
B3
O p e ni n g i n ex te r n a l wa ll
FR L 9 0/9 0/9 0
< 3. 5 m
B2
O p e ni n g i n
ex te r n a l wa ll
R a d i a nt h e a t
FR L 9 0/9 0/9 0
Fire bridge
booster
B1
Protection required
B1
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is located within or affixed to the

facade of the building, a construction having an FRL of 90/90/90 is to be
provided for a distance of not less than 2 m either side of the booster and
3 m above the ground
B2
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is located within 3.5 m of the facade
of the building, a construction having an FRL of 90/90/90 is to be provided
for a distance of not less than 2 m either side of the booster and 3 m above
the ground. The construction is to be freestanding and located between the
building and the fire brigade booster assembly
B3
Where a fire brigade booster assembly is located more than 3.5 m and less
than 10 m from the building, a construction having an FRL of 90/90/90 is to
be provided for a distance of not less than 21 either side of the booster and
2 m above the ground. A fire brigade booster cabinet of this construction
and dimensions may be used to provide the required protection
FIGURE M6 EXAMPLE OF PROTECTION OF FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLIES
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
189
M6.2 Non-sprinkler-protected buildings

The intention of Clause 7.6.2 is to specify the level of protection required to be provided to
a fire brigade booster assembly.
For a non-sprinkler protected building, the provisions of Clause 7.6.1 need not be applied if
all of the requirements detailed in Clause 7.6.2 are adopted and applied.
In relation to the normative provisions required to be met, the establishment of a fire
compartment that is bound by fire walls and does not exceed 500 m 2 is aimed at limiting the
size of fire that may occur immediately adjacent to the fire brigade booster assembly. The
requirement to protect any opening in the facade of this fire compartment is to limit the
effects of radiant heat if a fire was to occur within the fire compartment.
Limiting of the fire compartment size to 500 m 2 is also seen as a means of increasing the
effectiveness of the fire safety measures used to protect the openings within this fire
compartment (e.g. wall-wetting sprinklers).
Architects, builders and fire hydrant system designers considering using this approach as
part of a design solution are encouraged to make the fire compartment protecting the fire
brigade booster assembly as small as possible and also implementing management in use
policies that limit the fuel load within this fire compartment.
Figure M7 depicts the application of the design principles detailed in Clause 7.6.2. In
particular, it highlights that the fire compartment established is bounded by fire walls
constructed in accordance with the requirements of the NCC.
The primary purpose of this concession is to provide a design solution for a non-sprinkler
protected building where facade space is limited, such as a small mixed development
incorporating ground floor retail space and a number of levels of class 2 residential
occupancies above. In this circumstance the design team can elect to use fire walls having
an FRL or not less than 90/90/90 to bound a retail outlet and then locate the fire brigade
booster assembly in the most appropriate location within this facade of this outlet.
PR EMI S ES ( PL A N V IE W )
Inte r n a l wa ll s of th e
f i r e c o m p a r tm e nt h ave
to c o m p l y w i t h t h e
BCA fo r a f i r e wa ll.
E x te r n a l wa ll of th e f i r e
c o m p a r tm e nt h a s to h ave a n
FR L of n ot l e s s th a n /6 0/6 0
Fi r e
compartment
< 50 0 m 2
2m
Fi r e b r i g a d e b o o s te r a s s e m b l y
to b e l o c ate d m o r e th a n 2 m
f r o m a f i r e c o m p a r tm e nt oth e r
t h a n t h e f i r e c o m p a r t m e nt
p r ovi di n g p r ote c ti o n
FIGURE M7 EXAMPLE OF PROTECTION OF A FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
190
DRAFT ONLY
M6.3 Sprinkler protected buildings

Where a sprinkler protected system is installed in accordance with AS 2118.1, AS 2118.4
and AS 2118.6, the fire brigade booster assembly does not have to be protected in
accordance with the requirements of Clause 7.6.1.
The concession provided here regarding the protection of the fire brigade booster assembly
is in recognition of the life safety benefits a sprinkler system provides to building occupants
and attending fire brigade personnel.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
191
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX N
PIPE SUPPORTS
(Normative)
N1 GENERAL
Pipe supports for a fire hydrant system shall be capable of addressing the following:
(a)
The stresses, loads and permanent actions that may be imposed on the support system
from all external causes, including but not limited to
(i)
the differential movement of the building structure under normal and fire
conditions;
(ii)
the transmission of vibration from the building to the fire hydrant system
pipework and from the pipework to the building; and
(iii) if located in an area where a seismic event is likely, the actions imposed by
such an event.
(b)
The stresses, loads and permanent actions that may be imposed on the support system
from all internal causes, including but not limited to
(i)
pressure reactions, hydraulic shock and the transmission of vibration resulting

from the commissioning of the system, ongoing maintenance and the normal
operational use by the attending fire brigade; and
(ii)
the dead loading resulting from the combined weight of piping and the water
within a fire hydrant system and any other system if applicable (for example,
the dead loads imposed by a sprinkler system sharing the same pipe support).
(c)
The effects of corrosion.
(d)
The isolation of the pipework from the support when dissimilar materials are used.
NOTE: Good practice is to adequately support each pipe such that mechanical couplings are not
loadbearing.
N2 PIPE SUPPORT DESIGN

Pipework associated with fire hydrant systems shall be adequately supported by either
(a)
a pipe support system, the individual components of which comply with the
requirements of Paragraph N5; or
(b)
pipe supports and fasteners that are capable of supporting twice the mass of the
pipework filled with water plus a mass of 115 kg at each point of support.
Pipe support systems shall be designed to prevent sway and movement in the pipework due
to any hydraulic actions imposed on the system.
Any sway support system provided shall be independent of the pipe support system.
Where a fire hydrant system is located in an area where a seismic event is likely the sway
support system shall be determined by engineering analysis, and an importance level of 2 as
specified in AS 1170.0 shall be used to determine the probability of design events.
NOTE: For information on the support of non-structural elements and their fastenings in areas of
seismic activity, see Section 8 and AS 1170.4.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
192
DRAFT ONLY
Materials and products used for pipe support shall comply with the requirements of
Clause 9.1.1.
NOTE: Verification by test may be used to confirm the structural adequacy of the design.
N3 MATERIALS FOR PIPEWORK SUPPORT

Pipework supports and components shall be of ferrous material.
The minimum material requirements for the expected range of environments that a fire
hydrant system may be installed in are detailed in Table N1 below.
TABLE N1
MINIMUM MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Environment
Minimum material requirement
Marine
Stainless steel
Heavy industrial
Stainless steel
Hot-dip galvanized
or
Mechanically plated galvanized
External
Stainless steel
Hot-dip galvanized
or
Internal moist
Hot-dip galvanized
or
In aggressive environments, or where exposed to weather, all components of supporting

systems, including anchors, shall be protected against corrosion.
Pipe supports shall be protected from direct contact with copper pipe or pipe fittings.
N4 FIRE RATING OF PIPEWORK SUPPORT
In a non-sprinkler protected building where pipework is likely to be exposed to fire, the
pipe supports shall have an FRL of not less than 60//, while maintaining a pipe support
temperature of not less than 500C when tested in accordance with AS 1530.4, or other
measures shall be taken to prevent its early collapse when exposed to fire.
N5 REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPE-SUPPORT COMPONENTS
N5.1 General
Pipe support components shall be either
(a)
listed by FM or other internationally recognized fire protection body; or
(b)
tested and verified by a 3rd party testing authority to confirm that the manufacturers
recommended load ratings comply with the requirements of Paragraph N2.
All pipe support components shall be marked/stamped with the manufacturers name or
trademark to provide traceability of components and adherence with the manufacturers
product warranties.
NOTE: The manufacturer should make available pipe support component installation instructions
to reduce the risk of improper installation, misuse or misapplication of support components.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
193
DRAFT ONLY
N5.2 U-bolts used for clamping down

U-bolts that are used for clamping down pipes shall conform to the dimensions given in
Table N2.
The thread of the U-bolt shall comply with AS 12751985, Metric screw threads for
fasteners, Table 3.3, Limiting dimensions for metric coarse pitch series screw threads.
NOTE: A typical U-bolt for clamping down is shown in Table N2.
TABLE N2
U-BOLTS USED FOR CLAMPING DOWNDIMENSIONS
Pipe size
Minimum nominal
diameter of material
DN
mm
80
10
100
10
150
10
200
12
250
12
300
15
N5.3 Threaded rods and U-bolts used for clamping up

U-bolts that are used for clamping up and rods for supporting pipework shall conform to the
dimensions given in Table N3.
The thread of the threaded rod or U-bolt shall comply with AS 12751985, Metric screw
threads for fasteners, Table 3.3, Limiting dimensions for metric coarse pitch series screw
threads.
NOTE: A typical U-bolt for clamping up is shown in Table N3.
TABLE N3
RODS AND U-BOLTS USED FOR CLAMPING UPDIMENSIONS
Pipe size
Minimum nominal
diameter of material
DN
mm
80
12
100
12
150
12
200
15
250
15
300
20
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
194
DRAFT ONLY
N5.4 U-hangers/saddles (clips)

U-hangers/saddles shall comply with the dimensions given in Table N4.
NOTE: A typical U-hanger/saddle (clip) is shown in Table N4.
TABLE N4
U-HANGERS/SADDLES (CLIPS)
Pipe size
Minimum material
thickness and width
DN
mm
80
6 30
100
6 30
150
6 30
N5.5 Saddle brackets and girder or beam clamps

Saddle brackets and girder or beam clamps shall be fabricated from material not less than
6 mm thick and not less than 30 m wide. For a saddle bracket, the distance between the
centres of the fixing holes shall not exceed 240 m. For a girder or beam clamp, the distance
from the edge of the support member to the centre of the rod shall not exceed 80 m.
N5.6 Pear hangers/pipe bands
Pear hangers/pipe bands shall be fabricated as follows:
(a)
For non-corrosive atmospheres, the material shall comply with Table N5.
(b)
For corrosive atmospheres, the material shall be not less than 3 mm thick.
(c)
The material shall suit the threaded rod sizes specified in Paragraph N5.3.
NOTE: A typical pear hanger/pipe band is shown in Table N5.
TABLE N5
PEAR HANGERS/PIPE BANDSMATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Pipe size
Minimum material
thickness and width
DN
mm
80
2 32
100
2 32
150
3 40
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
195
DRAFT ONLY
N5.7 Two-piece bolted clamps

Two-piece bolted clamps shall conform to the dimensions given in Table N6.
NOTE: A typical two-piece bolted clamp is shown in Table N6.
Fasteners used for the clamps shall be in accordance with Table N2.
TABLE N6
TWO-PIECE BOLTED CLAMPSDIMENSIONS
Pipe size
Minimum material
thickness and width
DN
mm
80
6 40
100
6 40
150
6 40
N5.8 Welded nut clips and split ring hangers

Welded nut clips or split ring hangers shall conform to the dimensions given in Table N7 or
be formed/manufactured in a manner that meets the design requirements specified in
Paragraph N2.
A typical welded nut clip and a split ring hanger are shown in Table N7.
TABLE N7
WELDED NUT CLIPS/SPLIT RING HANGERSDIMENSIONS
Pipe size
Minimum material
thickness and width
DN
mm
80
3 20
100
5 25
150
5 25
N5.9 Riser clamps

Riser clamps shall conform to the dimensions given in Table N8.
NOTE: A typical riser clamp is shown in Table N8.
TABLE N8
RISER CLAMPSDIMENSION
Pipe size
Minimum material
thickness and width
Minimum overall
clamp length
DN
mm
80
5 30
298
100
6 35
330
150
6 50
406
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
196
N5.10 Channel/strut clips

Channel/strut clips shall conform to the dimensions given in Table N9.
NOTE: A typical channel/strut clip is shown in Table N9.
TABLE N9
CHANNEL/STRUT CLIPSDIMENSIONS
Pipe size
Minimum
Minimum
material
fastener
thickness/width diameter
DN
mm
80
2.5 32
M8
100
2.5 32
M10
150
3 32
M10
11
Ve r ti c a l r i s i n g p ip e va r y i n g
f r o m th e ve r ti c a l p l a n e by 11
W h e r e a ve r ti c a ll y r i s i n g p ip e
va r i e s f r o m th e ve r ti c a l p l a n e
by m o r e th a n 11, i t h a s to b e
s u p p o r te d at th e c h a n g e
of di r e c ti o n o r of f s e t i n
a c c o r d a n c e wi th th e
r e q u i r e m e n t s of C l a u s e N7. 2
N5.11 Pipe support beams (trapeze bar)

Pipe support beams shall
(a)
be fabricated from ferrous material with section modulus equal to or greater than
those calculated from the material sections detailed in Table N11;
(b)
conform to the dimensions in Table N10; or
(c)
conform to the dimensions in Table N11.

TABLE N10
PIPE SUPPORT BEAMS
Pipe size
Nominal size of material

mm
DN
Maximum span
2m
Maximum span
3m
80
100 65 8
100 75 8
100
100 65 8
100 75 8
150
100 65 8
100 75 8
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
197
TABLE N11
PIPE SUPPORT BEAMS
Selection modulus required for trapeze members, cm 3
Trapeze
span
Nominal diameter of pipe being supported
Pipe
schedule
80 mm
90 mm
100 mm
125 mm
150 mm
200 mm
250 mm
10
1.80
1.97
2.13
2.46
2.95
3.93
5.24
40
1.97
2.13
2.46
2.95
3.61
4.92
6.72
10
2.46
2.62
2.79
3.28
3.93
5.24
7.05
40
2.62
2.95
3.28
3.93
4.75
6.55
9.01
10
2.95
3.28
3.44
4.10
4.92
6.55
8.85
40
3.44
3.61
4.10
4.92
5.90
8.19
11.14
10
3.61
3.93
4.26
5.08
5.90
7.87
10.65
40
4.10
4.42
4.92
5.90
7.05
9.83
13.44
10
4.75
5.24
5.57
6.72
7.87
10.49
14.26
40
5.41
5.90
6.55
7.87
9.50
13.11
17.86
10
6.06
6.55
7.05
8.36
9.67
13.11
17.70
40
6.72
7.37
8.03
9.83
11.80
16.39
22.45
10
7.21
7.87
8.36
10.00
11.63
15.90
21.30
40
8.03
8.85
9.67
11.80
14.26
19.66
26.87
10
8.52
9.01
9.83
11.63
13.60
18.52
24.91
40
9.50
10.32
11.31
13.77
16.55
23.11
31.46
10
9.67
10.32
11.14
13.27
15.57
21.14
28.35
40
10.82
11.80
12.95
15.73
19.01
26.38
35.89
10
10.82
11.63
12.62
15.08
17.53
23.76
31.95
40
12.13
13.27
14.58
17.70
21.30
29.66
40.31
10
12.13
12.95
13.93
16.71
19.50
26.38
35.56
40
13.44
14.75
16.22
19.66
23.60
32.94
44.90
0.46 m
0.61 m
0.76 m
0.91 m
1.2 m
1.5 m
1.8 m
2.1 m
2.4 m
2.7 m
3.0 m
NOTE: Where an unequal angle is used, the longer arm shall be vertical.
N6 SPACING OF SUPPORTS
The distance between supports for horizontal and vertical steel fire hydrant pipework shall
not exceed those specified in Table N12.
For copper tubing, the maximum distance between supports for horizontal and vertical
pipework shall not exceed 4 m.
TABLE N12
SPACING OF SUPPORTS
Pipe size
DN
Maximum spacing
m
150
150
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
198
N7 LOCATION OF SUPPORTS
N7.1 Horizontal pipework
Supports shall be located not further than 1 m from any change in direction or a junction in
the pipework (e.g. a bend, elbow or tee). The distance from the last support to the end of
any horizontal pipe shall not exceed 1 m.
N7.2 Vertical pipework
Vertical rising pipes (i.e. pipe risers) shall be supported by hangers or riser clamps at each
floor level and at intermediate locations, as required. Distances between supports shall not
exceed 4 m.
Where a vertical rising pipe varies from the vertical plane by more than 11
(see Figure N9), for the purpose of pipe support, it shall be considered as a change of
direction or offset to the vertical rising pipe.
Where a vertical rising pipe incorporates a change of direction or offset, it shall be
supported not more than 300 mm from any mechanically jointed coupling of the fitting as
shown in Figure N10.
11
Ve r ti c a l r i s i n g p ip e va r y i n g
f r o m th e ve r ti c a l p l a n e by 11
W h e r e a ve r ti c a ll y r i s i n g p ip e
va r i e s f r o m th e ve r ti c a l p l a n e
by m o r e th a n 11, i t h a s to b e
s u p p o r te d at th e c h a n g e
of di r e c ti o n o r of f s e t i n
a c c o r d a n c e wi th th e
r e q u i r e m e n t s of C l a u s e N7. 2
FIGURE N9 VERTICALLY RISING PIPE VARYING 11 FROM THE VERTICAL PLANE
Mechani c a ll y j o i nte d
c o u p li n g
300 mm
300 mm
300 mm
Pip e s u p p o r t r e q u i r e d w i t h i n
3 0 0 m m of a m e c h a n i c a l l y
j o i nte d c o u p li n g (e.g. a r o ll e d
g r o ove j o i nt)
FIGURE N10 VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORT

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
199
Where the vertical rising pipe incorporates two changes of direction and the distance
between the mechanically jointed couplings is not more than 600 mm, a single pipe support
shall be provided between couplings.
Where a welded or braised jointing system is used, it shall be supported in accordance with
the requirements of AS 4809.
Where a fire hydrant branch or valve assembly is taken off a vertical pipe/riser, it shall be
supported within 300 mm, above or below, of the fire hydrant branch or valve assembly, as
shown in Figure N11.
For vertical pipes/risers 300 mm diameter and greater, the hanger or riser clamps shall be
designed by a structural engineer.
Hangers or riser clamps anchored to walls using threaded rod in the horizontal position
shall not be permitted.
Ve r ti c a ll y r i s i n g p ip e
300 mm
Fi r e hyd r a nt va lve
c o m p l y i n g wi th AS 2419. 2
Pip e s u p p o r t r e q u i r e d w i t h i n
3 0 0 m m of a f i r e hyd r a nt
va l ve a s s e m b l y
FIGURE N11 HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT
N8 FIXING OF PIPE SUPPORTS

N8.1 General
Fire hydrant pipework may be supported from a building structure provided that the
structure is capable of supporting the loads specified in Paragraph N2. Fire hydrant
pipework shall be supported independently of ceiling sheathing and any associated
suspension system (see Paragraph N7).
N8.2 Fixing to concrete, masonry or steel
Explosive-powered fasteners, wooden plugs or plugs of plastic materials shall not be used
for fixing pipe supports to concrete or masonry.
Fixings used shall be capable of supporting the design load specified in Paragraph N2.
N8.3 Fixing to timber
Fire hydrant pipework may be fixed to timber. Acceptable methods for fixing to timber are
coach screws and coach bolts.
NOTE: For more information, see AS/NZS 1873.
Nails shall not be used for fixing pipe supports to timber.

The following requirements shall apply:
(a)
The fixing method shall be capable of supporting the design load specified in
Paragraph N2.
(b)
Coach bolts and coach screws shall conform to the dimensions in Table N13.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
200
TABLE N13
TIMBER FIXING
Pipe size
Nominal diameter of coach

bolt or coach screw
Nominal length
of coach screw
DN
mm
mm
80
12
75
100
12
75
150
12
75
200
16
75
N9 THRUST BLOCKS AND ANCHORS

Thrust blocks and anchors shall be installed in systems with unrestrained joints. They shall
be designed to provide adequate reaction to the forces imposed by the maximum pressures
generated, including system water pressures, water hammer, ground pressures and soil
conditions.
NOTE: For unrestrained joints, see AS/NZS 3500.1.
N10 PENETRATION OF PIPEWORK THROUGH STRUCTURES

Where pipes penetrate a wall or slab, the core hole shall have minimum clearance of 10 mm
all around the pipe. The core hole shall accommodate pipe and pipe settlement after
commissioning.
NOTE: For a diagrammatic explanation of the above, see Figure N12.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
201
DRAFT ONLY
Fl ex ib l e f i r e / wate r s e a l a nt i n 10 m m g a p
C o r e p e n e tr ati o n 10 m m l a r g e r th a n p ip e
H yd r a nt p i p e
B l o c k wa l l
WA L L S ECT I O N
Fl ex i b l e f i r e / wa te r s e a l a n t
H yd r a nt p i p e
PL A N
Fl ex ib l e f i r e / wate r s e a l a nt i n 10 m m g a p
Fi r e hyd r a nt
pipe
C o r e p e n e tr ati o n 10 m m l a r g e r th a n p ip e
Fl o o r s l a b
FLO O R S ECT I O N
FIGURE N12 PENETRATION OF PIPEWORK THROUGH STRUCTURES
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
202
APPENDIX O
FIRE HOSE COUPLINGS USED IN AUSTRALIA

(Informative)
O1 SCOPE
This Appendix gives guidance on the types of fire hose couplings and the fire brigades that
use them.
O2 FIRE HOSE COUPLINGS
The following hose coupling types are in use in Australia:
Type
Description
Areas in use/Regulatory authority
British instantaneous to BS 336 (BIC)
Western Australia, Fire and Emergency

Services Authority
Northern Territory Fire and Rescue
Service
Storz hermaphrodite to NEN 3374

(STORZ)
Victoria, Melbourne Fire and

Emergency Services Board
Fire and Rescue NSW
NSW Rural Fire Service
South Australian Country Fire Service
Tasmania Fire Service
ACT Fire and Rescue
63 mm 8.47 mm pitch (CFA)
Victoria, Country Fire Authority
Queensland Round Thread (QRT)
Queensland Fire and Rescue Service
South Australian Round Thread (SART) South Australia Metropolitan Fire

Service
For more information, see AS 2419.3.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
203
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX P
CORROSION PROTECTION
(Informative)
Fire hydrant systems operate in a range of environments. Externally, the system can be
exposed to environments from normal atmospheric conditions to extremes, for example,
pipework located in highly corrosive enclosed industrial environments or buried in
aggressive soils. Internally the systems are exposed to water that can have a variety of
chemistries and microbiological conditions. Exposed systems above ground and inside
buildings are generally based on metallic pipe systems, while buried sections, such as ring
mains, may use metallic or plastics pipe systems.
In terms of corrosion, in the context of this Standard, the plastics pipe systems are not
subject to corrosion damage from either the effects of the water internally or the impact of
corrosive soil in buried environments.
The commonly used metallic pipe systems vary considerably in terms of their corrosion
resistance, and therefore this Appendix has been included to broadly address the corrosion
issue. The commonly used metallic pipe systems include galvanized steel, copper, stainless
steel and ductile iron. All of these materials will respond differently to specific internal and
external environmental conditions. These pipe systems rely on quite different mechanisms
to protect against corrosion. In the case of copper and stainless steel it is the oxide that
forms on the surface of the material for galvanized steel it is the sacrificial zinc-based layer
that protects the steel and for ductile iron, a variety of coating systems are employed (paint
systems, polyethylene coating and internal cement mortar lining).
Tables P1, P2 and P3 provide a general guide to the types of environments that are
acceptable and that are of concern with the commonly used pipe systems. Where known
corrosive environments exist, expert advice should be sought on the protective measures to
be employed. In some cases, additional corrosion protection, such as a suitable coating
system or cathodic protection, may provide sufficient additional protection to allow the pipe
system to be installed in a corrosive environment.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
204
TABLE P1
PIPE EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENTSBURIED
Material
Ductile ironCement lined
and externally protected with
polyethylene sleeving
Acceptable buried
environments
Well-drained and
well-aerated soils
Buried corrosive environments

of concern
Installations below the groundwater table
Intertidal zones
Anaerobic soils
Soils high in chlorides
(e.g. beach sands or desert soils)
Soils with low resistivity
Soils with low pH
Galvanized steel
Only suitable for very

well-drained and
well-aerated soils
such as river sands
Clays or clayey soils

Installations below the groundwater table
Intertidal zones
Anaerobic soils
Soils high in chlorides
(e.g. beach sands or desert soils)
Soils with low resistivity
Soils with low pH
Stainless steel
Copper
Well-drained and
well-aerated soils
Well-drained and
well-aerated soils
Anaerobic soils
Dependent on the grade of the stainless,
soils high in chlorides may be of concern
Anaerobic soils
Soils or backfills containing high sulphur
contents (e.g. fly ash)
Soils with low pH
Plastics
Practically all soils
Soils heavily contaminated with

hydrocarbons or solvents
TABLE P2
PIPE EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENTSABOVE-GROUND
OR INSIDE BUILDINGS
Material
Acceptable external
environments
Buried corrosive environments

of concern
Cast ironExternally coated
Dependent on coating system and coating

condition
Galvanized steel
Marine environments exposed to salt spray

Corrosive industrial atmospheres
(e.g. with low pH condensate)
Stainless steel
Dependent on the grade of the stainless

steel, environments high in chlorides may
be of concern
Copper
Corrosive industrial atmospheres

(e.g. with low pH condensate)
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
205
TABLE P3
PIPE INTERNAL ENVIRONMENTS
Material
Cast iron cement mortar lined
Acceptable environments
Internal corrosive environments

of concern
Potable water
Chemically soft water
Chemically hard water
Low pH water
Waters containing high CO 2 levels
(e.g. some bore waters)
Galvanized steel
Potable water
Waters with high levels of specific

microbiological activity
Seawater or water high in chlorides
Water with low pH
Stainless steel
Most water chemistries

including potable, bore and
seawater
Dependent on the grade of stainless

steel elevated chloride content may
be of concern
Copper
Most water chemistries

including potable, bore and
seawater
Waters with high levels of specific

microbiological activity
Plastics
Waters with low pH
All water chemistries
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
206
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX Q
COMMISSIONINGHYDROSTATIC TEST PROCEDURES

(Normative)
Q1 GENERAL
This Appendix details the hydrostatic pressure tests required to verify the performance and
installation of a fire hydrant system in accordance with the provisions of this Standard.
Pressure testing against a closed in-line isolating valve, such as a valve on the take-off
point from the town main, shall only be undertaken when there is no practical alternative or
when any leakage from the valve can be observed and measured during the test.
The pressure test shall be conducted using two calibrated pressure gauges, minimum
diameter of 100 mm, with a range of 02500 kPa, or no more twice the test pressure if the
test pressure exceeds 2500 kPa.
All gauges shall have a current calibration certificate and shall read within 5% of the test
pressure and 5% of each other.
If any test fails, detect and rectify the fault and re-test. Continue to rectify and retest until a
satisfactory test result is achieved. Even if testing produces satisfactory results, rectify any
visible or detectable leak.
NOTES:
1 Pressure testing should not commence before the curing time for the concrete thrust blocks
has elapsed.
2 Joints in a buried pipeline may be left exposed for inspection during testing, provided
backfilling has been placed over the pipe to prevent pipe movement when subjected to the
required test pressure.
3 The required test pressure shall be monitored at the lowest part of the pipeline or, if that is
not possible, at some other convenient point and the test pressure adjusted to take account of
the elevation difference between the lowest part of the pipeline and the test rig. The
adjustment shall be made by subtracting 10 kPa for every metre that the test rig is elevated
above the lowest part of the pipeline.
4 The test procedures described in this Appendix are suitable for all metal and plastic pipes and
fittings. An alternative test method that may be used for installations containing polyethylene
(PE) pipe is detailed in Appendix R.
Q2 PREPARATION
Before commencing any pressure test the following preparations shall be undertaken:
(a)
Ensure the system is fully charged.
(b)
Ensure all trapped air is bled from the system and the system flushed to remove
debris.
(c)
Ensure all fire hydrant valves are closed.
(d)
Ensure all isolation valves are open within the fire hydrant system or pressure zone.
(e)
Where fire hose reels are connected to the fire hydrant system, ensure that all fire
hose reel stop valves are closed.
NOTE: The requirement to close this stop valve is to ensure the fire hose reel does not
become pressurized during the hydrostatic test.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
207
DRAFT ONLY
Q3 PROCEDURE
The procedure shall be as follows:
(a)
Pressurize the fire hydrant system to 100 kPa above the system normal static pressure.
(b)
While maintaining the pressure, check for leaks and the functionality of the
non-return valve(s) or backflow prevention device.
(c)
Pressurize the fire hydrant system to the required test pressure and perform the
appropriate test according to this Appendix. During this period check for leaks and
the system supports (e.g. any pipe or thrust block movement).
(d)
At completion of the test the fire hydrant system shall be returned to the normal static
pressure and valves opened as appropriate.
Q4 NON-BOOSTED FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEMS

Q4.1 Test 1All joints are accessible for inspection for the duration of the test
This test shall be applied where a fire hydrant system incorporates feed fire hydrants only.
No evidence of leakage shall be observed when the fire hydrant system is pressurized to
1500 kPa at the elevation of the highest fire hydrant and allowed to stand without make-up
water for a period of not less than 30 min. During this period check for leaks and the system
supports (e.g. any pipe or thrust block movement).
Loss of pressure during this test does not necessarily mean there is a leak, therefore it is
important to inspect every joint to ensure there is no evidence of leakage. Under the
provisions of AS/NZS 3500.1, a water service shall not show any leakage when subjected to
a hydrostatic pressure of 1500 kPa for a period of not less than 30 min. The requirement to
hydrostatically test a non-boosted fire hydrant system where all joints are accessible for
inspection for the duration of the test shall align with the requirements of AS/NZS 3500,
which does not require the pressure to be maintained or the use of make-up water.
Q4.2 Test 2All joints are not accessible
This test shall be applied where a fire hydrant system incorporates feed fire hydrants only.
No evidence of leakage shall be observed when the fire hydrant system is pressurized to
1500 kPa at the elevation of the highest fire hydrant for a period of not less than 2 h.
Measure and record every 15 min, the make-up water required to restore the test pressure.
During this period check for leaks and the system supports (e.g. any pipe or thrust block
movement). The maximum allowable make-up water usage during the test shall comply
with Paragraph Q6.
Q5 BOOSTED FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEMS
Q5.1 Test 3Buildings not more than 50 m in height
period of not less than 2 h, to a hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 1700 kPa at the fire
brigade booster assembly, or 1300 kPa at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant
in the system, whichever results in the higher test pressure. Measure and record every
15 min, the make-up water required to restore the test pressure. During this period check for
leaks and the system supports (e.g. any pipe or thrust block movement). The maximum
allowable make-up water usage during the test shall comply with Paragraph Q6.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
208
Q5.2 Test 4Buildings more than 50 m in height but not more than 200 m
period of not less than 2 h, to a hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 1300 kPa at the
hydraulically most disadvantaged fire hydrant in the pressure zone, or 1.25 times the
maximum static pressure in the pressure zone and any associated rising pipework,
whichever is the greater. Measure and record the make-up water required to restore the test
pressure every 15 min. During this period check for leaks and the system supports (e.g. any
pipe or thrust block movement). The maximum allowable make-up water usage during the
test shall comply with Paragraph Q6.
NOTE: Where a building height exceeds 200 m, guidance on hydrostatic testing is given in
AS 4041.
Q6 ALLOWABLE MAKE-UP WATER USAGE DURING TESTING

The maximum allowable make-up water usage that may be required during hydrostatic
testing in Tests 2, 3 or 4 shall be determined in accordance with following formula:
Q 0.14 L D H
where
Q = maximum allowable make-up water, in litres per hour
L = length of the test section, in kilometres
D = nominal diameter of the test section, in metres
H = average test head over the length of the test section, in metres
NOTE: The allowable make-up water is not a leakage allowance, but is an allowance to cover the
effects of the test head forcing small quantities of entrapped air into solution.
Q7 REPORTING OF RESULTS
The following results shall be reported for Tests 2, 3 and 4:
Tests parameters
Result
Effective height of building
................. metres
Effective height of the pressure zone
................. metres
Fire hydrant booster assembly installed
Yes/No
Make-up water usage and hydrostatic pressure at the

location of the test rig
NOTE: To be recorded at 15 min intervals.
15 min ... litres
...... kPa
30 min ... litres
...... kPa
45 min ... litres
...... kPa
60 min ... litres
...... kPa
75 min ... litres
...... kPa
90 min ... litres
...... kPa
105 min ... litres
...... kPa
120 min ... litres
...... kPa
(continued)
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
209
Tests parameters
Result
Hydrostatic pressure at the location of the most

hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant outlet
NOTE: To be recorded at 15 min intervals.
15 min ............ kPa

30 min ............ kPa
45 min ............ kPa
60 min ............ kPa
75 min ............ kPa
90 min ............ kPa
105 min ........... kPa
120 min ........... kPa
Make-up water usage for the test period
..................... litres
Duration of the test
.................... min/h
Calculate allowable make-up water in accordance with

Paragraph Q6
.................... Litres
Test complies with Paragraphs 4.2.1, 5.1.1 or 5.2.1, as

appropriate
Yes/No
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
210
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX R
COMMISSIONINGHYDROSTATIC TESTALTERNATIVE PROCEDURE

(Informative)
R1 GENERAL
Where a fire hydrant system incorporates polyethylene pipe, and if initial test results did
not achieve the acceptance criteria for Test 2, Test 3 or Test 4, as appropriate, in
Appendix Q, the test procedure of this Appendix may be applied.
NOTE: When polyethylene (PE) pipes are subjected to a pressure test, initially there will be a
progressive drop in that pressure due to stress relaxation. Accordingly, if the joints are not
exposed for visual inspection it may be difficult to assess whether a pipeline is leaking or simply
subject to stress relaxation.
This Appendix details a hydrostatic pressure test to verify the performance and installation
of a fire hydrant system incorporating polyethylene pipe in accordance with this Standard.
Pressure testing against a closed in-line isolating valve shall only be undertaken when there
is no practical alternative or when any leakage from the valve can be observed and
measured during the test.
The pressure test shall be conducted using two calibrated pressure gauges, minimum
diameter of 100 mm, with a range of 02500 kPa, or a range no more than twice the test
pressure if the test pressure exceeds 2500 kPa.
All gauges shall have a current calibration certificate (not older than 12 months) and shall
read within 5% of the test pressure and 5% of each other.
If any test results prove to be unsatisfactory, detect and rectify the fault and retest. Continue
to rectify and retest until a satisfactory test result is achieved. Even if testing produces
satisfactory results, rectify any visible or detectable leak.
NOTES:
1 Pressure testing shall not commence before the curing time for the concrete thrust blocks has
elapsed.
2 Joints in a buried pipeline may be left exposed for inspection during testing provided
sufficient backfilling has been placed to prevent pipe movement when subjected to the require
test pressure.
3 The required test pressure shall be monitored at the lowest part of the pipeline or, if that is
not possible, at some other convenient point and the test pressure adjusted to take account of
the elevation difference between the lowest part of the pipeline and the test rig. The
adjustment shall be made by subtracting 10 kPa for every metre that the rig is elevated above
the lowest part of the pipeline.
R2 PREPARATION
Before commencing any pressure test the following preparations shall be undertaken:
(a)
(b)
debris.
(c)
(d)
(e)
Where fire hose reels are connected to the fire hydrant system, ensure that all fire
hose reel stop valves are closed.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
211
DRAFT ONLY
NOTE: The requirement to close this stop valve is to ensure the fire hose reel does not
become pressurized during the hydrostatic test.
R3 PROCEDURE
(a)
Raise the pressure to the required test pressure as set out in Appendix Q for Test 2,
Test 3 or Test 4, as appropriate. Close off the fire hydrant system and allow to settle
for a period of not less than 12 h.
NOTE: During this period the pressure will fall as a result of the polyethylene pipe
expanding.
(b)
Inspect for leaks.
(c)
Where a fire hydrant system incorporates feed hydrants only, the test procedure shall
be in accordance with Paragraph Q4.2.1, except that the system shall be tested for a
minimum of 5 h.
(d)
Where a fire hydrant booster assembly is installed the test procedure shall be in
accordance with Paragraphs Q5.1.1 or Q5.2.1, as appropriate, except that the system
shall be tested for a minimum of 5 h.
(e)
Measure and record the water volume added at 2 h, 3 h, 4 h and 5 h from start.
(f)
Conclude the test 5 h after commencement.

NOTE: For optimum test protocol, the following tolerances are recommended:
(a) Water volume: 10D L

where
D = pipe nominal diameter in metres
(a) Time: 1 min

(b) Pressure: 1 kPa
(c) Use water of the same temperature as that in the pipeline (3C).
(g)
Calculate the water volume added between the second and third hour, V (3 h2 h)
and the volume added between the fourth and fifth hour, V (5 h4 h).
(h)
Calculate Q = 0.14 LDH in accordance with Paragraph Q6.
(i)
Test passes if V (5 h4 h) 0.55V (3 h2 h) + Q.

NOTE: Further information on testing procedures and important considerations can be found in
AS/NZS 2033 and AS/NZS 2566.2.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
212
R4 REPORTING OF RESULTS
The following shall be reported for the alternative test procedure described in
Paragraph R3:
Test parameter
Result
Effective height of building
................... metres
Fire hydrant booster assembly installed
Yes/No
Hydrostatic test pressure at the location of the test

rig
Pressure at test rig ........ kPa
Make-up water usage, and test pressure at the most Make up water ........ litres/hour
hydraulically disadvantaged point in the pressure
Pressure reading at hydrant ...... kPa
zone and associated pipework, after 2 h
Make-up water usage, and test pressure, at the
most hydraulically advantaged point in the
pressure zone and associated pipework, after 3 h
Make up water ........ litres/hour

hydraulically advantaged point in the pressure
hydraulically advantaged point in the pressure
Calculate Q (i.e. make-up water usage) in
accordance with Paragraph Q6
Test complies with Paragraph R3(i)
Yes/No
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
213
DRAFT ONLY
APPENDIX S
COMMISSIONINGPERFORMANCE TEST PROCEDURES

(Normative)
S1 GENERAL
This Appendix sets out the performance testing requirements for non-boosted and boosted
fire hydrant systems.
The preparation requirements are applicable to all performance testing procedures.
S2 PURPOSE
The purpose of the performance tests is to verify
(a)
the presence of water within the installed fire hydrant system;
(b)
the performance of the installed fire hydrant system and its compliance with the
requirements of Section 2 of this Standard for flow, pressure and friction loss;
(c)
where applicable, the performance of any on-site hydrant pumpset(s) and its
compliance with the requirements of Section 2 of this Standard for flow and pressure;
and
(d)
where applicable, the performance of any installed automatic pressure maintenance

pump (i.e. jockey pump).
S3 PREPARATION
Before commencing any of the performance tests, the following preparations shall be
undertaken:
(a)
(b)
debris.
(c)
(d)
(e)
Ensure appropriate provision has been made for the disposal or recycling of water
during testing. See Section 8 for test facilities requirements.
S4 TEST 1PRESENCE OF WATER

S4.1 Procedure
Every fire hydrant within the system shall be individually opened and the presence of water
proved.
S4.2 Reporting of results
The presence of water shall be reported, as follows:
(a)
FH 1
(Yes/No).
(b)
FH 2
(Yes/No).
(c)
FH 8
(Yes/No).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
214
S5 TEST 2STATIC PRESSUREUNASSISTED FEED OR ATTACK FIRE

HYDRANT(S)
S5.1 Acceptance criteria
Static pressure recorded at any fire hydrant shall not exceed 1300 kPa, as per the
requirements of Section 2, for the duration of the test period.
S5.2 Procedure
Where a fire hydrant system is served by a town main, the following static test procedure
shall apply:
(a)
At street level, identify a separate water supply upstream from the non-return valve(s)
of the fire hydrant system, connect an appropriate test apparatus and record the static
pressure with no flow at this point.
(b)
At the most hydraulically advantaged fire hydrant, located downstream of the

non-return valve(s) of each pressure zone, connect an appropriate test apparatus and
record the static pressure with no flow at this point for a period of not less than 4 min.

The following results shall be reported:
Test parameter
Result
(a) Static pressure recorded at town main

(b) Static pressure recorded at the most
hydraulically advantaged fire hydrant
............. kPa
............. kPa
S6 TEST 3UNASSISTED FEED OR ATTACK FIRE HYDRANT PERFORMANCE

The unassisted pressure and flow recorded at the required number of most hydraulically
disadvantaged fire hydrants shall meet the minimum requirements as defined in Section 2,
and as set out in Tables 2.6 and 2.7, where applicable, for the duration of the test period.
S6.2 Procedure
Where a fire hydrant system is served by a town main or an elevated private reservoir with
no fixed on-site fire pumpsets and this is the only source of pressure and flow, the
following performance test procedure shall apply:
(a)
Connect an appropriate test apparatus to the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire

hydrant(s).
(b)
Discharge the required number of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant

outlet(s).
(c)
Record the flow (L/s) and pressure (kPa) at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire
hydrant outlet(s).
(d)
Compare the results obtained with the requirements detailed in Tables 2.6 and 2.7.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
215

Test parameter
Result
(a) Number of fire hydrants require to flow
............................
(b) Feed fire hydrants pressure and flow
........ L/s ....... kPa
(c) Attack fire hydrants pressure and flow
........ L/s ....... kPa
S7 TEST 4FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY

The pressure and flow recorded at the required number of most hydraulically disadvantaged
fire hydrants, when boosted by a fire brigade pumping appliance or other suitable off-site
pumping appliance, shall meet the minimum requirements of Section 2 and as set out in
Table 2.8 for the duration of the test period.
S7.2 Procedure
Where a fire hydrant system incorporates a fire brigade booster assembly, the following test
procedure shall apply:
(a)
Isolate any on-site fire hydrant pumpset(s).

Where a fire brigade relay pump is installed, Test 2 procedure (Paragraph S5.2) shall
also apply.
(b)
Connect a fire brigade pumping appliance or other suitable off-site pumping

appliance to the feed fire hydrants of the fire brigade booster assembly, the suction
outlet of the on-site tank or make provision to draw from a static water supply.
(c)
Connect the fire brigade pumping appliance or other suitable off-site pumpset to the
booster inlet connections of the fire brigade booster assembly.
(d)

hydrant(s).
(e)
Discharge the required number of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant(s).
(f)
Increase pressure in the fire hydrant system up to required boost pressure.
(g)
With the required number of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrants flowing
fully, determine and record the following:
(i)
The pressure on the inlet side of the fire brigade pumping appliance or other
suitable off-site pumpset.
(ii)
The pressure leaving the outlet side of the fire brigade pumping appliance or
other suitable off-site pumpset.
(iii) The pressure and flow at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant(s).
(iv)
(h)
The total friction loss throughout the fire hydrant system.
Compare the results obtained with the requirements of Section 2.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
216

Test parameter
Result
(a) Pressure on the inlet side pumping appliance
...................... kPa
(b) Pressure on the outlet side pumping appliance
...................... kPa
(c) Flow and pressure at the most hydraulically

disadvantaged fire hydrant(s)
...... L/s ......... kPa
(d) Friction loss
...................... kPa
S8 TEST 5FIXED ON-SITE PUMPSET(S)

Where a fixed on-site hydrant pumpset is installed, the pressure and flow recorded at the
required number of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrants shall meet the minimum
requirements as set out in Table 2.9 for the duration of the test period.
S8.2 Procedure
Where a fire hydrant system incorporates a fixed on-site fire hydrant pumpset(s) to provide
attack fire hydrant performance in accordance with the requirements of Table 2.9 and the
pumpset(s) is connected in parallel with the fire brigade booster assembly, the following
test procedure shall apply:
(a)

hydrant(s).
(b)
Discharge the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant until the first designated
on-site hydrant pumpset operates.
NOTE: The pressure differential between pump activation and the required flowing pressure
at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant should not exceed 100 kPa.
(c)
Simultaneously record the pressure the on-site hydrant pumpset starts at and the
pressure at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant.
(d)
Close the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant.
(e)
Simultaneously record the static pressure on the discharge side of the on-site hydrant
pumpset and at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant.
(f)
(g)
Record the flow and pressure at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant(s).
(h)
Record the pressure on the suction side of the on-site hydrant pumpset (i.e. the water
agency pressure available to the on-site pumpset) and the discharge side of the on-site
pumpset.
(i)
Compare the results obtained with the requirements of Section 2.
Where the fixed on-site fire hydrant pumpset is located in series with the fire brigade
booster assembly, record for each step the pressures at the 150 mm diameter liquid filled
pressure gauge located at the fire brigade booster assembly.
Where duplicate or additional pumpset(s) are provided, the following test procedure shall
apply:
(i)
Isolate the on-site hydrant pumpset(s) previously tested.
(ii)
Repeat steps above.

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
217
DRAFT ONLY
NOTE: The pressure differential between pump activation of any additional on-site pumpset or
combination of pumpsets and the required flowing pressure at the most hydraulically
disadvantaged fire hydrant should not exceed 200 kPa.

Test parameter
(a) Starting pressure of on-site pumpset
Result
...................... kPa
(b) Pressure at most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant when

on-site pumpset starts
(c) Static pressure on the discharge side of the pump upon closure
of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant
...................... kPa
(d) Static pressure at most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant

upon closure of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant
...................... kPa
(e) Pressure on the suction side of the on-site hydrant pumpset

while operating at full flow
......... L/s ..... kPa
(f) Pressure on the discharge side of the on-site hydrant pumpset

while operating at full flow
......... L/s ...... kPa
(g) Flow and pressure at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire

hydrant(s) when on-site pumpset operating at full flow
...................... kPa
......... L/s ...... kPa
S9 TEST 6JOCKEY PUMPS

Testing shall confirm that start-up and shut-off will occur prior to the operation of any
installed electric motor pumpset or the compression-ignition engine-driven pumpset and
that a stable pressure is maintained within the fire hydrant installation. For more
information, see AS 2941.
S9.2 Procedure
Where a fire hydrant system incorporates an on-site jockey pump to maintain a uniform or
relatively high pressure within the fire hydrant system, the testing procedure shall be as
follows:
(a)
Discharge water from the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant at a flow
reflective of the normal leakage rate for the fire hydrant system.
NOTES:
1 For more information on normal leakage rate requirements, see AS 2941.
2 For the purpose of this test, the flow from the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire
hydrant should simulate a small leak in the fire hydrant system, which results in the
starting of the jockey pump (i.e. the pressure maintenance pump) only.
(b)
Simultaneously record the pressure the jockey pump starts at and the pressure at the
most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant.
(c)
Decrease the flow at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant until the
jockey pump shuts off.
(d)
Simultaneously record the pressure at which the jockey pump shuts off at and the
pressure at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
(e)
218
DRAFT ONLY
Compare the starting pressure of the jockey pump with the starting pressure of any
fixed on-site pumpset to ensure that the pressure differential required by Section 6
has been complied with.

Test parameter
Result
(a) Starting pressure of jockey pump
...................... kPa
(b) Pressure at most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant

when jockey pump starts
(c) Shut-off pressure of jockey pump
...................... kPa
...................... kPa
(d) Pressure at most hydraulically disadvantaged fire

hydrant(s) when jockey pump shuts-off
...................... kPa
(e) Pressure differential between operation of jockey pump

and fixed on-site pumpset(s)
...................... kPa
S10 TEST 7FIRE BRIGADE RELAY PUMP(S)

When boosted by a fire brigade pumping appliance in series with a fire brigade relay
pumpset, the pressure and flow recorded at the required number of most hydraulically
disadvantaged fire hydrants shall meet the minimum requirements as defined by Table 2.8
for the duration of the test period.
S10.2 Procedure
Where a fire hydrant system incorporates a fire brigade hydrant booster and a fire brigade
relay pumpset(s), the testing procedure shall be as follows:
(a)
Isolate the on-site fire hydrant pumpset(s).
(b)
Connect a fire brigade pumping appliance or other suitable off-site pumping

appliance to the feed fire hydrants of the fire brigade booster assembly or the suction
outlet of the on-site tank.
(c)
Connect the fire brigade pumping appliance or other suitable off-site pumpset to the
booster inlet connections of the fire brigade booster assembly.
(d)

hydrant(s).
(e)
Increase pressure in the fire hydrant system up to required boost pressure (see
Section 2).
(f)
When water is received at the suction side of the on-site relay pump, commence
operation of the on-site relay pump.
(g)
(h)
With the required number of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrants

operating, determine and record the following:
(i)
The pressure on the inlet side of the fire brigade pumping appliance or other
suitable off-site pumpset.
(ii)
The pressure leaving the discharge side of the fire brigade pumping appliance
or other suitable off-site pumpset.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
219
DRAFT ONLY
(iii) The pressure and flow at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrant.
(iv)
(i)
The total friction loss throughout the fire hydrant system.
While maintaining the required flow rate, increase the boost pressure to achieve an
additional 300 kPa at the fire hydrant outlet of the most hydraulically disadvantaged
fire hydrant and repeat for Steps (a) to (h).
NOTE: The requirement to increase the boost pressure by an additional 300 kPa is to ensure that
during firefighting operations normal variations in pressure that occur do not compromise the
integrity of the fire hydrant system.

Test parameter
Result
...................... kPa
...................... kPa
(c) Flow and pressure at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire

hydrant(s), when boost pressure applied
....... L/s ....... kPa
(d) Flow and pressure at the most hydraulically disadvantaged fire

hydrant(s), when additional 300 kPa applied to required boost
pressure
....... L/s ....... kPa
(e) Friction loss
...................... kPa
S11 TEST 8ON-SITE TANK AND FIRE BRIGADE BOOSTER ASSEMBLY

When boosted by a fire brigade pumping appliance fed from a static water supply, the
pressure and flow recorded at the required number of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire
hydrants shall meet the minimum requirements as set out in Table 2.8 for the duration of the
test period.
S11.2 Procedure
Where a fire hydrant system incorporates a fire brigade booster assembly and a reduced
capacity on-site tank serves as the primary water supply for the fire hydrant system, the test
procedure shall be as follows:
(a)
Connect the suction outlet(s) of the static water supply to a fire brigade pumping
appliance or other suitable off-site pumpset.
(b)
Repeat Steps (c) to (f) of Paragraph S7.2 for fire brigade booster assemblies.
(c)
Record the rate of inflow into this supply.
(d)
Verify the capacity of the capacity of the on-site supply.
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
220

Where applicable, the following shall be reported:
Test parameter
Result
...................... kPa
...................... kPa
(c) Flow and pressure at the most hydraulically

disadvantaged fire hydrant(s)
....... L/s ....... kPa
(d) Friction loss
...................... kPa
(e) Capacity of site storage
.......................... L
(f) Rate of infill
....................... L/s
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
221
APPENDIX T
VERIFICATION OF SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

(Informative)
T1 GENERAL
Where fluctuations in the pressure from the supply source (e.g. fluctuation in town main
pressure due to variations in consumer demand) cause variation in the results of any
commissioning test undertaken, the commissioning tests undertaken and the results
achieved should be considerate of this variation to ensure the fire hydrant system can
perform as designed.
At the time of commissioning, where the pressure provided by the water supply equals or
exceeds the pressure used to design the fire hydrant system, testing can proceed with the
required number of hydrants flowed at 10 L/s.
Where the pressure provided by the available water supply exceeds the original design
pressure, the results of any commissioning test should be suitably adjusted to account for
this pressure variation.
Where the pressure at the water supply source is less than the design pressure, the
circumstances should be investigated and, if possible, the cause be rectified.
T2 SUPPLY PRESSURE VARIATION
Figure T1 details the typical daily variation in consumer demand on a town main in hot
weather. In this example, between mid-morning and early evening consumer demand
exceeds the daily average.
PR O P O R T I O N O F AV ER AG E
DA I LY C O N S U M P T I O N
1. 8
Ave r a g e d a il y c o n s u m pti o n
0. 2
Mi d n i g ht
Noon
Mi d n i g ht
T Y PI CA L VA R I AT I O N IN C O N SU M P T I O N D U R IN G H OT WE AT H ER
FIGURE T1 EXAMPLE OF CONSUMER DEMAND ON A WATER AGENCY TOWN MAIN
As a consequence of both daily and seasonal variation in consumer demand, the pressure
available to a fire hydrant system will also vary throughout the day and the year. For those
undertaking the commissioning of fire hydrant systems, any results obtained should confirm
that the fire hydrant system will perform across the range of pressures available, in
particular, the lowest acceptable available pressures (i.e. typically the design pressure).
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
222
T3 VERIFICATION OF SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Figure T2 provides a simple schematic drawing of a fire hydrant system design and the
design parameters applied to this system.
In this instance, where the town main provides the pressures to the fire hydrant system, the
pressure used for design from the point of connection at the main would typically be that
resulting from the required fire flow rate being drawn from the water supply system while it
is simultaneously subject to 95th percentile demand conditions (i.e. the lowest acceptable
pressure the water agency can provide 95% of the time, while providing the required
firefighting flows).
S y s te m d e s i g n
At t a c k f i r e hyd r a nt p e r f r o m a c e
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt p e r fo r m a n c e
Tow n m a i n
D e s i g n p r e s s u r e ( D P)th e l owe s t a c c e pt a b l e
p r e s s u r e th e wate r a g e n cy c a n p r ovi d e 9 5% of th e
ti m e, w h il e p r ovi di n g th e r e q u i r e d f i r ef i g hti n g f l ows
R e s i d u a l p r e s s u r e ( R P)p r e s s u r e m a i n t a i n e d
a t e a c h f i r e hyd r a nt r e q u i r e d to f l ow, w h e n
o p e r ati n g at th e r e q u i r e d f i r ef i g hti n g f l ow r ate
FIGURE T2 EXAMPLE OF FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM DESIGN AND THE DESIGN

PARAMETERS APPLIED TO THIS SYSTEM
Figure T3 provides simple schematic drawing of the fire hydrant system design, however, in
this instance it indicates the pressure available at the time of commissioning.
Fi r e hyd r a nt c o m m i s s i o n i n g
At t a c k f i r e hyd r a nt p e r fo r m a n c e
Fe e d f i r e hyd r a nt p e r fo r m a n c e
Tow n m a i n
Backflow prevention device

Ava il a b l e p r e s s u r e ( A P)th e p r e s s u r e m a i n t a i n e d
i n th e tow n m a i n, at th e ti m e of c o m m i s s i o ni n g,
w h il e p r ovi di n g th e r e q u i r e d f i r ef i g hti n g f l ows
at th e r e q u i r e d n u m b e r of f i r e hyd r a nt s
R e s i d u a l p r e s s u r e ( R P 1)p r e s s u r e m a i nt a i n e d
at e a c h f i r e hyd r a nt(s) r e q u i r e d to f l ow, at th e
ti m e of c o m m i s s i o ni n g, w h il s t o p e r ati n g at th e
r e q u i r e d f i r e f i g h t i n g f l ow r ate
FIGURE T3 EXAMPLE OF PRESSURE AVAILABLE AT THE TIME OF COMMISSIONING

TO THIS SYSTEM
Where the available pressure (AP) at the time of commissioning exceeds the design
pressure (DP), the results of those commissioning tests that are dependent on the pressure
from the available water source should be adjusted by applying the following procedure:
(a)
Record value of DP, RP, AP and RP1 in Table T1.
(b)
Determine the design adjustment value (DAV) by subtracting the design pressure
from the available pressure, as follows:
DAV = AP DP
. . . T3(1)
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
DRAFT ONLY
DRAFT ONLY
223
NOTE: The design adjustment value represents the pressure difference between the pressure
used to design the fire hydrant system and that available at the time the commissioning test
was undertaken.
(c)
Determine the comparative design value (CDV) by subtracting the design adjustment
value (DAV) from the residual pressure (RP1), as follows:
CDV = RP1 DAV
. . . T3(2)
NOTE: The comparative design value represents a value that can be immediately compared
with the pressure used to design the system.
(d)
The fire hydrant system will perform as designed across all acceptable pressures
available from the water source by ensuring that the comparative design value (CDV)
is greater than or equal to the residual pressure (RP) value used for design, as
follows:
CDV RP: Pass
. . . T3(3)
CDV RP: Fail
Where the comparative design value (CDV) is less than the required residual pressure (RP),
the fire hydrant system should be investigated to determine the cause of this pressure loss.
TABLE T1
VERIFICATION OF SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Parameter
Abbreviation
Definition
Design pressure
(DP)
Pressure used to design the fire hydrant system

(typically the 95% percentile value provided by a
water agency)
Residual pressure
(RP)
The residual pressure required to be maintained by

Section 2 at each of the required number of most
hydraulically disadvantaged fire hydrants, when
flowing at the required flow rate
Available pressure
(AP)
Pressure maintained in the water supply source at

the time of commissioning, typically a town main,
when the required number of most hydraulically
disadvantaged fire hydrants are flowing at the
required flow rate
Residual pressure 1
(RP1)
Pressure maintained at each of the required

number of most hydraulically disadvantaged fire
hydrants at the time of commissioning, when
flowing at the required flow rate
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
Recorded value
DRAFT ONLY
224
DRAFT ONLY
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AS
1170
1170.4
Structural design actions

Part 4: Earthquake actions in Australia
1851
Routine service of fire protection systems and equipment
1940
The storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids
3962
Guidelines for design of marinas
AS/NZS
1221
Fire hose reels
1596
The storage and handling of LP Gas
1873
Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools (all parts)
2033
Installation of polyethylene pipe systems
2566
2566.2
Buried flexible pipelines

Part 2: Installation
3000
Electrical installations (known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring rules)
*** END OF DRAFT ***
DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42
PREPARATION OF AUSTRALIAN STANDARDS

Australian Standards are prepared by a consensus process involving representatives
nominated by organizations drawn from all major interests associated with the subject.
Australian Standards may be derived from existing industry Standards, from established
international Standards and practices or may be developed within a Standards Australia
technical committee.
During the development process, Australian Standards are made available in draft form at
all sales offices and through affiliated overseas bodies in order that all interests concerned
with the application of a proposed Standard are given the opportunity to submit views on
the requirements to be included.
The following interests are represented on the committee responsible for this draft
Australian Standard:
Association of Accredited Certification Bodies
Association of Hydraulic Services Consultants Australia
Australasian Fire and Emergency Service Authorities Council
Australian Building Codes Board
Australian Chamber of Commerce and Industry
Australian Fire Safety Practitioners Accreditation Board
Australian Industry Group
Australian Institute of Building Surveyors
Australian Stainless Steel Development Association
Australian Steel Institute
Copper Development Centre Australia
Department of Defence (Australia)
Engineers Australia
Fire Protection Association Australia
Insurance Council of Australia
Plastics Industry Pipe Association of Australia
Property Council of Australia
Water Services Association of Australia
Standards Australia
Standards Australia is an independent company, limited by guarantee, which prepares and publishes
most of the voluntary technical and commercial standards used in Australia. These standards are
developed through an open process of consultation and consensus, in which all interested parties are
invited to participate. Through a Memorandum of Understanding with the Commonwealth government,
Standards Australia is recognized as Australias peak national standards body.
Australian Standards
Australian Standards are prepared by committees of experts from industry, governments, consumers
and other relevant sectors. The requirements or recommendations contained in published Standards are
a consensus of the views of representative interests and also take account of comments received from
other sources. They reflect the latest scientific and industry experience. Australian Standards are kept
under continuous review after publication and are updated regularly to take account of changing
technology.
International Involvement
Standards Australia is responsible for ensuring that the Australian viewpoint is considered in the
formulation of international Standards and that the latest international experience is incorporated in
national Standards. This role is vital in assisting local industry to compete in international markets.
Standards Australia represents Australia at both ISO (The International Organization
for Standardization) and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).
Electronic Standards
All Australian Standards are available in electronic editions, either downloaded individually from SAI
Global, or via on-line and CD ROM subscription services. For more information phone 131 242 or visit
www.saiglobal.com/shop

Draft As - 2419.1

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Draft As - 2419.1

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

COMMITTEE FP-009

Draft for Public Comment

LIABLE TO ALTERATIONDO NOT USE AS A STANDARD

Important: The procedure for public comment has changed please

Fire hydrant installations

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

Draft for Public Comment

the Committee when it reviews the Public Comment received.

Please place relevant clause numbers beside each comment.

SAI GLOBAL Customer Service Centre

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

Draft for Public Comment

Important: The procedure for public comment has changed please

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

can be used by trained firefighting personnel; and

Inclusion of informative appendices to clarify the intent of section(s) and clause(s).

Previous Section 8, Pipework and valves split into two sections.

Acknowledgment of the life safety benefits of installed sprinkler systems.

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

BIBLIOGRAPHY ................................................................................................................... 224

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

For a product to be marked, advertised or advised in written or other form of

1.3 NORMATIVE REFERENCES

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

serves to limit pressure within the fire hydrant system.

1.4.4 Block plan

1.4.11 Fire brigade booster

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

1.4.12 Fire brigade booster assembly

1.4.13 Fire brigade pumping appliance

1.4.16 Fire hydrant attack

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

1.4.26 Large isolated building

1.4.28 Pressure, boost

1.4.29 Pressure, design

1.4.33 Private water mains

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

1.4.35 Pumpset, fire hydrant

1.4.36 Pumpset, jockey

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

1.4.47 Water supply, supplementary

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

2.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

an internal attack fire hydrant(s), pumping appliance, shall be capable of providing

2.2.6 External attack/feed fire hydrants

a hardstand area is provided within 20 m of the attack fire hydrant; and

the unassisted primary water supply serving the building

DR_AS_2419.1.docx - 29/01/2014 8:51:42

2.2.7.3 Boost inlets connections at the fire brigade booster assembly

2.2.8 Multiple firefighting systems

Basis for determining the number of fire

Single fire compartment

Single fire compartment

The building classification requiring the largest

Multiple fire compartments Single classification

The building classification and the floor area of

Multiple fire compartments Multiple classification

The building classification and the floor area of

Number of fire hydrant outlets